chore: migrate to gitea

vendor/google.golang.org/api/AUTHORS

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# This is the official list of authors for copyright purposes.
+# This file is distinct from the CONTRIBUTORS files.
+# See the latter for an explanation.
+
+# Names should be added to this file as
+#	Name or Organization <email address>
+# The email address is not required for organizations.
+
+# Please keep the list sorted.
+Google Inc.
+LightStep Inc.

vendor/google.golang.org/api/CONTRIBUTORS

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# This is the official list of people who can contribute
+# (and typically have contributed) code to the repository.
+# The AUTHORS file lists the copyright holders; this file
+# lists people.  For example, Google employees are listed here
+# but not in AUTHORS, because Google holds the copyright.
+#
+# The submission process automatically checks to make sure
+# that people submitting code are listed in this file (by email address).
+#
+# Names should be added to this file only after verifying that
+# the individual or the individual's organization has agreed to
+# the appropriate Contributor License Agreement, found here:
+#
+#     https://cla.developers.google.com/about/google-individual
+#     https://cla.developers.google.com/about/google-corporate
+#
+# The CLA can be filled out on the web:
+#
+#     https://cla.developers.google.com/
+#
+# When adding J Random Contributor's name to this file,
+# either J's name or J's organization's name should be
+# added to the AUTHORS file, depending on whether the
+# individual or corporate CLA was used.
+
+# Names should be added to this file like so:
+#     Name <email address>
+#
+# An entry with two email addresses specifies that the
+# first address should be used in the submit logs and
+# that the second address should be recognized as the
+# same person when interacting with Rietveld.
+
+# Please keep the list sorted.
+
+Alain Vongsouvanhalainv <alainv@google.com>
+Andrew Gerrand <adg@golang.org>
+Brad Fitzpatrick <bradfitz@golang.org>
+Eric Koleda <ekoleda+devrel@googlers.com>
+Francesc Campoy <campoy@golang.org>
+Garrick Evans <garrick@google.com>
+Glenn Lewis <gmlewis@google.com>
+Ivan Krasin <krasin@golang.org>
+Jason Hall <jasonhall@google.com>
+Johan Euphrosine <proppy@google.com>
+Kostik Shtoyk <kostik@google.com>
+Kunpei Sakai <namusyaka@gmail.com>
+Matthew Dolan <dolan@lightstep.com>
+Matthew Whisenhunt <matt.whisenhunt@gmail.com>
+Michael McGreevy <mcgreevy@golang.org>
+Nick Craig-Wood <nickcw@gmail.com>
+Robbie Trencheny <me@robbiet.us>
+Ross Light <light@google.com>
+Sarah Adams <shadams@google.com>
+Scott Van Woudenberg <scottvw@google.com>
+Takashi Matsuo <tmatsuo@google.com>

vendor/google.golang.org/api/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Copyright (c) 2011 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+   * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/googleapi.go

@@ -0,0 +1,552 @@
+// Copyright 2011 Google LLC. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package googleapi contains the common code shared by all Google API
+// libraries.
+package googleapi // import "google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates"
+)
+
+// ContentTyper is an interface for Readers which know (or would like
+// to override) their Content-Type. If a media body doesn't implement
+// ContentTyper, the type is sniffed from the content using
+// http.DetectContentType.
+type ContentTyper interface {
+	ContentType() string
+}
+
+// A SizeReaderAt is a ReaderAt with a Size method.
+// An io.SectionReader implements SizeReaderAt.
+type SizeReaderAt interface {
+	io.ReaderAt
+	Size() int64
+}
+
+// ServerResponse is embedded in each Do response and
+// provides the HTTP status code and header sent by the server.
+type ServerResponse struct {
+	// HTTPStatusCode is the server's response status code. When using a
+	// resource method's Do call, this will always be in the 2xx range.
+	HTTPStatusCode int
+	// Header contains the response header fields from the server.
+	Header http.Header
+}
+
+const (
+	// Version defines the gax version being used. This is typically sent
+	// in an HTTP header to services.
+	Version = "0.5"
+
+	// UserAgent is the header string used to identify this package.
+	UserAgent = "google-api-go-client/" + Version
+
+	// DefaultUploadChunkSize is the default chunk size to use for resumable
+	// uploads if not specified by the user.
+	DefaultUploadChunkSize = 16 * 1024 * 1024
+
+	// MinUploadChunkSize is the minimum chunk size that can be used for
+	// resumable uploads.  All user-specified chunk sizes must be multiple of
+	// this value.
+	MinUploadChunkSize = 256 * 1024
+)
+
+// Error contains an error response from the server.
+type Error struct {
+	// Code is the HTTP response status code and will always be populated.
+	Code int `json:"code"`
+	// Message is the server response message and is only populated when
+	// explicitly referenced by the JSON server response.
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+	// Details provide more context to an error.
+	Details []interface{} `json:"details"`
+	// Body is the raw response returned by the server.
+	// It is often but not always JSON, depending on how the request fails.
+	Body string
+	// Header contains the response header fields from the server.
+	Header http.Header
+
+	Errors []ErrorItem
+	// err is typically a wrapped apierror.APIError, see
+	// google-api-go-client/internal/gensupport/error.go.
+	err error
+}
+
+// ErrorItem is a detailed error code & message from the Google API frontend.
+type ErrorItem struct {
+	// Reason is the typed error code. For example: "some_example".
+	Reason string `json:"reason"`
+	// Message is the human-readable description of the error.
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+}
+
+func (e *Error) Error() string {
+	if len(e.Errors) == 0 && e.Message == "" {
+		return fmt.Sprintf("googleapi: got HTTP response code %d with body: %v", e.Code, e.Body)
+	}
+	var buf bytes.Buffer
+	fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "googleapi: Error %d: ", e.Code)
+	if e.Message != "" {
+		fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "%s", e.Message)
+	}
+	if len(e.Details) > 0 {
+		var detailBuf bytes.Buffer
+		enc := json.NewEncoder(&detailBuf)
+		enc.SetIndent("", "  ")
+		if err := enc.Encode(e.Details); err == nil {
+			fmt.Fprint(&buf, "\nDetails:")
+			fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "\n%s", detailBuf.String())
+
+		}
+	}
+	if len(e.Errors) == 0 {
+		return strings.TrimSpace(buf.String())
+	}
+	if len(e.Errors) == 1 && e.Errors[0].Message == e.Message {
+		fmt.Fprintf(&buf, ", %s", e.Errors[0].Reason)
+		return buf.String()
+	}
+	fmt.Fprintln(&buf, "\nMore details:")
+	for _, v := range e.Errors {
+		fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "Reason: %s, Message: %s\n", v.Reason, v.Message)
+	}
+	return buf.String()
+}
+
+// Wrap allows an existing Error to wrap another error. See also [Error.Unwrap].
+func (e *Error) Wrap(err error) {
+	e.err = err
+}
+
+func (e *Error) Unwrap() error {
+	return e.err
+}
+
+type errorReply struct {
+	Error *Error `json:"error"`
+}
+
+// CheckResponse returns an error (of type *Error) if the response
+// status code is not 2xx.
+func CheckResponse(res *http.Response) error {
+	if res.StatusCode >= 200 && res.StatusCode <= 299 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	slurp, err := io.ReadAll(res.Body)
+	if err == nil {
+		return CheckResponseWithBody(res, slurp)
+	}
+	return &Error{
+		Code:   res.StatusCode,
+		Body:   string(slurp),
+		Header: res.Header,
+	}
+
+}
+
+// CheckResponseWithBody returns an error (of type *Error) if the response
+// status code is not 2xx. Distinct from CheckResponse to allow for checking
+// a previously-read body to maintain error detail content.
+func CheckResponseWithBody(res *http.Response, body []byte) error {
+	if res.StatusCode >= 200 && res.StatusCode <= 299 {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	jerr, err := errorReplyFromBody(body)
+	if err == nil && jerr.Error != nil {
+		if jerr.Error.Code == 0 {
+			jerr.Error.Code = res.StatusCode
+		}
+		jerr.Error.Body = string(body)
+		jerr.Error.Header = res.Header
+		return jerr.Error
+	}
+
+	return &Error{
+		Code:   res.StatusCode,
+		Body:   string(body),
+		Header: res.Header,
+	}
+}
+
+// errorReplyFromBody attempts to get the error from body. The body
+// may be a JSON object or JSON array, or may be something else.
+func errorReplyFromBody(body []byte) (*errorReply, error) {
+	jerr := new(errorReply)
+	if len(body) > 0 && body[0] == '[' {
+		// Attempt JSON array
+		jsonArr := []*errorReply{jerr}
+		err := json.Unmarshal(body, &jsonArr)
+		return jerr, err
+	}
+	// Attempt JSON object
+	err := json.Unmarshal(body, jerr)
+	return jerr, err
+}
+
+// IsNotModified reports whether err is the result of the
+// server replying with http.StatusNotModified.
+// Such error values are sometimes returned by "Do" methods
+// on calls when If-None-Match is used.
+func IsNotModified(err error) bool {
+	if err == nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	ae, ok := err.(*Error)
+	return ok && ae.Code == http.StatusNotModified
+}
+
+// CheckMediaResponse returns an error (of type *Error) if the response
+// status code is not 2xx. Unlike CheckResponse it does not assume the
+// body is a JSON error document.
+// It is the caller's responsibility to close res.Body.
+func CheckMediaResponse(res *http.Response) error {
+	if res.StatusCode >= 200 && res.StatusCode <= 299 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	slurp, _ := io.ReadAll(io.LimitReader(res.Body, 1<<20))
+	return &Error{
+		Code:   res.StatusCode,
+		Body:   string(slurp),
+		Header: res.Header,
+	}
+}
+
+// MarshalStyle defines whether to marshal JSON with a {"data": ...} wrapper.
+type MarshalStyle bool
+
+// WithDataWrapper marshals JSON with a {"data": ...} wrapper.
+var WithDataWrapper = MarshalStyle(true)
+
+// WithoutDataWrapper marshals JSON without a {"data": ...} wrapper.
+var WithoutDataWrapper = MarshalStyle(false)
+
+// JSONReader is like JSONBuffer, but returns an io.Reader instead.
+func (wrap MarshalStyle) JSONReader(v interface{}) (io.Reader, error) {
+	buf, err := wrap.JSONBuffer(v)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return buf, nil
+}
+
+// JSONBuffer encodes the body and wraps it if needed.
+func (wrap MarshalStyle) JSONBuffer(v interface{}) (*bytes.Buffer, error) {
+	buf := new(bytes.Buffer)
+	if wrap {
+		buf.Write([]byte(`{"data": `))
+	}
+	err := json.NewEncoder(buf).Encode(v)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if wrap {
+		buf.Write([]byte(`}`))
+	}
+	return buf, nil
+}
+
+// ProgressUpdater is a function that is called upon every progress update of a resumable upload.
+// This is the only part of a resumable upload (from googleapi) that is usable by the developer.
+// The remaining usable pieces of resumable uploads is exposed in each auto-generated API.
+type ProgressUpdater func(current, total int64)
+
+// MediaOption defines the interface for setting media options.
+type MediaOption interface {
+	setOptions(o *MediaOptions)
+}
+
+type contentTypeOption string
+
+func (ct contentTypeOption) setOptions(o *MediaOptions) {
+	o.ContentType = string(ct)
+	if o.ContentType == "" {
+		o.ForceEmptyContentType = true
+	}
+}
+
+// ContentType returns a MediaOption which sets the Content-Type header for media uploads.
+// If ctype is empty, the Content-Type header will be omitted.
+func ContentType(ctype string) MediaOption {
+	return contentTypeOption(ctype)
+}
+
+type chunkSizeOption int
+
+func (cs chunkSizeOption) setOptions(o *MediaOptions) {
+	size := int(cs)
+	if size%MinUploadChunkSize != 0 {
+		size += MinUploadChunkSize - (size % MinUploadChunkSize)
+	}
+	o.ChunkSize = size
+}
+
+// ChunkSize returns a MediaOption which sets the chunk size for media uploads.
+// size will be rounded up to the nearest multiple of 256K.
+// Media which contains fewer than size bytes will be uploaded in a single request.
+// Media which contains size bytes or more will be uploaded in separate chunks.
+// If size is zero, media will be uploaded in a single request.
+func ChunkSize(size int) MediaOption {
+	return chunkSizeOption(size)
+}
+
+type chunkTransferTimeoutOption time.Duration
+
+func (cd chunkTransferTimeoutOption) setOptions(o *MediaOptions) {
+	o.ChunkTransferTimeout = time.Duration(cd)
+}
+
+// ChunkTransferTimeout returns a MediaOption which sets a per-chunk
+// transfer timeout for resumable uploads. If a single chunk has been
+// attempting to upload for longer than this time then the old req got canceled and retried.
+// The default is no timeout for the request.
+func ChunkTransferTimeout(timeout time.Duration) MediaOption {
+	return chunkTransferTimeoutOption(timeout)
+}
+
+type chunkRetryDeadlineOption time.Duration
+
+func (cd chunkRetryDeadlineOption) setOptions(o *MediaOptions) {
+	o.ChunkRetryDeadline = time.Duration(cd)
+}
+
+// ChunkRetryDeadline returns a MediaOption which sets a per-chunk retry
+// deadline. If a single chunk has been attempting to upload for longer than
+// this time and the request fails, it will no longer be retried, and the error
+// will be returned to the caller.
+// This is only applicable for files which are large enough to require
+// a multi-chunk resumable upload.
+// The default value is 32s.
+// To set a deadline on the entire upload, use context timeout or cancellation.
+func ChunkRetryDeadline(deadline time.Duration) MediaOption {
+	return chunkRetryDeadlineOption(deadline)
+}
+
+type enableAutoChecksumOption struct{}
+
+func (d enableAutoChecksumOption) setOptions(o *MediaOptions) {
+	o.EnableAutoChecksum = true
+}
+
+// EnableAutoChecksum returns a MediaOption that enables automatic checksum
+// calculation, which is only supported for resumable multi-chunk uploads.
+// The computed checksum is sent on the final upload request to the server.
+// Writes are rejected in the event of a checksum mismatch.
+func EnableAutoChecksum() MediaOption {
+	return enableAutoChecksumOption{}
+}
+
+// MediaOptions stores options for customizing media upload.  It is not used by developers directly.
+type MediaOptions struct {
+	ContentType           string
+	ForceEmptyContentType bool
+	ChunkSize             int
+	ChunkRetryDeadline    time.Duration
+	ChunkTransferTimeout  time.Duration
+	EnableAutoChecksum    bool
+}
+
+// ProcessMediaOptions stores options from opts in a MediaOptions.
+// It is not used by developers directly.
+func ProcessMediaOptions(opts []MediaOption) *MediaOptions {
+	mo := &MediaOptions{ChunkSize: DefaultUploadChunkSize}
+	for _, o := range opts {
+		o.setOptions(mo)
+	}
+	return mo
+}
+
+// ResolveRelative resolves relatives such as "http://www.golang.org/" and
+// "topics/myproject/mytopic" into a single string, such as
+// "http://www.golang.org/topics/myproject/mytopic". It strips all parent
+// references (e.g. ../..) as well as anything after the host
+// (e.g. /bar/gaz gets stripped out of foo.com/bar/gaz).
+//
+// ResolveRelative panics if either basestr or relstr is not able to be parsed.
+func ResolveRelative(basestr, relstr string) string {
+	u, err := url.Parse(basestr)
+	if err != nil {
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("failed to parse %q", basestr))
+	}
+	afterColonPath := ""
+	if i := strings.IndexRune(relstr, ':'); i > 0 {
+		afterColonPath = relstr[i+1:]
+		relstr = relstr[:i]
+	}
+	rel, err := url.Parse(relstr)
+	if err != nil {
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("failed to parse %q", relstr))
+	}
+	u = u.ResolveReference(rel)
+	us := u.String()
+	if afterColonPath != "" {
+		us = fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s", us, afterColonPath)
+	}
+	us = strings.Replace(us, "%7B", "{", -1)
+	us = strings.Replace(us, "%7D", "}", -1)
+	us = strings.Replace(us, "%2A", "*", -1)
+	return us
+}
+
+// Expand subsitutes any {encoded} strings in the URL passed in using
+// the map supplied.
+//
+// This calls SetOpaque to avoid encoding of the parameters in the URL path.
+func Expand(u *url.URL, expansions map[string]string) {
+	escaped, unescaped, err := uritemplates.Expand(u.Path, expansions)
+	if err == nil {
+		u.Path = unescaped
+		u.RawPath = escaped
+	}
+}
+
+// CloseBody is used to close res.Body.
+// Prior to calling Close, it also tries to Read a small amount to see an EOF.
+// Not seeing an EOF can prevent HTTP Transports from reusing connections.
+func CloseBody(res *http.Response) {
+	if res == nil || res.Body == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	// Justification for 3 byte reads: two for up to "\r\n" after
+	// a JSON/XML document, and then 1 to see EOF if we haven't yet.
+	// TODO(bradfitz): detect Go 1.3+ and skip these reads.
+	// See https://codereview.appspot.com/58240043
+	// and https://codereview.appspot.com/49570044
+	buf := make([]byte, 1)
+	for i := 0; i < 3; i++ {
+		_, err := res.Body.Read(buf)
+		if err != nil {
+			break
+		}
+	}
+	res.Body.Close()
+
+}
+
+// VariantType returns the type name of the given variant.
+// If the map doesn't contain the named key or the value is not a []interface{}, "" is returned.
+// This is used to support "variant" APIs that can return one of a number of different types.
+func VariantType(t map[string]interface{}) string {
+	s, _ := t["type"].(string)
+	return s
+}
+
+// ConvertVariant uses the JSON encoder/decoder to fill in the struct 'dst' with the fields found in variant 'v'.
+// This is used to support "variant" APIs that can return one of a number of different types.
+// It reports whether the conversion was successful.
+func ConvertVariant(v map[string]interface{}, dst interface{}) bool {
+	var buf bytes.Buffer
+	err := json.NewEncoder(&buf).Encode(v)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	return json.Unmarshal(buf.Bytes(), dst) == nil
+}
+
+// A Field names a field to be retrieved with a partial response.
+// https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/how-tos/performance
+//
+// Partial responses can dramatically reduce the amount of data that must be sent to your application.
+// In order to request partial responses, you can specify the full list of fields
+// that your application needs by adding the Fields option to your request.
+//
+// Field strings use camelCase with leading lower-case characters to identify fields within the response.
+//
+// For example, if your response has a "NextPageToken" and a slice of "Items" with "Id" fields,
+// you could request just those fields like this:
+//
+//	svc.Events.List().Fields("nextPageToken", "items/id").Do()
+//
+// or if you were also interested in each Item's "Updated" field, you can combine them like this:
+//
+//	svc.Events.List().Fields("nextPageToken", "items(id,updated)").Do()
+//
+// Another way to find field names is through the Google API explorer:
+// https://developers.google.com/apis-explorer/#p/
+type Field string
+
+// CombineFields combines fields into a single string.
+func CombineFields(s []Field) string {
+	r := make([]string, len(s))
+	for i, v := range s {
+		r[i] = string(v)
+	}
+	return strings.Join(r, ",")
+}
+
+// A CallOption is an optional argument to an API call.
+// It should be treated as an opaque value by users of Google APIs.
+//
+// A CallOption is something that configures an API call in a way that is
+// not specific to that API; for instance, controlling the quota user for
+// an API call is common across many APIs, and is thus a CallOption.
+type CallOption interface {
+	Get() (key, value string)
+}
+
+// A MultiCallOption is an option argument to an API call and can be passed
+// anywhere a CallOption is accepted. It additionally supports returning a slice
+// of values for a given key.
+type MultiCallOption interface {
+	CallOption
+	GetMulti() (key string, value []string)
+}
+
+// QuotaUser returns a CallOption that will set the quota user for a call.
+// The quota user can be used by server-side applications to control accounting.
+// It can be an arbitrary string up to 40 characters, and will override UserIP
+// if both are provided.
+func QuotaUser(u string) CallOption { return quotaUser(u) }
+
+type quotaUser string
+
+func (q quotaUser) Get() (string, string) { return "quotaUser", string(q) }
+
+// UserIP returns a CallOption that will set the "userIp" parameter of a call.
+// This should be the IP address of the originating request.
+func UserIP(ip string) CallOption { return userIP(ip) }
+
+type userIP string
+
+func (i userIP) Get() (string, string) { return "userIp", string(i) }
+
+// Trace returns a CallOption that enables diagnostic tracing for a call.
+// traceToken is an ID supplied by Google support.
+func Trace(traceToken string) CallOption { return traceTok(traceToken) }
+
+type traceTok string
+
+func (t traceTok) Get() (string, string) { return "trace", "token:" + string(t) }
+
+type queryParameter struct {
+	key    string
+	values []string
+}
+
+// QueryParameter allows setting the value(s) of an arbitrary key.
+func QueryParameter(key string, values ...string) CallOption {
+	return queryParameter{key: key, values: append([]string{}, values...)}
+}
+
+// Get will never actually be called -- GetMulti will.
+func (q queryParameter) Get() (string, string) {
+	return "", ""
+}
+
+// GetMulti returns the key and values values associated to that key.
+func (q queryParameter) GetMulti() (string, []string) {
+	return q.key, q.values
+}
+
+// TODO: Fields too

vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/transport/apikey.go

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+// Copyright 2012 Google LLC. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package transport contains HTTP transports used to make
+// authenticated API requests.
+//
+// This package is DEPRECATED. Users should instead use,
+//
+//	service, err := NewService(..., option.WithAPIKey(...))
+package transport
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// APIKey is an HTTP Transport which wraps an underlying transport and
+// appends an API Key "key" parameter to the URL of outgoing requests.
+//
+// Deprecated: please use NewService(..., option.WithAPIKey(...)) instead.
+type APIKey struct {
+	// Key is the API Key to set on requests.
+	Key string
+
+	// Transport is the underlying HTTP transport.
+	// If nil, http.DefaultTransport is used.
+	Transport http.RoundTripper
+}
+
+func (t *APIKey) RoundTrip(req *http.Request) (*http.Response, error) {
+	rt := t.Transport
+	if rt == nil {
+		rt = http.DefaultTransport
+		if rt == nil {
+			return nil, errors.New("googleapi/transport: no Transport specified or available")
+		}
+	}
+	newReq := *req
+	args := newReq.URL.Query()
+	args.Set("key", t.Key)
+	newReq.URL.RawQuery = args.Encode()
+	return rt.RoundTrip(&newReq)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/types.go

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+// Copyright 2013 Google LLC. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package googleapi
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"strconv"
+)
+
+// Int64s is a slice of int64s that marshal as quoted strings in JSON.
+type Int64s []int64
+
+func (q *Int64s) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error {
+	*q = (*q)[:0]
+	var ss []string
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &ss); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	for _, s := range ss {
+		v, err := strconv.ParseInt(s, 10, 64)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		*q = append(*q, int64(v))
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Int32s is a slice of int32s that marshal as quoted strings in JSON.
+type Int32s []int32
+
+func (q *Int32s) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error {
+	*q = (*q)[:0]
+	var ss []string
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &ss); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	for _, s := range ss {
+		v, err := strconv.ParseInt(s, 10, 32)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		*q = append(*q, int32(v))
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Uint64s is a slice of uint64s that marshal as quoted strings in JSON.
+type Uint64s []uint64
+
+func (q *Uint64s) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error {
+	*q = (*q)[:0]
+	var ss []string
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &ss); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	for _, s := range ss {
+		v, err := strconv.ParseUint(s, 10, 64)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		*q = append(*q, uint64(v))
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Uint32s is a slice of uint32s that marshal as quoted strings in JSON.
+type Uint32s []uint32
+
+func (q *Uint32s) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error {
+	*q = (*q)[:0]
+	var ss []string
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &ss); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	for _, s := range ss {
+		v, err := strconv.ParseUint(s, 10, 32)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		*q = append(*q, uint32(v))
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Float64s is a slice of float64s that marshal as quoted strings in JSON.
+type Float64s []float64
+
+func (q *Float64s) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error {
+	*q = (*q)[:0]
+	var ss []string
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(raw, &ss); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	for _, s := range ss {
+		v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(s, 64)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		*q = append(*q, float64(v))
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func quotedList(n int, fn func(dst []byte, i int) []byte) ([]byte, error) {
+	dst := make([]byte, 0, 2+n*10) // somewhat arbitrary
+	dst = append(dst, '[')
+	for i := 0; i < n; i++ {
+		if i > 0 {
+			dst = append(dst, ',')
+		}
+		dst = append(dst, '"')
+		dst = fn(dst, i)
+		dst = append(dst, '"')
+	}
+	dst = append(dst, ']')
+	return dst, nil
+}
+
+func (q Int64s) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	return quotedList(len(q), func(dst []byte, i int) []byte {
+		return strconv.AppendInt(dst, q[i], 10)
+	})
+}
+
+func (q Int32s) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	return quotedList(len(q), func(dst []byte, i int) []byte {
+		return strconv.AppendInt(dst, int64(q[i]), 10)
+	})
+}
+
+func (q Uint64s) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	return quotedList(len(q), func(dst []byte, i int) []byte {
+		return strconv.AppendUint(dst, q[i], 10)
+	})
+}
+
+func (q Uint32s) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	return quotedList(len(q), func(dst []byte, i int) []byte {
+		return strconv.AppendUint(dst, uint64(q[i]), 10)
+	})
+}
+
+func (q Float64s) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	return quotedList(len(q), func(dst []byte, i int) []byte {
+		return strconv.AppendFloat(dst, q[i], 'g', -1, 64)
+	})
+}
+
+// RawMessage is a raw encoded JSON value.
+// It is identical to json.RawMessage, except it does not suffer from
+// https://golang.org/issue/14493.
+type RawMessage []byte
+
+// MarshalJSON returns m.
+func (m RawMessage) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	return m, nil
+}
+
+// UnmarshalJSON sets *m to a copy of data.
+func (m *RawMessage) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error {
+	if m == nil {
+		return errors.New("googleapi.RawMessage: UnmarshalJSON on nil pointer")
+	}
+	*m = append((*m)[:0], data...)
+	return nil
+}
+
+/*
+ * Helper routines for simplifying the creation of optional fields of basic type.
+ */
+
+// Bool is a helper routine that allocates a new bool value
+// to store v and returns a pointer to it.
+func Bool(v bool) *bool { return &v }
+
+// Int32 is a helper routine that allocates a new int32 value
+// to store v and returns a pointer to it.
+func Int32(v int32) *int32 { return &v }
+
+// Int64 is a helper routine that allocates a new int64 value
+// to store v and returns a pointer to it.
+func Int64(v int64) *int64 { return &v }
+
+// Float64 is a helper routine that allocates a new float64 value
+// to store v and returns a pointer to it.
+func Float64(v float64) *float64 { return &v }
+
+// Uint32 is a helper routine that allocates a new uint32 value
+// to store v and returns a pointer to it.
+func Uint32(v uint32) *uint32 { return &v }
+
+// Uint64 is a helper routine that allocates a new uint64 value
+// to store v and returns a pointer to it.
+func Uint64(v uint64) *uint64 { return &v }
+
+// String is a helper routine that allocates a new string value
+// to store v and returns a pointer to it.
+func String(v string) *string { return &v }

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/cba.go

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+// Copyright 2020 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// cba.go (certificate-based access) contains utils for implementing Device Certificate
+// Authentication according to https://google.aip.dev/auth/4114 and Default Credentials
+// for Google Cloud Virtual Environments according to https://google.aip.dev/auth/4115.
+//
+// The overall logic for DCA is as follows:
+//  1. If both endpoint override and client certificate are specified, use them as is.
+//  2. If user does not specify client certificate, we will attempt to use default
+//     client certificate.
+//  3. If user does not specify endpoint override, we will use defaultMtlsEndpoint if
+//     client certificate is available and defaultEndpoint otherwise.
+//
+// Implications of the above logic:
+//  1. If the user specifies a non-mTLS endpoint override but client certificate is
+//     available, we will pass along the cert anyway and let the server decide what to do.
+//  2. If the user specifies an mTLS endpoint override but client certificate is not
+//     available, we will not fail-fast, but let backend throw error when connecting.
+//
+// If running within Google's cloud environment, and client certificate is not specified
+// and not available through DCA, we will try mTLS with credentials held by
+// the Secure Session Agent, which is part of Google's cloud infrastructure.
+//
+// We would like to avoid introducing client-side logic that parses whether the
+// endpoint override is an mTLS url, since the url pattern may change at anytime.
+//
+// This package is not intended for use by end developers. Use the
+// google.golang.org/api/option package to configure API clients.
+
+// Package internal supports the options and transport packages.
+package internal
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"errors"
+	"net"
+	"net/url"
+	"os"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/google/s2a-go"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal/cert"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/credentials"
+)
+
+const (
+	mTLSModeAlways = "always"
+	mTLSModeNever  = "never"
+	mTLSModeAuto   = "auto"
+
+	// Experimental: if true, the code will try MTLS with S2A as the default for transport security. Default value is false.
+	googleAPIUseS2AEnv = "EXPERIMENTAL_GOOGLE_API_USE_S2A"
+
+	universeDomainPlaceholder = "UNIVERSE_DOMAIN"
+)
+
+var (
+	errUniverseNotSupportedMTLS = errors.New("mTLS is not supported in any universe other than googleapis.com")
+)
+
+// getClientCertificateSourceAndEndpoint is a convenience function that invokes
+// getClientCertificateSource and getEndpoint sequentially and returns the client
+// cert source and endpoint as a tuple.
+func getClientCertificateSourceAndEndpoint(settings *DialSettings) (cert.Source, string, error) {
+	clientCertSource, err := getClientCertificateSource(settings)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, "", err
+	}
+	endpoint, err := getEndpoint(settings, clientCertSource)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, "", err
+	}
+	// TODO(chrisdsmith): https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-go-client/issues/2359
+	if settings.Endpoint == "" && !settings.IsUniverseDomainGDU() && settings.DefaultEndpointTemplate != "" {
+		// TODO(chrisdsmith): https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-go-client/issues/2359
+		// if settings.DefaultEndpointTemplate == "" {
+		// 	return nil, "", errors.New("internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate is required if option.WithUniverseDomain is not googleapis.com")
+		// }
+		endpoint = resolvedDefaultEndpoint(settings)
+	}
+	return clientCertSource, endpoint, nil
+}
+
+type transportConfig struct {
+	clientCertSource cert.Source // The client certificate source.
+	endpoint         string      // The corresponding endpoint to use based on client certificate source.
+	s2aAddress       string      // The S2A address if it can be used, otherwise an empty string.
+	s2aMTLSEndpoint  string      // The MTLS endpoint to use with S2A.
+}
+
+func getTransportConfig(settings *DialSettings) (*transportConfig, error) {
+	clientCertSource, endpoint, err := getClientCertificateSourceAndEndpoint(settings)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defaultTransportConfig := transportConfig{
+		clientCertSource: clientCertSource,
+		endpoint:         endpoint,
+		s2aAddress:       "",
+		s2aMTLSEndpoint:  "",
+	}
+
+	if !shouldUseS2A(clientCertSource, settings) {
+		return &defaultTransportConfig, nil
+	}
+	if !settings.IsUniverseDomainGDU() {
+		return nil, errUniverseNotSupportedMTLS
+	}
+
+	s2aAddress := GetS2AAddress()
+	if s2aAddress == "" {
+		return &defaultTransportConfig, nil
+	}
+	return &transportConfig{
+		clientCertSource: clientCertSource,
+		endpoint:         endpoint,
+		s2aAddress:       s2aAddress,
+		s2aMTLSEndpoint:  settings.DefaultMTLSEndpoint,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// getClientCertificateSource returns a default client certificate source, if
+// not provided by the user.
+//
+// A nil default source can be returned if the source does not exist. Any exceptions
+// encountered while initializing the default source will be reported as client
+// error (ex. corrupt metadata file).
+//
+// Important Note: For now, the environment variable GOOGLE_API_USE_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE
+// must be set to "true" to allow certificate to be used (including user provided
+// certificates). For details, see AIP-4114.
+func getClientCertificateSource(settings *DialSettings) (cert.Source, error) {
+	if !isClientCertificateEnabled() {
+		return nil, nil
+	} else if settings.ClientCertSource != nil {
+		return settings.ClientCertSource, nil
+	} else {
+		return cert.DefaultSource()
+	}
+}
+
+func isClientCertificateEnabled() bool {
+	useClientCert := os.Getenv("GOOGLE_API_USE_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE")
+	// TODO(andyrzhao): Update default to return "true" after DCA feature is fully released.
+	return strings.ToLower(useClientCert) == "true"
+}
+
+// getEndpoint returns the endpoint for the service, taking into account the
+// user-provided endpoint override "settings.Endpoint".
+//
+// If no endpoint override is specified, we will either return the default endpoint or
+// the default mTLS endpoint if a client certificate is available.
+//
+// You can override the default endpoint choice (mtls vs. regular) by setting the
+// GOOGLE_API_USE_MTLS_ENDPOINT environment variable.
+//
+// If the endpoint override is an address (host:port) rather than full base
+// URL (ex. https://...), then the user-provided address will be merged into
+// the default endpoint. For example, WithEndpoint("myhost:8000") and
+// WithDefaultEndpoint("https://foo.com/bar/baz") will return "https://myhost:8080/bar/baz"
+func getEndpoint(settings *DialSettings, clientCertSource cert.Source) (string, error) {
+	if settings.Endpoint == "" {
+		if isMTLS(clientCertSource) {
+			if !settings.IsUniverseDomainGDU() {
+				return "", errUniverseNotSupportedMTLS
+			}
+			return settings.DefaultMTLSEndpoint, nil
+		}
+		return resolvedDefaultEndpoint(settings), nil
+	}
+	if strings.Contains(settings.Endpoint, "://") {
+		// User passed in a full URL path, use it verbatim.
+		return settings.Endpoint, nil
+	}
+	if resolvedDefaultEndpoint(settings) == "" {
+		// If DefaultEndpoint is not configured, use the user provided endpoint verbatim.
+		// This allows a naked "host[:port]" URL to be used with GRPC Direct Path.
+		return settings.Endpoint, nil
+	}
+
+	// Assume user-provided endpoint is host[:port], merge it with the default endpoint.
+	return mergeEndpoints(resolvedDefaultEndpoint(settings), settings.Endpoint)
+}
+
+func isMTLS(clientCertSource cert.Source) bool {
+	mtlsMode := getMTLSMode()
+	return mtlsMode == mTLSModeAlways || (clientCertSource != nil && mtlsMode == mTLSModeAuto)
+}
+
+// resolvedDefaultEndpoint returns the DefaultEndpointTemplate merged with the
+// Universe Domain if the DefaultEndpointTemplate is set, otherwise returns the
+// deprecated DefaultEndpoint value.
+func resolvedDefaultEndpoint(settings *DialSettings) string {
+	if settings.DefaultEndpointTemplate == "" {
+		return settings.DefaultEndpoint
+	}
+	return strings.Replace(settings.DefaultEndpointTemplate, universeDomainPlaceholder, settings.GetUniverseDomain(), 1)
+}
+
+func getMTLSMode() string {
+	mode := os.Getenv("GOOGLE_API_USE_MTLS_ENDPOINT")
+	if mode == "" {
+		mode = os.Getenv("GOOGLE_API_USE_MTLS") // Deprecated.
+	}
+	if mode == "" {
+		return mTLSModeAuto
+	}
+	return strings.ToLower(mode)
+}
+
+func mergeEndpoints(baseURL, newHost string) (string, error) {
+	u, err := url.Parse(fixScheme(baseURL))
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", err
+	}
+	return strings.Replace(baseURL, u.Host, newHost, 1), nil
+}
+
+func fixScheme(baseURL string) string {
+	if !strings.Contains(baseURL, "://") {
+		return "https://" + baseURL
+	}
+	return baseURL
+}
+
+// GetGRPCTransportConfigAndEndpoint returns an instance of credentials.TransportCredentials, and the
+// corresponding endpoint to use for GRPC client.
+func GetGRPCTransportConfigAndEndpoint(settings *DialSettings) (credentials.TransportCredentials, string, error) {
+	config, err := getTransportConfig(settings)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, "", err
+	}
+
+	defaultTransportCreds := credentials.NewTLS(&tls.Config{
+		GetClientCertificate: config.clientCertSource,
+	})
+	if config.s2aAddress == "" {
+		return defaultTransportCreds, config.endpoint, nil
+	}
+
+	s2aTransportCreds, err := s2a.NewClientCreds(&s2a.ClientOptions{
+		S2AAddress: config.s2aAddress,
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		// Use default if we cannot initialize S2A client transport credentials.
+		return defaultTransportCreds, config.endpoint, nil
+	}
+	return s2aTransportCreds, config.s2aMTLSEndpoint, nil
+}
+
+// GetHTTPTransportConfigAndEndpoint returns a client certificate source, a function for dialing MTLS with S2A,
+// and the endpoint to use for HTTP client.
+func GetHTTPTransportConfigAndEndpoint(settings *DialSettings) (cert.Source, func(context.Context, string, string) (net.Conn, error), string, error) {
+	config, err := getTransportConfig(settings)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, "", err
+	}
+
+	if config.s2aAddress == "" {
+		return config.clientCertSource, nil, config.endpoint, nil
+	}
+
+	dialTLSContextFunc := s2a.NewS2ADialTLSContextFunc(&s2a.ClientOptions{
+		S2AAddress: config.s2aAddress,
+	})
+	return nil, dialTLSContextFunc, config.s2aMTLSEndpoint, nil
+}
+
+func shouldUseS2A(clientCertSource cert.Source, settings *DialSettings) bool {
+	// If client cert is found, use that over S2A.
+	if clientCertSource != nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	// If EXPERIMENTAL_GOOGLE_API_USE_S2A is not set to true, skip S2A.
+	if !isGoogleS2AEnabled() {
+		return false
+	}
+	// If DefaultMTLSEndpoint is not set or has endpoint override, skip S2A.
+	if settings.DefaultMTLSEndpoint == "" || settings.Endpoint != "" {
+		return false
+	}
+	// If custom HTTP client is provided, skip S2A.
+	if settings.HTTPClient != nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	return !settings.EnableDirectPath && !settings.EnableDirectPathXds
+}
+
+func isGoogleS2AEnabled() bool {
+	return strings.ToLower(os.Getenv(googleAPIUseS2AEnv)) == "true"
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/cert/default_cert.go

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+// Copyright 2020 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package cert contains certificate tools for Google API clients.
+// This package is intended to be used with crypto/tls.Config.GetClientCertificate.
+//
+// The certificates can be used to satisfy Google's Endpoint Validation.
+// See https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/overview
+//
+// This package is not intended for use by end developers. Use the
+// google.golang.org/api/option package to configure API clients.
+package cert
+
+import (
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"errors"
+	"sync"
+)
+
+// defaultCertData holds all the variables pertaining to
+// the default certficate source created by DefaultSource.
+//
+// A singleton model is used to allow the source to be reused
+// by the transport layer.
+type defaultCertData struct {
+	once   sync.Once
+	source Source
+	err    error
+}
+
+var (
+	defaultCert defaultCertData
+)
+
+// Source is a function that can be passed into crypto/tls.Config.GetClientCertificate.
+type Source func(*tls.CertificateRequestInfo) (*tls.Certificate, error)
+
+// errSourceUnavailable is a sentinel error to indicate certificate source is unavailable.
+var errSourceUnavailable = errors.New("certificate source is unavailable")
+
+// DefaultSource returns a certificate source using the preferred EnterpriseCertificateProxySource.
+// If EnterpriseCertificateProxySource is not available, fall back to the legacy SecureConnectSource.
+//
+// If neither source is available (due to missing configurations), a nil Source and a nil Error are
+// returned to indicate that a default certificate source is unavailable.
+func DefaultSource() (Source, error) {
+	defaultCert.once.Do(func() {
+		defaultCert.source, defaultCert.err = NewEnterpriseCertificateProxySource("")
+		if errors.Is(defaultCert.err, errSourceUnavailable) {
+			defaultCert.source, defaultCert.err = NewSecureConnectSource("")
+			if errors.Is(defaultCert.err, errSourceUnavailable) {
+				defaultCert.source, defaultCert.err = nil, nil
+			}
+		}
+	})
+	return defaultCert.source, defaultCert.err
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/cert/enterprise_cert.go

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+// Copyright 2022 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package cert contains certificate tools for Google API clients.
+// This package is intended to be used with crypto/tls.Config.GetClientCertificate.
+//
+// The certificates can be used to satisfy Google's Endpoint Validation.
+// See https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/overview
+//
+// This package is not intended for use by end developers. Use the
+// google.golang.org/api/option package to configure API clients.
+package cert
+
+import (
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"errors"
+
+	"github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy/client"
+)
+
+type ecpSource struct {
+	key *client.Key
+}
+
+// NewEnterpriseCertificateProxySource creates a certificate source
+// using the Enterprise Certificate Proxy client, which delegates
+// certifcate related operations to an OS-specific "signer binary"
+// that communicates with the native keystore (ex. keychain on MacOS).
+//
+// The configFilePath points to a config file containing relevant parameters
+// such as the certificate issuer and the location of the signer binary.
+// If configFilePath is empty, the client will attempt to load the config from
+// a well-known gcloud location.
+func NewEnterpriseCertificateProxySource(configFilePath string) (Source, error) {
+	key, err := client.Cred(configFilePath)
+	if err != nil {
+		if errors.Is(err, client.ErrCredUnavailable) {
+			return nil, errSourceUnavailable
+		}
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return (&ecpSource{
+		key: key,
+	}).getClientCertificate, nil
+}
+
+func (s *ecpSource) getClientCertificate(info *tls.CertificateRequestInfo) (*tls.Certificate, error) {
+	var cert tls.Certificate
+	cert.PrivateKey = s.key
+	cert.Certificate = s.key.CertificateChain()
+	return &cert, nil
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/cert/secureconnect_cert.go

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+// Copyright 2022 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package cert contains certificate tools for Google API clients.
+// This package is intended to be used with crypto/tls.Config.GetClientCertificate.
+//
+// The certificates can be used to satisfy Google's Endpoint Validation.
+// See https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/overview
+//
+// This package is not intended for use by end developers. Use the
+// google.golang.org/api/option package to configure API clients.
+package cert
+
+import (
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"crypto/x509"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"os/exec"
+	"os/user"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+)
+
+const (
+	metadataPath = ".secureConnect"
+	metadataFile = "context_aware_metadata.json"
+)
+
+type secureConnectSource struct {
+	metadata secureConnectMetadata
+
+	// Cache the cert to avoid executing helper command repeatedly.
+	cachedCertMutex sync.Mutex
+	cachedCert      *tls.Certificate
+}
+
+type secureConnectMetadata struct {
+	Cmd []string `json:"cert_provider_command"`
+}
+
+// NewSecureConnectSource creates a certificate source using
+// the Secure Connect Helper and its associated metadata file.
+//
+// The configFilePath points to the location of the context aware metadata file.
+// If configFilePath is empty, use the default context aware metadata location.
+func NewSecureConnectSource(configFilePath string) (Source, error) {
+	if configFilePath == "" {
+		user, err := user.Current()
+		if err != nil {
+			// Error locating the default config means Secure Connect is not supported.
+			return nil, errSourceUnavailable
+		}
+		configFilePath = filepath.Join(user.HomeDir, metadataPath, metadataFile)
+	}
+
+	file, err := os.ReadFile(configFilePath)
+	if err != nil {
+		if errors.Is(err, os.ErrNotExist) {
+			// Config file missing means Secure Connect is not supported.
+			return nil, errSourceUnavailable
+		}
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	var metadata secureConnectMetadata
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(file, &metadata); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("cert: could not parse JSON in %q: %w", configFilePath, err)
+	}
+	if err := validateMetadata(metadata); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("cert: invalid config in %q: %w", configFilePath, err)
+	}
+	return (&secureConnectSource{
+		metadata: metadata,
+	}).getClientCertificate, nil
+}
+
+func validateMetadata(metadata secureConnectMetadata) error {
+	if len(metadata.Cmd) == 0 {
+		return errors.New("empty cert_provider_command")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (s *secureConnectSource) getClientCertificate(info *tls.CertificateRequestInfo) (*tls.Certificate, error) {
+	s.cachedCertMutex.Lock()
+	defer s.cachedCertMutex.Unlock()
+	if s.cachedCert != nil && !isCertificateExpired(s.cachedCert) {
+		return s.cachedCert, nil
+	}
+	// Expand OS environment variables in the cert provider command such as "$HOME".
+	for i := 0; i < len(s.metadata.Cmd); i++ {
+		s.metadata.Cmd[i] = os.ExpandEnv(s.metadata.Cmd[i])
+	}
+	command := s.metadata.Cmd
+	data, err := exec.Command(command[0], command[1:]...).Output()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	cert, err := tls.X509KeyPair(data, data)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	s.cachedCert = &cert
+	return &cert, nil
+}
+
+// isCertificateExpired returns true if the given cert is expired or invalid.
+func isCertificateExpired(cert *tls.Certificate) bool {
+	if len(cert.Certificate) == 0 {
+		return true
+	}
+	parsed, err := x509.ParseCertificate(cert.Certificate[0])
+	if err != nil {
+		return true
+	}
+	return time.Now().After(parsed.NotAfter)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/conn_pool.go

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+// Copyright 2020 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package internal
+
+import (
+	"google.golang.org/grpc"
+)
+
+// ConnPool is a pool of grpc.ClientConns.
+type ConnPool interface {
+	// Conn returns a ClientConn from the pool.
+	//
+	// Conns aren't returned to the pool.
+	Conn() *grpc.ClientConn
+
+	// Num returns the number of connections in the pool.
+	//
+	// It will always return the same value.
+	Num() int
+
+	// Close closes every ClientConn in the pool.
+	//
+	// The error returned by Close may be a single error or multiple errors.
+	Close() error
+
+	// ConnPool implements grpc.ClientConnInterface to enable it to be used directly with generated proto stubs.
+	grpc.ClientConnInterface
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/credentialstype/credentialstype.go

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+// Copyright 2024 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package credentialstype defines the CredType used for specifying the type of JSON credentials.
+package credentialstype
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"slices"
+)
+
+// CredType specifies the type of JSON credentials.
+type CredType string
+
+const (
+	// Unknown represents an unknown JSON file type.
+	Unknown CredType = ""
+	// ServiceAccount represents a service account file type.
+	ServiceAccount CredType = "service_account"
+	// AuthorizedUser represents an authorized user credentials file type.
+	AuthorizedUser CredType = "authorized_user"
+	// ImpersonatedServiceAccount represents an impersonated service account file type.
+	//
+	// IMPORTANT:
+	// This credential type does not validate the credential configuration. A security
+	// risk occurs when a credential configuration configured with malicious urls
+	// is used.
+	// You should validate credential configurations provided by untrusted sources.
+	// See [Security requirements when using credential configurations from an external
+	// source] https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/external/externally-sourced-credentials
+	// for more details.
+	ImpersonatedServiceAccount CredType = "impersonated_service_account"
+	// ExternalAccount represents an external account file type.
+	//
+	// IMPORTANT:
+	// This credential type does not validate the credential configuration. A security
+	// risk occurs when a credential configuration configured with malicious urls
+	// is used.
+	// You should validate credential configurations provided by untrusted sources.
+	// See [Security requirements when using credential configurations from an external
+	// source] https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/external/externally-sourced-credentials
+	// for more details.
+	ExternalAccount CredType = "external_account"
+	// GDCHServiceAccount represents a GDCH service account file type.
+	GDCHServiceAccount CredType = "gdc_service_account"
+	// ExternalAccountAuthorizedUser represents an external account authorized user file type.
+	ExternalAccountAuthorizedUser CredType = "external_account_authorized_user"
+)
+
+var knownTypes = map[CredType]bool{
+	ServiceAccount:                true,
+	AuthorizedUser:                true,
+	ImpersonatedServiceAccount:    true,
+	ExternalAccount:               true,
+	GDCHServiceAccount:            true,
+	ExternalAccountAuthorizedUser: true,
+}
+
+// GetCredType returns the credentials type or the Unknown type,
+// or an error for empty data or failure to unmarshal JSON.
+func GetCredType(data []byte) (CredType, error) {
+	var t CredType
+	if len(data) == 0 {
+		return t, fmt.Errorf("credential provided is 0 bytes")
+	}
+	var f struct {
+		Type string `json:"type"`
+	}
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &f); err != nil {
+		return t, err
+	}
+	t = parseCredType(f.Type)
+	return t, nil
+}
+
+// CheckCredentialType checks if the provided JSON bytes match the expected
+// credential type and, if present, one of the allowed credential types.
+// An error is returned if the JSON is invalid, the type field is missing,
+// or the types do not match expected and (if present) allowed.
+func CheckCredentialType(b []byte, expected CredType, allowed ...CredType) error {
+	var f struct {
+		Type string `json:"type"`
+	}
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(b, &f); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("unable to parse credential type: %w", err)
+	}
+	if f.Type == "" {
+		return fmt.Errorf("missing `type` field in credential")
+	}
+	credType := CredType(f.Type)
+	if credType != expected {
+		return fmt.Errorf("credential type mismatch: got %q, expected %q", credType, expected)
+	}
+	if len(allowed) == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+	if !slices.Contains(allowed, credType) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("credential type not allowed: %q", credType)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// parseCredType returns the matching CredType for the JSON type string if
+// it is in the list of publicly exposed types, otherwise Unknown.
+func parseCredType(typeString string) CredType {
+	ct := CredType(typeString)
+	if knownTypes[ct] {
+		return ct
+	}
+	return Unknown
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/creds.go

@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+// Copyright 2017 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package internal
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"net/http"
+	"os"
+	"time"
+
+	"cloud.google.com/go/auth"
+	"cloud.google.com/go/auth/credentials"
+	"cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt"
+	"golang.org/x/oauth2"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal/cert"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal/credentialstype"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal/impersonate"
+
+	"golang.org/x/oauth2/google"
+)
+
+const quotaProjectEnvVar = "GOOGLE_CLOUD_QUOTA_PROJECT"
+
+// Creds returns credential information obtained from DialSettings, or if none, then
+// it returns default credential information.
+func Creds(ctx context.Context, ds *DialSettings) (*google.Credentials, error) {
+	if ds.IsNewAuthLibraryEnabled() {
+		return credsNewAuth(ds)
+	}
+	creds, err := baseCreds(ctx, ds)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if ds.ImpersonationConfig != nil {
+		return impersonateCredentials(ctx, creds, ds)
+	}
+	return creds, nil
+}
+
+// AuthCreds returns [cloud.google.com/go/auth.Credentials] based on credentials
+// options provided via [option.ClientOption], including legacy oauth2/google
+// options. If there are no applicable options, then it returns the result of
+// [cloud.google.com/go/auth/credentials.DetectDefault].
+// Note: If NoAuth is true, when [google.golang.org/api/option.WithoutAuthentication]
+// is passed, then no authentication will be performed and this function will
+// return nil, nil.
+func AuthCreds(ctx context.Context, settings *DialSettings) (*auth.Credentials, error) {
+	if settings.NoAuth {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+	if settings.AuthCredentials != nil {
+		return settings.AuthCredentials, nil
+	}
+	// Support oauth2/google options
+	var oauth2Creds *google.Credentials
+	if settings.InternalCredentials != nil {
+		oauth2Creds = settings.InternalCredentials
+	} else if settings.Credentials != nil {
+		oauth2Creds = settings.Credentials
+	} else if settings.TokenSource != nil {
+		oauth2Creds = &google.Credentials{TokenSource: settings.TokenSource}
+	}
+	if oauth2Creds != nil {
+		return oauth2adapt.AuthCredentialsFromOauth2Credentials(oauth2Creds), nil
+	}
+
+	return detectDefaultFromDialSettings(settings)
+}
+
+// GetOAuth2Configuration determines configurations for the OAuth2 transport, which is separate from the API transport.
+// The OAuth2 transport and endpoint will be configured for mTLS if applicable.
+func GetOAuth2Configuration(ctx context.Context, settings *DialSettings) (string, *http.Client, error) {
+	clientCertSource, err := getClientCertificateSource(settings)
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", nil, err
+	}
+	tokenURL := oAuth2Endpoint(clientCertSource)
+	var oauth2Client *http.Client
+	if clientCertSource != nil {
+		tlsConfig := &tls.Config{
+			GetClientCertificate: clientCertSource,
+		}
+		oauth2Client = customHTTPClient(tlsConfig)
+	} else {
+		oauth2Client = oauth2.NewClient(ctx, nil)
+	}
+	return tokenURL, oauth2Client, nil
+}
+
+func credsNewAuth(settings *DialSettings) (*google.Credentials, error) {
+	// Preserve old options behavior
+	if settings.InternalCredentials != nil {
+		return settings.InternalCredentials, nil
+	} else if settings.Credentials != nil {
+		return settings.Credentials, nil
+	} else if settings.TokenSource != nil {
+		return &google.Credentials{TokenSource: settings.TokenSource}, nil
+	}
+
+	if settings.AuthCredentials != nil {
+		return oauth2adapt.Oauth2CredentialsFromAuthCredentials(settings.AuthCredentials), nil
+	}
+
+	creds, err := detectDefaultFromDialSettings(settings)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return oauth2adapt.Oauth2CredentialsFromAuthCredentials(creds), nil
+}
+
+func detectDefaultFromDialSettings(settings *DialSettings) (*auth.Credentials, error) {
+	var useSelfSignedJWT bool
+	var aud string
+	var scopes []string
+	// If scoped JWTs are enabled user provided an aud, allow self-signed JWT.
+	if settings.EnableJwtWithScope || len(settings.Audiences) > 0 {
+		useSelfSignedJWT = true
+	}
+
+	if len(settings.Scopes) > 0 {
+		scopes = make([]string, len(settings.Scopes))
+		copy(scopes, settings.Scopes)
+	}
+	if len(settings.Audiences) > 0 {
+		aud = settings.Audiences[0]
+	}
+	// Only default scopes if user did not also set an audience.
+	if len(settings.Scopes) == 0 && aud == "" && len(settings.DefaultScopes) > 0 {
+		scopes = make([]string, len(settings.DefaultScopes))
+		copy(scopes, settings.DefaultScopes)
+	}
+	if len(scopes) == 0 && aud == "" {
+		aud = settings.DefaultAudience
+	}
+
+	credsFile, _ := settings.GetAuthCredentialsFile()
+	credsJSON, _ := settings.GetAuthCredentialsJSON()
+	return credentials.DetectDefault(&credentials.DetectOptions{
+		Scopes:           scopes,
+		Audience:         aud,
+		CredentialsFile:  credsFile,
+		CredentialsJSON:  credsJSON,
+		UseSelfSignedJWT: useSelfSignedJWT,
+		Logger:           settings.Logger,
+	})
+}
+
+func baseCreds(ctx context.Context, ds *DialSettings) (*google.Credentials, error) {
+	if ds.InternalCredentials != nil {
+		return ds.InternalCredentials, nil
+	}
+	if ds.Credentials != nil {
+		return ds.Credentials, nil
+	}
+	if credsJSON, checkCredType := ds.GetAuthCredentialsJSON(); len(credsJSON) > 0 {
+		return credentialsFromJSON(ctx, credsJSON, ds, checkCredType)
+	}
+	if credsFile, checkCredType := ds.GetAuthCredentialsFile(); credsFile != "" {
+		data, err := os.ReadFile(credsFile)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("cannot read credentials file: %v", err)
+		}
+		return credentialsFromJSON(ctx, data, ds, checkCredType)
+	}
+	if ds.TokenSource != nil {
+		return &google.Credentials{TokenSource: ds.TokenSource}, nil
+	}
+	cred, err := google.FindDefaultCredentials(ctx, ds.GetScopes()...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if len(cred.JSON) > 0 {
+		return credentialsFromJSON(ctx, cred.JSON, ds, credentialstype.Unknown)
+	}
+	// For GAE and GCE, the JSON is empty so return the default credentials directly.
+	return cred, nil
+}
+
+// JSON key file type.
+const (
+	serviceAccountKey = "service_account"
+)
+
+// credentialsFromJSON returns a google.Credentials from the JSON data
+//
+// - A self-signed JWT flow will be executed if the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+//	(1) At least one of the following is true:
+//	    (a) Scope for self-signed JWT flow is enabled
+//	    (b) Audiences are explicitly provided by users
+//	(2) No service account impersontation
+//
+// - Otherwise, executes standard OAuth 2.0 flow
+// More details: google.aip.dev/auth/4111
+func credentialsFromJSON(ctx context.Context, data []byte, ds *DialSettings, checkCredType credentialstype.CredType) (*google.Credentials, error) {
+	if checkCredType != credentialstype.Unknown {
+		if err := credentialstype.CheckCredentialType(data, checkCredType); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+	var params google.CredentialsParams
+	params.Scopes = ds.GetScopes()
+
+	tokenURL, oauth2Client, err := GetOAuth2Configuration(ctx, ds)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	params.TokenURL = tokenURL
+	ctx = context.WithValue(ctx, oauth2.HTTPClient, oauth2Client)
+
+	// By default, a standard OAuth 2.0 token source is created
+	cred, err := google.CredentialsFromJSONWithParams(ctx, data, params)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	// Override the token source to use self-signed JWT if conditions are met
+	isJWTFlow, err := isSelfSignedJWTFlow(data, ds)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if isJWTFlow {
+		ts, err := selfSignedJWTTokenSource(data, ds)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		cred.TokenSource = ts
+	}
+
+	return cred, err
+}
+
+func oAuth2Endpoint(clientCertSource cert.Source) string {
+	if isMTLS(clientCertSource) {
+		return google.MTLSTokenURL
+	}
+	return google.Endpoint.TokenURL
+}
+
+func isSelfSignedJWTFlow(data []byte, ds *DialSettings) (bool, error) {
+	// For non-GDU universe domains, token exchange is impossible and services
+	// must support self-signed JWTs with scopes.
+	if !ds.IsUniverseDomainGDU() {
+		return typeServiceAccount(data)
+	}
+	if (ds.EnableJwtWithScope || ds.HasCustomAudience()) && ds.ImpersonationConfig == nil {
+		return typeServiceAccount(data)
+	}
+	return false, nil
+}
+
+// typeServiceAccount checks if JSON data is for a service account.
+func typeServiceAccount(data []byte) (bool, error) {
+	var f struct {
+		Type string `json:"type"`
+		// The remaining JSON fields are omitted because they are not used.
+	}
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &f); err != nil {
+		return false, err
+	}
+	return f.Type == serviceAccountKey, nil
+}
+
+func selfSignedJWTTokenSource(data []byte, ds *DialSettings) (oauth2.TokenSource, error) {
+	if len(ds.GetScopes()) > 0 && !ds.HasCustomAudience() {
+		// Scopes are preferred in self-signed JWT unless the scope is not available
+		// or a custom audience is used.
+		return google.JWTAccessTokenSourceWithScope(data, ds.GetScopes()...)
+	} else if ds.GetAudience() != "" {
+		// Fallback to audience if scope is not provided
+		return google.JWTAccessTokenSourceFromJSON(data, ds.GetAudience())
+	} else {
+		return nil, errors.New("neither scopes or audience are available for the self-signed JWT")
+	}
+}
+
+// GetQuotaProject retrieves quota project with precedence being: client option,
+// environment variable, creds file.
+func GetQuotaProject(creds *google.Credentials, clientOpt string) string {
+	if clientOpt != "" {
+		return clientOpt
+	}
+	if env := os.Getenv(quotaProjectEnvVar); env != "" {
+		return env
+	}
+	if creds == nil {
+		return ""
+	}
+	var v struct {
+		QuotaProject string `json:"quota_project_id"`
+	}
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(creds.JSON, &v); err != nil {
+		return ""
+	}
+	return v.QuotaProject
+}
+
+func impersonateCredentials(ctx context.Context, creds *google.Credentials, ds *DialSettings) (*google.Credentials, error) {
+	if len(ds.ImpersonationConfig.Scopes) == 0 {
+		ds.ImpersonationConfig.Scopes = ds.GetScopes()
+	}
+	ts, err := impersonate.TokenSource(ctx, creds.TokenSource, ds.ImpersonationConfig)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return &google.Credentials{
+		TokenSource: ts,
+		ProjectID:   creds.ProjectID,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// customHTTPClient constructs an HTTPClient using the provided tlsConfig, to support mTLS.
+func customHTTPClient(tlsConfig *tls.Config) *http.Client {
+	trans := baseTransport()
+	trans.TLSClientConfig = tlsConfig
+	return &http.Client{Transport: trans}
+}
+
+func baseTransport() *http.Transport {
+	return &http.Transport{
+		Proxy: http.ProxyFromEnvironment,
+		DialContext: (&net.Dialer{
+			Timeout:   30 * time.Second,
+			KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second,
+			DualStack: true,
+		}).DialContext,
+		MaxIdleConns:          100,
+		MaxIdleConnsPerHost:   100,
+		IdleConnTimeout:       90 * time.Second,
+		TLSHandshakeTimeout:   10 * time.Second,
+		ExpectContinueTimeout: 1 * time.Second,
+	}
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/buffer.go

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gensupport
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"hash/crc32"
+	"io"
+
+	"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
+)
+
+// MediaBuffer buffers data from an io.Reader to support uploading media in
+// retryable chunks. It should be created with NewMediaBuffer.
+type MediaBuffer struct {
+	media io.Reader
+
+	chunk []byte // The current chunk which is pending upload.  The capacity is the chunk size.
+	err   error  // Any error generated when populating chunk by reading media.
+
+	// The absolute position of chunk in the underlying media.
+	off int64
+
+	// fullObjectChecksum holds the running checksum of streamed media chunks when automatic checksum
+	// calculation is enabled via enableAutoChecksum.
+	fullObjectChecksum uint32
+	enableAutoChecksum bool
+}
+
+var (
+	crc32cTable = crc32.MakeTable(crc32.Castagnoli)
+)
+
+// NewMediaBuffer initializes a MediaBuffer.
+func NewMediaBuffer(media io.Reader, chunkSize int) *MediaBuffer {
+	return &MediaBuffer{media: media, chunk: make([]byte, 0, chunkSize)}
+}
+
+// Chunk returns the current buffered chunk, the offset in the underlying media
+// from which the chunk is drawn, and the size of the chunk.
+// Successive calls to Chunk return the same chunk between calls to Next.
+func (mb *MediaBuffer) Chunk() (chunk io.Reader, off int64, size int, err error) {
+	// There may already be data in chunk if Next has not been called since the previous call to Chunk.
+	if mb.err == nil && len(mb.chunk) == 0 {
+		mb.err = mb.loadChunk()
+	}
+	return bytes.NewReader(mb.chunk), mb.off, len(mb.chunk), mb.err
+}
+
+// loadChunk will read from media into chunk, up to the capacity of chunk.
+func (mb *MediaBuffer) loadChunk() error {
+	bufSize := cap(mb.chunk)
+	mb.chunk = mb.chunk[:bufSize]
+
+	read := 0
+	var err error
+	for err == nil && read < bufSize {
+		var n int
+		n, err = mb.media.Read(mb.chunk[read:])
+		read += n
+	}
+	mb.chunk = mb.chunk[:read]
+	if mb.enableAutoChecksum {
+		mb.fullObjectChecksum = crc32.Update(mb.fullObjectChecksum, crc32cTable, mb.chunk)
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+// Next advances to the next chunk, which will be returned by the next call to Chunk.
+// Calls to Next without a corresponding prior call to Chunk will have no effect.
+func (mb *MediaBuffer) Next() {
+	mb.off += int64(len(mb.chunk))
+	mb.chunk = mb.chunk[0:0]
+}
+
+type readerTyper struct {
+	io.Reader
+	googleapi.ContentTyper
+}
+
+// ReaderAtToReader adapts a ReaderAt to be used as a Reader.
+// If ra implements googleapi.ContentTyper, then the returned reader
+// will also implement googleapi.ContentTyper, delegating to ra.
+func ReaderAtToReader(ra io.ReaderAt, size int64) io.Reader {
+	r := io.NewSectionReader(ra, 0, size)
+	if typer, ok := ra.(googleapi.ContentTyper); ok {
+		return readerTyper{r, typer}
+	}
+	return r
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package gensupport is an internal implementation detail used by code
+// generated by the google-api-go-generator tool.
+//
+// This package may be modified at any time without regard for backwards
+// compatibility. It should not be used directly by API users.
+package gensupport

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/error.go

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+// Copyright 2022 Google LLC. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gensupport
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+
+	"github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/apierror"
+	"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
+)
+
+// WrapError creates an [apierror.APIError] from err, wraps it in err, and
+// returns err. If err is not a [googleapi.Error] (or a
+// [google.golang.org/grpc/status.Status]), it returns err without modification.
+func WrapError(err error) error {
+	var herr *googleapi.Error
+	apiError, ok := apierror.ParseError(err, false)
+	if ok && errors.As(err, &herr) {
+		herr.Wrap(apiError)
+	}
+	return err
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/json.go

@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gensupport
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"reflect"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// MarshalJSON returns a JSON encoding of schema containing only selected fields.
+// A field is selected if any of the following is true:
+//   - it has a non-empty value
+//   - its field name is present in forceSendFields and it is not a nil pointer or nil interface
+//   - its field name is present in nullFields.
+//
+// The JSON key for each selected field is taken from the field's json: struct tag.
+func MarshalJSON(schema interface{}, forceSendFields, nullFields []string) ([]byte, error) {
+	if len(forceSendFields) == 0 && len(nullFields) == 0 {
+		return json.Marshal(schema)
+	}
+
+	mustInclude := make(map[string]bool)
+	for _, f := range forceSendFields {
+		mustInclude[f] = true
+	}
+	useNull := make(map[string]bool)
+	useNullMaps := make(map[string]map[string]bool)
+	for _, nf := range nullFields {
+		parts := strings.SplitN(nf, ".", 2)
+		field := parts[0]
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			useNull[field] = true
+		} else {
+			if useNullMaps[field] == nil {
+				useNullMaps[field] = map[string]bool{}
+			}
+			useNullMaps[field][parts[1]] = true
+		}
+	}
+
+	dataMap, err := schemaToMap(schema, mustInclude, useNull, useNullMaps)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return json.Marshal(dataMap)
+}
+
+func schemaToMap(schema interface{}, mustInclude, useNull map[string]bool, useNullMaps map[string]map[string]bool) (map[string]interface{}, error) {
+	m := make(map[string]interface{})
+	s := reflect.ValueOf(schema)
+	st := s.Type()
+
+	for i := 0; i < s.NumField(); i++ {
+		jsonTag := st.Field(i).Tag.Get("json")
+		if jsonTag == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		tag, err := parseJSONTag(jsonTag)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		if tag.ignore {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		v := s.Field(i)
+		f := st.Field(i)
+
+		if useNull[f.Name] {
+			if !isEmptyValue(v) {
+				return nil, fmt.Errorf("field %q in NullFields has non-empty value", f.Name)
+			}
+			m[tag.apiName] = nil
+			continue
+		}
+
+		if !includeField(v, f, mustInclude) {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// If map fields are explicitly set to null, use a map[string]interface{}.
+		if f.Type.Kind() == reflect.Map && useNullMaps[f.Name] != nil {
+			ms, ok := v.Interface().(map[string]string)
+			if !ok {
+				mi, err := initMapSlow(v, f.Name, useNullMaps)
+				if err != nil {
+					return nil, err
+				}
+				m[tag.apiName] = mi
+				continue
+			}
+			mi := map[string]interface{}{}
+			for k, v := range ms {
+				mi[k] = v
+			}
+			for k := range useNullMaps[f.Name] {
+				mi[k] = nil
+			}
+			m[tag.apiName] = mi
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// nil maps are treated as empty maps.
+		if f.Type.Kind() == reflect.Map && v.IsNil() {
+			m[tag.apiName] = map[string]string{}
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// nil slices are treated as empty slices.
+		if f.Type.Kind() == reflect.Slice && v.IsNil() {
+			m[tag.apiName] = []bool{}
+			continue
+		}
+
+		if tag.stringFormat {
+			m[tag.apiName] = formatAsString(v, f.Type.Kind())
+		} else {
+			m[tag.apiName] = v.Interface()
+		}
+	}
+	return m, nil
+}
+
+// initMapSlow uses reflection to build up a map object. This is slower than
+// the default behavior so it should be used only as a fallback.
+func initMapSlow(rv reflect.Value, fieldName string, useNullMaps map[string]map[string]bool) (map[string]interface{}, error) {
+	mi := map[string]interface{}{}
+	iter := rv.MapRange()
+	for iter.Next() {
+		k, ok := iter.Key().Interface().(string)
+		if !ok {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("field %q has keys in NullFields but is not a map[string]any", fieldName)
+		}
+		v := iter.Value().Interface()
+		mi[k] = v
+	}
+	for k := range useNullMaps[fieldName] {
+		mi[k] = nil
+	}
+	return mi, nil
+}
+
+// formatAsString returns a string representation of v, dereferencing it first if possible.
+func formatAsString(v reflect.Value, kind reflect.Kind) string {
+	if kind == reflect.Ptr && !v.IsNil() {
+		v = v.Elem()
+	}
+
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%v", v.Interface())
+}
+
+// jsonTag represents a restricted version of the struct tag format used by encoding/json.
+// It is used to describe the JSON encoding of fields in a Schema struct.
+type jsonTag struct {
+	apiName      string
+	stringFormat bool
+	ignore       bool
+}
+
+// parseJSONTag parses a restricted version of the struct tag format used by encoding/json.
+// The format of the tag must match that generated by the Schema.writeSchemaStruct method
+// in the api generator.
+func parseJSONTag(val string) (jsonTag, error) {
+	if val == "-" {
+		return jsonTag{ignore: true}, nil
+	}
+
+	var tag jsonTag
+
+	i := strings.Index(val, ",")
+	if i == -1 || val[:i] == "" {
+		return tag, fmt.Errorf("malformed json tag: %s", val)
+	}
+
+	tag = jsonTag{
+		apiName: val[:i],
+	}
+
+	switch val[i+1:] {
+	case "omitempty":
+	case "omitempty,string":
+		tag.stringFormat = true
+	default:
+		return tag, fmt.Errorf("malformed json tag: %s", val)
+	}
+
+	return tag, nil
+}
+
+// Reports whether the struct field "f" with value "v" should be included in JSON output.
+func includeField(v reflect.Value, f reflect.StructField, mustInclude map[string]bool) bool {
+	// The regular JSON encoding of a nil pointer is "null", which means "delete this field".
+	// Therefore, we could enable field deletion by honoring pointer fields' presence in the mustInclude set.
+	// However, many fields are not pointers, so there would be no way to delete these fields.
+	// Rather than partially supporting field deletion, we ignore mustInclude for nil pointer fields.
+	// Deletion will be handled by a separate mechanism.
+	if f.Type.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && v.IsNil() {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	// The "any" type is represented as an interface{}.  If this interface
+	// is nil, there is no reasonable representation to send.  We ignore
+	// these fields, for the same reasons as given above for pointers.
+	if f.Type.Kind() == reflect.Interface && v.IsNil() {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return mustInclude[f.Name] || !isEmptyValue(v)
+}
+
+// isEmptyValue reports whether v is the empty value for its type.  This
+// implementation is based on that of the encoding/json package, but its
+// correctness does not depend on it being identical. What's important is that
+// this function return false in situations where v should not be sent as part
+// of a PATCH operation.
+func isEmptyValue(v reflect.Value) bool {
+	switch v.Kind() {
+	case reflect.Array, reflect.Map, reflect.Slice, reflect.String:
+		return v.Len() == 0
+	case reflect.Bool:
+		return !v.Bool()
+	case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+		return v.Int() == 0
+	case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr:
+		return v.Uint() == 0
+	case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+		return v.Float() == 0
+	case reflect.Interface, reflect.Ptr:
+		return v.IsNil()
+	}
+	return false
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/jsonfloat.go

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+// Copyright 2016 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gensupport
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"math"
+)
+
+// JSONFloat64 is a float64 that supports proper unmarshaling of special float
+// values in JSON, according to
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. Although
+// that is a proto-to-JSON spec, it applies to all Google APIs.
+//
+// The jsonpb package
+// (https://github.com/golang/protobuf/blob/master/jsonpb/jsonpb.go) has
+// similar functionality, but only for direct translation from proto messages
+// to JSON.
+type JSONFloat64 float64
+
+func (f *JSONFloat64) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) error {
+	var ff float64
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &ff); err == nil {
+		*f = JSONFloat64(ff)
+		return nil
+	}
+	var s string
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &s); err == nil {
+		switch s {
+		case "NaN":
+			ff = math.NaN()
+		case "Infinity":
+			ff = math.Inf(1)
+		case "-Infinity":
+			ff = math.Inf(-1)
+		default:
+			return fmt.Errorf("google.golang.org/api/internal: bad float string %q", s)
+		}
+		*f = JSONFloat64(ff)
+		return nil
+	}
+	return errors.New("google.golang.org/api/internal: data not float or string")
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/media.go

@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gensupport
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"mime"
+	"mime/multipart"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/textproto"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	gax "github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2"
+	"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
+)
+
+type typeReader struct {
+	io.Reader
+	typ string
+}
+
+// multipartReader combines the contents of multiple readers to create a multipart/related HTTP body.
+// Close must be called if reads from the multipartReader are abandoned before reaching EOF.
+type multipartReader struct {
+	pr       *io.PipeReader
+	ctype    string
+	mu       sync.Mutex
+	pipeOpen bool
+}
+
+// boundary optionally specifies the MIME boundary
+func newMultipartReader(parts []typeReader, boundary string) *multipartReader {
+	mp := &multipartReader{pipeOpen: true}
+	var pw *io.PipeWriter
+	mp.pr, pw = io.Pipe()
+	mpw := multipart.NewWriter(pw)
+	if boundary != "" {
+		mpw.SetBoundary(boundary)
+	}
+	mp.ctype = "multipart/related; boundary=" + mpw.Boundary()
+	go func() {
+		for _, part := range parts {
+			w, err := mpw.CreatePart(typeHeader(part.typ))
+			if err != nil {
+				mpw.Close()
+				pw.CloseWithError(fmt.Errorf("googleapi: CreatePart failed: %v", err))
+				return
+			}
+			_, err = io.Copy(w, part.Reader)
+			if err != nil {
+				mpw.Close()
+				pw.CloseWithError(fmt.Errorf("googleapi: Copy failed: %v", err))
+				return
+			}
+		}
+
+		mpw.Close()
+		pw.Close()
+	}()
+	return mp
+}
+
+func (mp *multipartReader) Read(data []byte) (n int, err error) {
+	return mp.pr.Read(data)
+}
+
+func (mp *multipartReader) Close() error {
+	mp.mu.Lock()
+	if !mp.pipeOpen {
+		mp.mu.Unlock()
+		return nil
+	}
+	mp.pipeOpen = false
+	mp.mu.Unlock()
+	return mp.pr.Close()
+}
+
+// CombineBodyMedia combines a json body with media content to create a multipart/related HTTP body.
+// It returns a ReadCloser containing the combined body, and the overall "multipart/related" content type, with random boundary.
+//
+// The caller must call Close on the returned ReadCloser if reads are abandoned before reaching EOF.
+func CombineBodyMedia(body io.Reader, bodyContentType string, media io.Reader, mediaContentType string) (io.ReadCloser, string) {
+	return combineBodyMedia(body, bodyContentType, media, mediaContentType, "")
+}
+
+// combineBodyMedia is CombineBodyMedia but with an optional mimeBoundary field.
+func combineBodyMedia(body io.Reader, bodyContentType string, media io.Reader, mediaContentType, mimeBoundary string) (io.ReadCloser, string) {
+	mp := newMultipartReader([]typeReader{
+		{body, bodyContentType},
+		{media, mediaContentType},
+	}, mimeBoundary)
+	return mp, mp.ctype
+}
+
+func typeHeader(contentType string) textproto.MIMEHeader {
+	h := make(textproto.MIMEHeader)
+	if contentType != "" {
+		h.Set("Content-Type", contentType)
+	}
+	return h
+}
+
+// PrepareUpload determines whether the data in the supplied reader should be
+// uploaded in a single request, or in sequential chunks.
+// chunkSize is the size of the chunk that media should be split into.
+//
+// If chunkSize is zero, media is returned as the first value, and the other
+// two return values are nil, true.
+//
+// Otherwise, a MediaBuffer is returned, along with a bool indicating whether the
+// contents of media fit in a single chunk.
+//
+// After PrepareUpload has been called, media should no longer be used: the
+// media content should be accessed via one of the return values.
+func PrepareUpload(media io.Reader, chunkSize int, enableAutoChecksum bool) (r io.Reader, mb *MediaBuffer, singleChunk bool) {
+	if chunkSize == 0 { // do not chunk
+		return media, nil, true
+	}
+	mb = NewMediaBuffer(media, chunkSize)
+	mb.enableAutoChecksum = enableAutoChecksum
+	_, _, _, err := mb.Chunk()
+	// If err is io.EOF, we can upload this in a single request. Otherwise, err is
+	// either nil or a non-EOF error. If it is the latter, then the next call to
+	// mb.Chunk will return the same error. Returning a MediaBuffer ensures that this
+	// error will be handled at some point.
+	return nil, mb, err == io.EOF
+}
+
+// MediaInfo holds information for media uploads. It is intended for use by generated
+// code only.
+type MediaInfo struct {
+	// At most one of Media and MediaBuffer will be set.
+	media                io.Reader
+	buffer               *MediaBuffer
+	singleChunk          bool
+	mType                string
+	size                 int64 // mediaSize, if known.  Used only for calls to progressUpdater_.
+	progressUpdater      googleapi.ProgressUpdater
+	chunkRetryDeadline   time.Duration
+	chunkTransferTimeout time.Duration
+}
+
+// NewInfoFromMedia should be invoked from the Media method of a call. It returns a
+// MediaInfo populated with chunk size and content type, and a reader or MediaBuffer
+// if needed.
+func NewInfoFromMedia(r io.Reader, options []googleapi.MediaOption) *MediaInfo {
+	mi := &MediaInfo{}
+	opts := googleapi.ProcessMediaOptions(options)
+	if !opts.ForceEmptyContentType {
+		mi.mType = opts.ContentType
+		if mi.mType == "" {
+			r, mi.mType = gax.DetermineContentType(r)
+		}
+	}
+	mi.chunkRetryDeadline = opts.ChunkRetryDeadline
+	mi.chunkTransferTimeout = opts.ChunkTransferTimeout
+	mi.media, mi.buffer, mi.singleChunk = PrepareUpload(r, opts.ChunkSize, opts.EnableAutoChecksum)
+	return mi
+}
+
+// NewInfoFromResumableMedia should be invoked from the ResumableMedia method of a
+// call. It returns a MediaInfo using the given reader, size and media type.
+func NewInfoFromResumableMedia(r io.ReaderAt, size int64, mediaType string) *MediaInfo {
+	rdr := ReaderAtToReader(r, size)
+	mType := mediaType
+	if mType == "" {
+		rdr, mType = gax.DetermineContentType(rdr)
+	}
+
+	return &MediaInfo{
+		size:        size,
+		mType:       mType,
+		buffer:      NewMediaBuffer(rdr, googleapi.DefaultUploadChunkSize),
+		media:       nil,
+		singleChunk: false,
+	}
+}
+
+// SetProgressUpdater sets the progress updater for the media info.
+func (mi *MediaInfo) SetProgressUpdater(pu googleapi.ProgressUpdater) {
+	if mi != nil {
+		mi.progressUpdater = pu
+	}
+}
+
+// UploadType determines the type of upload: a single request, or a resumable
+// series of requests.
+func (mi *MediaInfo) UploadType() string {
+	if mi.singleChunk {
+		return "multipart"
+	}
+	return "resumable"
+}
+
+// UploadRequest sets up an HTTP request for media upload. It adds headers
+// as necessary, and returns a replacement for the body and a function for http.Request.GetBody.
+func (mi *MediaInfo) UploadRequest(reqHeaders http.Header, body io.Reader) (newBody io.Reader, getBody func() (io.ReadCloser, error), cleanup func()) {
+	if body == nil {
+		body = new(bytes.Buffer)
+	}
+	cleanup = func() {}
+	if mi == nil {
+		return body, nil, cleanup
+	}
+	var media io.Reader
+	if mi.media != nil {
+		// This only happens when the caller has turned off chunking. In that
+		// case, we write all of media in a single non-retryable request.
+		media = mi.media
+	} else if mi.singleChunk {
+		// The data fits in a single chunk, which has now been read into the MediaBuffer.
+		// We obtain that chunk so we can write it in a single request. The request can
+		// be retried because the data is stored in the MediaBuffer.
+		media, _, _, _ = mi.buffer.Chunk()
+	}
+	toCleanup := []io.Closer{}
+	if media != nil {
+		fb := readerFunc(body)
+		fm := readerFunc(media)
+		combined, ctype := CombineBodyMedia(body, "application/json", media, mi.mType)
+		toCleanup = append(toCleanup, combined)
+		if fb != nil && fm != nil {
+			getBody = func() (io.ReadCloser, error) {
+				rb := io.NopCloser(fb())
+				rm := io.NopCloser(fm())
+				var mimeBoundary string
+				if _, params, err := mime.ParseMediaType(ctype); err == nil {
+					mimeBoundary = params["boundary"]
+				}
+				r, _ := combineBodyMedia(rb, "application/json", rm, mi.mType, mimeBoundary)
+				toCleanup = append(toCleanup, r)
+				return r, nil
+			}
+		}
+		reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", ctype)
+		body = combined
+	}
+	if mi.buffer != nil && mi.mType != "" && !mi.singleChunk {
+		// This happens when initiating a resumable upload session.
+		// The initial request contains a JSON body rather than media.
+		// It can be retried with a getBody function that re-creates the request body.
+		fb := readerFunc(body)
+		if fb != nil {
+			getBody = func() (io.ReadCloser, error) {
+				rb := io.NopCloser(fb())
+				toCleanup = append(toCleanup, rb)
+				return rb, nil
+			}
+		}
+		reqHeaders.Set("X-Upload-Content-Type", mi.mType)
+	}
+	// Ensure that any bodies created in getBody are cleaned up.
+	cleanup = func() {
+		for _, closer := range toCleanup {
+			_ = closer.Close()
+		}
+
+	}
+	return body, getBody, cleanup
+}
+
+// readerFunc returns a function that always returns an io.Reader that has the same
+// contents as r, provided that can be done without consuming r. Otherwise, it
+// returns nil.
+// See http.NewRequest (in net/http/request.go).
+func readerFunc(r io.Reader) func() io.Reader {
+	switch r := r.(type) {
+	case *bytes.Buffer:
+		buf := r.Bytes()
+		return func() io.Reader { return bytes.NewReader(buf) }
+	case *bytes.Reader:
+		snapshot := *r
+		return func() io.Reader { r := snapshot; return &r }
+	case *strings.Reader:
+		snapshot := *r
+		return func() io.Reader { r := snapshot; return &r }
+	default:
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// ResumableUpload returns an appropriately configured ResumableUpload value if the
+// upload is resumable, or nil otherwise.
+func (mi *MediaInfo) ResumableUpload(locURI string) *ResumableUpload {
+	if mi == nil || mi.singleChunk {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return &ResumableUpload{
+		URI:       locURI,
+		Media:     mi.buffer,
+		MediaType: mi.mType,
+		Callback: func(curr int64) {
+			if mi.progressUpdater != nil {
+				mi.progressUpdater(curr, mi.size)
+			}
+		},
+		ChunkRetryDeadline:   mi.chunkRetryDeadline,
+		ChunkTransferTimeout: mi.chunkTransferTimeout,
+	}
+}
+
+// SetGetBody sets the GetBody field of req to f. This was once needed
+// to gracefully support Go 1.7 and earlier which didn't have that
+// field.
+//
+// Deprecated: the code generator no longer uses this as of
+// 2019-02-19. Nothing else should be calling this anyway, but we
+// won't delete this immediately; it will be deleted in as early as 6
+// months.
+func SetGetBody(req *http.Request, f func() (io.ReadCloser, error)) {
+	req.GetBody = f
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/params.go

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gensupport
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+
+	"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal"
+)
+
+// URLParams is a simplified replacement for url.Values
+// that safely builds up URL parameters for encoding.
+type URLParams map[string][]string
+
+// Get returns the first value for the given key, or "".
+func (u URLParams) Get(key string) string {
+	vs := u[key]
+	if len(vs) == 0 {
+		return ""
+	}
+	return vs[0]
+}
+
+// Set sets the key to value.
+// It replaces any existing values.
+func (u URLParams) Set(key, value string) {
+	u[key] = []string{value}
+}
+
+// SetMulti sets the key to an array of values.
+// It replaces any existing values.
+// Note that values must not be modified after calling SetMulti
+// so the caller is responsible for making a copy if necessary.
+func (u URLParams) SetMulti(key string, values []string) {
+	u[key] = values
+}
+
+// Encode encodes the values into “URL encoded” form
+// ("bar=baz&foo=quux") sorted by key.
+func (u URLParams) Encode() string {
+	return url.Values(u).Encode()
+}
+
+// SetOptions sets the URL params and any additional `CallOption` or
+// `MultiCallOption` passed in.
+func SetOptions(u URLParams, opts ...googleapi.CallOption) {
+	for _, o := range opts {
+		m, ok := o.(googleapi.MultiCallOption)
+		if ok {
+			u.SetMulti(m.GetMulti())
+			continue
+		}
+		u.Set(o.Get())
+	}
+}
+
+// SetHeaders sets common headers for all requests. The keyvals header pairs
+// should have a corresponding value for every key provided. If there is an odd
+// number of keyvals this method will panic.
+func SetHeaders(userAgent, contentType string, userHeaders http.Header, keyvals ...string) http.Header {
+	reqHeaders := make(http.Header)
+	reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version)
+	for i := 0; i < len(keyvals); i = i + 2 {
+		reqHeaders.Set(keyvals[i], keyvals[i+1])
+	}
+	reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", userAgent)
+	if contentType != "" {
+		reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", contentType)
+	}
+	for k, v := range userHeaders {
+		reqHeaders[k] = v
+	}
+	return reqHeaders
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/resumable.go

@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gensupport
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/google/uuid"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal"
+)
+
+const (
+	crc32cPrefix  = "crc32c"
+	hashHeaderKey = "X-Goog-Hash"
+)
+
+// ResumableUpload is used by the generated APIs to provide resumable uploads.
+// It is not used by developers directly.
+type ResumableUpload struct {
+	Client *http.Client
+	// URI is the resumable resource destination provided by the server after specifying "&uploadType=resumable".
+	URI       string
+	UserAgent string // User-Agent for header of the request
+	// Media is the object being uploaded.
+	Media *MediaBuffer
+	// MediaType defines the media type, e.g. "image/jpeg".
+	MediaType string
+
+	mu       sync.Mutex // guards progress
+	progress int64      // number of bytes uploaded so far
+
+	// Callback is an optional function that will be periodically called with the cumulative number of bytes uploaded.
+	Callback func(int64)
+
+	// Retry optionally configures retries for requests made against the upload.
+	Retry *RetryConfig
+
+	// ChunkRetryDeadline configures the per-chunk deadline after which no further
+	// retries should happen.
+	ChunkRetryDeadline time.Duration
+
+	// ChunkTransferTimeout configures the per-chunk transfer timeout. If a chunk upload stalls for longer than
+	// this duration, the upload will be retried.
+	ChunkTransferTimeout time.Duration
+
+	// Track current request invocation ID and attempt count for retry metrics
+	// and idempotency headers.
+	invocationID string
+	attempts     int
+}
+
+// Progress returns the number of bytes uploaded at this point.
+func (rx *ResumableUpload) Progress() int64 {
+	rx.mu.Lock()
+	defer rx.mu.Unlock()
+	return rx.progress
+}
+
+// doUploadRequest performs a single HTTP request to upload data.
+// off specifies the offset in rx.Media from which data is drawn.
+// size is the number of bytes in data.
+// final specifies whether data is the final chunk to be uploaded.
+func (rx *ResumableUpload) doUploadRequest(ctx context.Context, data io.Reader, off, size int64, final bool) (*http.Response, error) {
+	req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", rx.URI, data)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	req.ContentLength = size
+	var contentRange string
+	if final {
+		if size == 0 {
+			contentRange = fmt.Sprintf("bytes */%v", off)
+		} else {
+			contentRange = fmt.Sprintf("bytes %v-%v/%v", off, off+size-1, off+size)
+		}
+	} else {
+		contentRange = fmt.Sprintf("bytes %v-%v/*", off, off+size-1)
+	}
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Range", contentRange)
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", rx.MediaType)
+	req.Header.Set("User-Agent", rx.UserAgent)
+
+	// TODO(b/274504690): Consider dropping gccl-invocation-id key since it
+	// duplicates the X-Goog-Gcs-Idempotency-Token header (added in v0.115.0).
+	baseXGoogHeader := "gl-go/" + GoVersion() + " gdcl/" + internal.Version
+	invocationHeader := fmt.Sprintf("gccl-invocation-id/%s gccl-attempt-count/%d", rx.invocationID, rx.attempts)
+	req.Header.Set("X-Goog-Api-Client", strings.Join([]string{baseXGoogHeader, invocationHeader}, " "))
+
+	// Set idempotency token header which is used by GCS uploads.
+	req.Header.Set("X-Goog-Gcs-Idempotency-Token", rx.invocationID)
+
+	// Google's upload endpoint uses status code 308 for a
+	// different purpose than the "308 Permanent Redirect"
+	// since-standardized in RFC 7238. Because of the conflict in
+	// semantics, Google added this new request header which
+	// causes it to not use "308" and instead reply with 200 OK
+	// and sets the upload-specific "X-HTTP-Status-Code-Override:
+	// 308" response header.
+	req.Header.Set("X-GUploader-No-308", "yes")
+
+	// Server accepts checksum only on final request through header.
+	if final && rx.Media.enableAutoChecksum {
+		req.Header.Set(hashHeaderKey, fmt.Sprintf("%v=%v", crc32cPrefix, encodeUint32(rx.Media.fullObjectChecksum)))
+	}
+
+	return SendRequest(ctx, rx.Client, req)
+}
+
+func statusResumeIncomplete(resp *http.Response) bool {
+	// This is how the server signals "status resume incomplete"
+	// when X-GUploader-No-308 is set to "yes":
+	return resp != nil && resp.Header.Get("X-Http-Status-Code-Override") == "308"
+}
+
+// reportProgress calls a user-supplied callback to report upload progress.
+// If old==updated, the callback is not called.
+func (rx *ResumableUpload) reportProgress(old, updated int64) {
+	if updated-old == 0 {
+		return
+	}
+	rx.mu.Lock()
+	rx.progress = updated
+	rx.mu.Unlock()
+	if rx.Callback != nil {
+		rx.Callback(updated)
+	}
+}
+
+// transferChunk performs a single HTTP request to upload a single chunk.
+// It uses a goroutine to perform the upload and a timer to enforce ChunkTransferTimeout.
+func (rx *ResumableUpload) transferChunk(ctx context.Context, chunk io.Reader, off, size int64, done bool) (*http.Response, error) {
+	// If no timeout is specified, perform the request synchronously without a timer.
+	if rx.ChunkTransferTimeout == 0 {
+		res, err := rx.doUploadRequest(ctx, chunk, off, size, done)
+		if err != nil {
+			return res, err
+		}
+		return res, nil
+	}
+
+	// Start a timer for the ChunkTransferTimeout duration.
+	timer := time.NewTimer(rx.ChunkTransferTimeout)
+
+	// A struct to hold the result from the goroutine.
+	type uploadResult struct {
+		res *http.Response
+		err error
+	}
+
+	// A buffered channel to receive the result of the upload.
+	resultCh := make(chan uploadResult, 1)
+
+	// Create a cancellable context for the upload request. This allows us to
+	// abort the request if the timer fires first.
+	rCtx, cancel := context.WithCancel(ctx)
+	// NOTE: We do NOT use `defer cancel()` here. The context must remain valid
+	// for the caller to read the response body of a successful request.
+	// Cancellation is handled manually on timeout paths.
+
+	// Starting the chunk upload in parallel.
+	go func() {
+		res, err := rx.doUploadRequest(rCtx, chunk, off, size, done)
+		resultCh <- uploadResult{res: res, err: err}
+	}()
+
+	// Wait for timer to fire or result channel to have the uploadResult or ctx to be cancelled.
+	select {
+	// Note: Calling cancel() will guarantee that the goroutine finishes,
+	// so these two cases will never block forever on draining the resultCh.
+	case <-ctx.Done():
+		// Context is cancelled for the overall upload.
+		cancel()
+		// Drain resultCh.
+		<-resultCh
+		return nil, ctx.Err()
+	case <-timer.C:
+		// Chunk Transfer timer fired before resultCh so we return context.DeadlineExceeded.
+		cancel()
+		// Drain resultCh.
+		<-resultCh
+		return nil, context.DeadlineExceeded
+	case result := <-resultCh:
+		// Handle the result from the upload.
+		if result.err != nil {
+			return result.res, result.err
+		}
+		return result.res, nil
+	}
+}
+
+// uploadChunkWithRetries attempts to upload a single chunk, with retries
+// within ChunkRetryDeadline if ChunkTransferTimeout is non-zero.
+func (rx *ResumableUpload) uploadChunkWithRetries(ctx context.Context, chunk io.Reader, off, size int64, done bool) (*http.Response, error) {
+	// Configure error retryable criteria.
+	shouldRetry := rx.Retry.errorFunc()
+
+	// Configure single chunk retry deadline.
+	chunkRetryDeadline := defaultRetryDeadline
+	if rx.ChunkRetryDeadline != 0 {
+		chunkRetryDeadline = rx.ChunkRetryDeadline
+	}
+
+	// Each chunk gets its own initialized-at-zero backoff and invocation ID.
+	bo := rx.Retry.backoff()
+	quitAfterTimer := time.NewTimer(chunkRetryDeadline)
+	defer quitAfterTimer.Stop()
+	rx.attempts = 1
+	rx.invocationID = uuid.New().String()
+
+	var pause time.Duration
+	var resp *http.Response
+	var err error
+
+	// Retry loop for a single chunk.
+	for {
+		// Wait for the backoff period, unless the context is canceled or the
+		// retry deadline is hit.
+		backoffPauseTimer := time.NewTimer(pause)
+		select {
+		case <-ctx.Done():
+			backoffPauseTimer.Stop()
+			if err == nil {
+				err = ctx.Err()
+			}
+			return resp, err
+		case <-backoffPauseTimer.C:
+		case <-quitAfterTimer.C:
+			backoffPauseTimer.Stop()
+			return resp, err
+		}
+		backoffPauseTimer.Stop()
+
+		// Check for context cancellation or timeout once more. If more than one
+		// case in the select statement above was satisfied at the same time, Go
+		// will choose one arbitrarily.
+		// That can cause an operation to go through even if the context was
+		// canceled before or the timeout was reached.
+		select {
+		case <-ctx.Done():
+			if err == nil {
+				err = ctx.Err()
+			}
+			return resp, err
+		case <-quitAfterTimer.C:
+			return resp, err
+		default:
+		}
+
+		// We close the response's body here, since we definitely will not
+		// return `resp` now. If we close it before the select case above, a
+		// timer may fire and cause us to return a response with a closed body
+		// (in which case, the caller will not get the error message in the body).
+		if resp != nil && resp.Body != nil {
+			// Read the body to EOF - if the Body is not both read to EOF and closed,
+			// the Client's underlying RoundTripper may not be able to re-use the
+			// persistent TCP connection to the server for a subsequent "keep-alive" request.
+			// See https://pkg.go.dev/net/http#Client.Do
+			io.Copy(io.Discard, resp.Body)
+			resp.Body.Close()
+		}
+
+		resp, err = rx.transferChunk(ctx, chunk, off, size, done)
+		status := 0
+		if resp != nil {
+			status = resp.StatusCode
+		}
+		// We sent "X-GUploader-No-308: yes" (see comment elsewhere in
+		// this file), so we don't expect to get a 308.
+		if status == 308 {
+			return nil, errors.New("unexpected 308 response status code")
+		}
+		// Chunk upload should be retried if the ChunkTransferTimeout is non-zero and err is context deadline exceeded
+		// or we encounter a retryable error.
+		if (rx.ChunkTransferTimeout != 0 && errors.Is(err, context.DeadlineExceeded)) || shouldRetry(status, err) {
+			rx.attempts++
+			pause = bo.Pause()
+			chunk, _, _, _ = rx.Media.Chunk()
+			continue
+		}
+		return resp, err
+	}
+}
+
+// Upload starts the process of a resumable upload with a cancellable context.
+// It is called from the auto-generated API code and is not visible to the user.
+// Before sending an HTTP request, Upload calls any registered hook functions,
+// and calls the returned functions after the request returns (see send.go).
+// rx is private to the auto-generated API code.
+// Exactly one of resp or err will be nil.  If resp is non-nil, the caller must call resp.Body.Close.
+// Upload does not parse the response into the error on a non 200 response;
+// it is the caller's responsibility to call resp.Body.Close.
+func (rx *ResumableUpload) Upload(ctx context.Context) (*http.Response, error) {
+	for {
+		chunk, off, size, err := rx.Media.Chunk()
+		done := err == io.EOF
+		if !done && err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		resp, err := rx.uploadChunkWithRetries(ctx, chunk, off, int64(size), done)
+		// There are a couple of cases where it's possible for err and resp to both
+		// be non-nil. However, we expose a simpler contract to our callers: exactly
+		// one of resp and err will be non-nil. This means that any response body
+		// must be closed here before returning a non-nil error.
+		if err != nil {
+			if resp != nil && resp.Body != nil {
+				resp.Body.Close()
+			}
+			// If there were retries, indicate this in the error message and wrap the final error.
+			if rx.attempts > 1 {
+				return nil, fmt.Errorf("chunk upload failed after %d attempts, final error: %w", rx.attempts, err)
+			}
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		// This case is very unlikely but possible only if rx.ChunkRetryDeadline is
+		// set to a very small value, in which case no requests will be sent before
+		// the deadline. Return an error to avoid causing a panic.
+		if resp == nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("upload request to %v not sent, choose larger value for ChunkRetryDeadline", rx.URI)
+		}
+		if resp.StatusCode == http.StatusOK {
+			rx.reportProgress(off, off+int64(size))
+		}
+		if statusResumeIncomplete(resp) {
+			// The upload is not yet complete, but the server has acknowledged this chunk.
+			// We don't have anything to do with the response body.
+			if resp.Body != nil {
+				io.Copy(io.Discard, resp.Body)
+				resp.Body.Close()
+			}
+			rx.Media.Next()
+			continue
+		}
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+}
+
+// Encode a uint32 as Base64 in big-endian byte order.
+func encodeUint32(u uint32) string {
+	b := make([]byte, 4)
+	binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(b, u)
+	return base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(b)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/retry.go

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+// Copyright 2021 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gensupport
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"io"
+	"net"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2"
+	"google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
+)
+
+// Backoff is an interface around gax.Backoff's Pause method, allowing tests to provide their
+// own implementation.
+type Backoff interface {
+	Pause() time.Duration
+}
+
+// These are declared as global variables so that tests can overwrite them.
+var (
+	// Default per-chunk deadline for resumable uploads.
+	defaultRetryDeadline = 32 * time.Second
+	// Default backoff timer.
+	backoff = func() Backoff {
+		return &gax.Backoff{Initial: 100 * time.Millisecond}
+	}
+)
+
+const (
+	// statusTooManyRequests is returned by the storage API if the
+	// per-project limits have been temporarily exceeded. The request
+	// should be retried.
+	// https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/status-codes#standardcodes
+	statusTooManyRequests = 429
+
+	// statusRequestTimeout is returned by the storage API if the
+	// upload connection was broken. The request should be retried.
+	statusRequestTimeout = 408
+)
+
+// shouldRetry indicates whether an error is retryable for the purposes of this
+// package, unless a ShouldRetry func is specified by the RetryConfig instead.
+// It follows guidance from
+// https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/exponential-backoff .
+func shouldRetry(status int, err error) bool {
+	if 500 <= status && status <= 599 {
+		return true
+	}
+	if status == statusTooManyRequests || status == statusRequestTimeout {
+		return true
+	}
+	if errors.Is(err, io.ErrUnexpectedEOF) {
+		return true
+	}
+	if errors.Is(err, net.ErrClosed) {
+		return true
+	}
+	switch e := err.(type) {
+	case *net.OpError, *url.Error:
+		// Retry socket-level errors ECONNREFUSED and ECONNRESET (from syscall).
+		// Unfortunately the error type is unexported, so we resort to string
+		// matching.
+		retriable := []string{"connection refused", "connection reset", "broken pipe"}
+		for _, s := range retriable {
+			if strings.Contains(e.Error(), s) {
+				return true
+			}
+		}
+	case interface{ Temporary() bool }:
+		if e.Temporary() {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+
+	// If error unwrapping is available, use this to examine wrapped
+	// errors.
+	if e, ok := err.(interface{ Unwrap() error }); ok {
+		return shouldRetry(status, e.Unwrap())
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// RetryConfig allows configuration of backoff timing and retryable errors.
+type RetryConfig struct {
+	Backoff     *gax.Backoff
+	ShouldRetry func(err error) bool
+}
+
+// Get a new backoff object based on the configured values.
+func (r *RetryConfig) backoff() Backoff {
+	if r == nil || r.Backoff == nil {
+		return backoff()
+	}
+	return &gax.Backoff{
+		Initial:    r.Backoff.Initial,
+		Max:        r.Backoff.Max,
+		Multiplier: r.Backoff.Multiplier,
+	}
+}
+
+// This is kind of hacky; it is necessary because ShouldRetry expects to
+// handle HTTP errors via googleapi.Error, but the error has not yet been
+// wrapped with a googleapi.Error at this layer, and the ErrorFunc type
+// in the manual layer does not pass in a status explicitly as it does
+// here. So, we must wrap error status codes in a googleapi.Error so that
+// ShouldRetry can parse this correctly.
+func (r *RetryConfig) errorFunc() func(status int, err error) bool {
+	if r == nil || r.ShouldRetry == nil {
+		return shouldRetry
+	}
+	return func(status int, err error) bool {
+		if status >= 400 {
+			return r.ShouldRetry(&googleapi.Error{Code: status})
+		}
+		return r.ShouldRetry(err)
+	}
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/send.go

@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gensupport
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/google/uuid"
+	"github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2"
+	"github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/callctx"
+)
+
+// Use this error type to return an error which allows introspection of both
+// the context error and the error from the service.
+type wrappedCallErr struct {
+	ctxErr     error
+	wrappedErr error
+}
+
+func (e wrappedCallErr) Error() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("retry failed with %v; last error: %v", e.ctxErr, e.wrappedErr)
+}
+
+func (e wrappedCallErr) Unwrap() error {
+	return e.wrappedErr
+}
+
+// Is allows errors.Is to match the error from the call as well as context
+// sentinel errors.
+func (e wrappedCallErr) Is(target error) bool {
+	return errors.Is(e.ctxErr, target) || errors.Is(e.wrappedErr, target)
+}
+
+// SendRequest sends a single HTTP request using the given client.
+// If ctx is non-nil, it calls all hooks, then sends the request with
+// req.WithContext, then calls any functions returned by the hooks in
+// reverse order.
+func SendRequest(ctx context.Context, client *http.Client, req *http.Request) (*http.Response, error) {
+	// Add headers set in context metadata.
+	if ctx != nil {
+		headers := callctx.HeadersFromContext(ctx)
+		for k, vals := range headers {
+			if k == "x-goog-api-client" {
+				// Merge all values into a single "x-goog-api-client" header.
+				var mergedVal strings.Builder
+				baseXGoogHeader := req.Header.Get("X-Goog-Api-Client")
+				if baseXGoogHeader != "" {
+					mergedVal.WriteString(baseXGoogHeader)
+					mergedVal.WriteRune(' ')
+				}
+				for _, v := range vals {
+					mergedVal.WriteString(v)
+					mergedVal.WriteRune(' ')
+				}
+				// Remove the last space and replace the header on the request.
+				req.Header.Set(k, mergedVal.String()[:mergedVal.Len()-1])
+			} else {
+				for _, v := range vals {
+					req.Header.Add(k, v)
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Disallow Accept-Encoding because it interferes with the automatic gzip handling
+	// done by the default http.Transport. See https://github.com/google/google-api-go-client/issues/219.
+	if _, ok := req.Header["Accept-Encoding"]; ok {
+		return nil, errors.New("google api: custom Accept-Encoding headers not allowed")
+	}
+	if ctx == nil {
+		return client.Do(req)
+	}
+	return send(ctx, client, req)
+}
+
+func send(ctx context.Context, client *http.Client, req *http.Request) (*http.Response, error) {
+	if client == nil {
+		client = http.DefaultClient
+	}
+	resp, err := client.Do(req.WithContext(ctx))
+	// If we got an error, and the context has been canceled,
+	// the context's error is probably more useful.
+	if err != nil {
+		select {
+		case <-ctx.Done():
+			err = ctx.Err()
+		default:
+		}
+	}
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// SendRequestWithRetry sends a single HTTP request using the given client,
+// with retries if a retryable error is returned.
+// If ctx is non-nil, it calls all hooks, then sends the request with
+// req.WithContext, then calls any functions returned by the hooks in
+// reverse order.
+func SendRequestWithRetry(ctx context.Context, client *http.Client, req *http.Request, retry *RetryConfig) (*http.Response, error) {
+	// Add headers set in context metadata.
+	if ctx != nil {
+		headers := callctx.HeadersFromContext(ctx)
+		for k, vals := range headers {
+			for _, v := range vals {
+				req.Header.Add(k, v)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Disallow Accept-Encoding because it interferes with the automatic gzip handling
+	// done by the default http.Transport. See https://github.com/google/google-api-go-client/issues/219.
+	if _, ok := req.Header["Accept-Encoding"]; ok {
+		return nil, errors.New("google api: custom Accept-Encoding headers not allowed")
+	}
+	if ctx == nil {
+		return client.Do(req)
+	}
+	return sendAndRetry(ctx, client, req, retry)
+}
+
+func sendAndRetry(ctx context.Context, client *http.Client, req *http.Request, retry *RetryConfig) (*http.Response, error) {
+	if client == nil {
+		client = http.DefaultClient
+	}
+
+	var resp *http.Response
+	var err error
+	attempts := 1
+	invocationID := uuid.New().String()
+
+	xGoogHeaderVals := req.Header.Values("X-Goog-Api-Client")
+	baseXGoogHeader := strings.Join(xGoogHeaderVals, " ")
+
+	// Loop to retry the request, up to the context deadline.
+	var pause time.Duration
+	var bo Backoff
+	if retry != nil && retry.Backoff != nil {
+		bo = &gax.Backoff{
+			Initial:    retry.Backoff.Initial,
+			Max:        retry.Backoff.Max,
+			Multiplier: retry.Backoff.Multiplier,
+		}
+	} else {
+		bo = backoff()
+	}
+
+	var errorFunc = retry.errorFunc()
+
+	for {
+		t := time.NewTimer(pause)
+		select {
+		case <-ctx.Done():
+			t.Stop()
+			// If we got an error and the context has been canceled, return an error acknowledging
+			// both the context cancelation and the service error.
+			if err != nil {
+				return resp, wrappedCallErr{ctx.Err(), err}
+			}
+			return resp, ctx.Err()
+		case <-t.C:
+		}
+
+		if ctx.Err() != nil {
+			// Check for context cancellation once more. If more than one case in a
+			// select is satisfied at the same time, Go will choose one arbitrarily.
+			// That can cause an operation to go through even if the context was
+			// canceled before.
+			if err != nil {
+				return resp, wrappedCallErr{ctx.Err(), err}
+			}
+			return resp, ctx.Err()
+		}
+
+		// Set retry metrics and idempotency headers for GCS.
+		// TODO(b/274504690): Consider dropping gccl-invocation-id key since it
+		// duplicates the X-Goog-Gcs-Idempotency-Token header (added in v0.115.0).
+		invocationHeader := fmt.Sprintf("gccl-invocation-id/%s gccl-attempt-count/%d", invocationID, attempts)
+		xGoogHeader := strings.Join([]string{invocationHeader, baseXGoogHeader}, " ")
+		req.Header.Set("X-Goog-Api-Client", xGoogHeader)
+		req.Header.Set("X-Goog-Gcs-Idempotency-Token", invocationID)
+
+		resp, err = client.Do(req.WithContext(ctx))
+
+		var status int
+		if resp != nil {
+			status = resp.StatusCode
+		}
+
+		// Check if we can retry the request. A retry can only be done if the error
+		// is retryable and the request body can be re-created using GetBody (this
+		// will not be possible if the body was unbuffered).
+		if req.GetBody == nil || !errorFunc(status, err) {
+			break
+		}
+		attempts++
+		var errBody error
+		req.Body, errBody = req.GetBody()
+		if errBody != nil {
+			break
+		}
+
+		pause = bo.Pause()
+		if resp != nil && resp.Body != nil {
+			resp.Body.Close()
+		}
+	}
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DecodeResponse decodes the body of res into target. If there is no body,
+// target is unchanged.
+func DecodeResponse(target interface{}, res *http.Response) error {
+	if res.StatusCode == http.StatusNoContent {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return json.NewDecoder(res.Body).Decode(target)
+}
+
+// DecodeResponseBytes decodes the body of res into target and returns bytes read
+// from the body. If there is no body, target is unchanged.
+func DecodeResponseBytes(target interface{}, res *http.Response) ([]byte, error) {
+	if res.StatusCode == http.StatusNoContent {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+	b, err := io.ReadAll(res.Body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(b, target); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return b, nil
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/version.go

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+// Copyright 2020 Google LLC. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gensupport
+
+import (
+	"runtime"
+	"strings"
+	"unicode"
+)
+
+// GoVersion returns the Go runtime version. The returned string
+// has no whitespace.
+func GoVersion() string {
+	return goVersion
+}
+
+var goVersion = goVer(runtime.Version())
+
+const develPrefix = "devel +"
+
+func goVer(s string) string {
+	if strings.HasPrefix(s, develPrefix) {
+		s = s[len(develPrefix):]
+		if p := strings.IndexFunc(s, unicode.IsSpace); p >= 0 {
+			s = s[:p]
+		}
+		return s
+	}
+
+	if strings.HasPrefix(s, "go1") {
+		s = s[2:]
+		var prerelease string
+		if p := strings.IndexFunc(s, notSemverRune); p >= 0 {
+			s, prerelease = s[:p], s[p:]
+		}
+		if strings.HasSuffix(s, ".") {
+			s += "0"
+		} else if strings.Count(s, ".") < 2 {
+			s += ".0"
+		}
+		if prerelease != "" {
+			s += "-" + prerelease
+		}
+		return s
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+func notSemverRune(r rune) bool {
+	return !strings.ContainsRune("0123456789.", r)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/impersonate/impersonate.go

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package impersonate is used to impersonate Google Credentials.
+package impersonate
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"time"
+
+	"golang.org/x/oauth2"
+)
+
+// Config for generating impersonated credentials.
+type Config struct {
+	// Target is the service account to impersonate. Required.
+	Target string
+	// Scopes the impersonated credential should have. Required.
+	Scopes []string
+	// Delegates are the service accounts in a delegation chain. Each service
+	// account must be granted roles/iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator on the next
+	// service account in the chain. Optional.
+	Delegates []string
+}
+
+// TokenSource returns an impersonated TokenSource configured with the provided
+// config using ts as the base credential provider for making requests.
+func TokenSource(ctx context.Context, ts oauth2.TokenSource, config *Config) (oauth2.TokenSource, error) {
+	if len(config.Scopes) == 0 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("impersonate: scopes must be provided")
+	}
+	its := impersonatedTokenSource{
+		ctx:  ctx,
+		ts:   ts,
+		name: formatIAMServiceAccountName(config.Target),
+		// Default to the longest acceptable value of one hour as the token will
+		// be refreshed automatically.
+		lifetime: "3600s",
+	}
+
+	its.delegates = make([]string, len(config.Delegates))
+	for i, v := range config.Delegates {
+		its.delegates[i] = formatIAMServiceAccountName(v)
+	}
+	its.scopes = make([]string, len(config.Scopes))
+	copy(its.scopes, config.Scopes)
+
+	return oauth2.ReuseTokenSource(nil, its), nil
+}
+
+func formatIAMServiceAccountName(name string) string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("projects/-/serviceAccounts/%s", name)
+}
+
+type generateAccessTokenReq struct {
+	Delegates []string `json:"delegates,omitempty"`
+	Lifetime  string   `json:"lifetime,omitempty"`
+	Scope     []string `json:"scope,omitempty"`
+}
+
+type generateAccessTokenResp struct {
+	AccessToken string `json:"accessToken"`
+	ExpireTime  string `json:"expireTime"`
+}
+
+type impersonatedTokenSource struct {
+	ctx context.Context
+	ts  oauth2.TokenSource
+
+	name      string
+	lifetime  string
+	scopes    []string
+	delegates []string
+}
+
+// Token returns an impersonated Token.
+func (i impersonatedTokenSource) Token() (*oauth2.Token, error) {
+	hc := oauth2.NewClient(i.ctx, i.ts)
+	reqBody := generateAccessTokenReq{
+		Delegates: i.delegates,
+		Lifetime:  i.lifetime,
+		Scope:     i.scopes,
+	}
+	b, err := json.Marshal(reqBody)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("impersonate: unable to marshal request: %v", err)
+	}
+	url := fmt.Sprintf("https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/v1/%s:generateAccessToken", i.name)
+	req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", url, bytes.NewReader(b))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("impersonate: unable to create request: %v", err)
+	}
+	req = req.WithContext(i.ctx)
+	req.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+
+	resp, err := hc.Do(req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("impersonate: unable to generate access token: %v", err)
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+	body, err := io.ReadAll(io.LimitReader(resp.Body, 1<<20))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("impersonate: unable to read body: %v", err)
+	}
+	if c := resp.StatusCode; c < 200 || c > 299 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("impersonate: status code %d: %s", c, body)
+	}
+
+	var accessTokenResp generateAccessTokenResp
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &accessTokenResp); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("impersonate: unable to parse response: %v", err)
+	}
+	expiry, err := time.Parse(time.RFC3339, accessTokenResp.ExpireTime)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("impersonate: unable to parse expiry: %v", err)
+	}
+	return &oauth2.Token{
+		AccessToken: accessTokenResp.AccessToken,
+		Expiry:      expiry,
+	}, nil
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/s2a.go

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+// Copyright 2023 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package internal
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"log"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata"
+)
+
+const configEndpointSuffix = "instance/platform-security/auto-mtls-configuration"
+
+// The period an MTLS config can be reused before needing refresh.
+var configExpiry = time.Hour
+
+// GetS2AAddress returns the S2A address to be reached via plaintext connection.
+func GetS2AAddress() string {
+	c, err := getMetadataMTLSAutoConfig().Config()
+	if err != nil {
+		return ""
+	}
+	if !c.Valid() {
+		return ""
+	}
+	return c.S2A.PlaintextAddress
+}
+
+type mtlsConfigSource interface {
+	Config() (*mtlsConfig, error)
+}
+
+// mdsMTLSAutoConfigSource is an instance of reuseMTLSConfigSource, with metadataMTLSAutoConfig as its config source.
+var (
+	mdsMTLSAutoConfigSource mtlsConfigSource
+	once                    sync.Once
+)
+
+// getMetadataMTLSAutoConfig returns mdsMTLSAutoConfigSource, which is backed by config from MDS with auto-refresh.
+func getMetadataMTLSAutoConfig() mtlsConfigSource {
+	once.Do(func() {
+		mdsMTLSAutoConfigSource = &reuseMTLSConfigSource{
+			src: &metadataMTLSAutoConfig{},
+		}
+	})
+	return mdsMTLSAutoConfigSource
+}
+
+// reuseMTLSConfigSource caches a valid version of mtlsConfig, and uses `src` to refresh upon config expiry.
+// It implements the mtlsConfigSource interface, so calling Config() on it returns an mtlsConfig.
+type reuseMTLSConfigSource struct {
+	src    mtlsConfigSource // src.Config() is called when config is expired
+	mu     sync.Mutex       // mutex guards config
+	config *mtlsConfig      // cached config
+}
+
+func (cs *reuseMTLSConfigSource) Config() (*mtlsConfig, error) {
+	cs.mu.Lock()
+	defer cs.mu.Unlock()
+
+	if cs.config.Valid() {
+		return cs.config, nil
+	}
+	c, err := cs.src.Config()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	cs.config = c
+	return c, nil
+}
+
+// metadataMTLSAutoConfig is an implementation of the interface mtlsConfigSource
+// It has the logic to query MDS and return an mtlsConfig
+type metadataMTLSAutoConfig struct{}
+
+var httpGetMetadataMTLSConfig = func() (string, error) {
+	return metadata.Get(configEndpointSuffix)
+}
+
+func (cs *metadataMTLSAutoConfig) Config() (*mtlsConfig, error) {
+	resp, err := httpGetMetadataMTLSConfig()
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Printf("querying MTLS config from MDS endpoint failed: %v", err)
+		return defaultMTLSConfig(), nil
+	}
+	var config mtlsConfig
+	err = json.Unmarshal([]byte(resp), &config)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Printf("unmarshalling MTLS config from MDS endpoint failed: %v", err)
+		return defaultMTLSConfig(), nil
+	}
+
+	if config.S2A == nil {
+		log.Printf("returned MTLS config from MDS endpoint is invalid: %v", config)
+		return defaultMTLSConfig(), nil
+	}
+
+	// set new expiry
+	config.Expiry = time.Now().Add(configExpiry)
+	return &config, nil
+}
+
+func defaultMTLSConfig() *mtlsConfig {
+	return &mtlsConfig{
+		S2A: &s2aAddresses{
+			PlaintextAddress: "",
+			MTLSAddress:      "",
+		},
+		Expiry: time.Now().Add(configExpiry),
+	}
+}
+
+// s2aAddresses contains the plaintext and/or MTLS S2A addresses.
+type s2aAddresses struct {
+	// PlaintextAddress is the plaintext address to reach S2A
+	PlaintextAddress string `json:"plaintext_address"`
+	// MTLSAddress is the MTLS address to reach S2A
+	MTLSAddress string `json:"mtls_address"`
+}
+
+// mtlsConfig contains the configuration for establishing MTLS connections with Google APIs.
+type mtlsConfig struct {
+	S2A    *s2aAddresses `json:"s2a"`
+	Expiry time.Time
+}
+
+func (c *mtlsConfig) Valid() bool {
+	return c != nil && c.S2A != nil && !c.expired()
+}
+func (c *mtlsConfig) expired() bool {
+	return c.Expiry.Before(time.Now())
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/settings.go

@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+// Copyright 2017 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package internal supports the options and transport packages.
+package internal
+
+import (
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"errors"
+	"log/slog"
+	"net/http"
+	"os"
+	"strconv"
+	"time"
+
+	"cloud.google.com/go/auth"
+	"golang.org/x/oauth2"
+	"golang.org/x/oauth2/google"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal/credentialstype"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal/impersonate"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc"
+)
+
+const (
+	newAuthLibEnvVar        = "GOOGLE_API_GO_EXPERIMENTAL_ENABLE_NEW_AUTH_LIB"
+	newAuthLibDisabledEnVar = "GOOGLE_API_GO_EXPERIMENTAL_DISABLE_NEW_AUTH_LIB"
+	universeDomainEnvVar    = "GOOGLE_CLOUD_UNIVERSE_DOMAIN"
+	defaultUniverseDomain   = "googleapis.com"
+)
+
+// DialSettings holds information needed to establish a connection with a
+// Google API service.
+type DialSettings struct {
+	Endpoint                string
+	DefaultEndpoint         string
+	DefaultEndpointTemplate string
+	DefaultMTLSEndpoint     string
+	Scopes                  []string
+	DefaultScopes           []string
+	EnableJwtWithScope      bool
+	TokenSource             oauth2.TokenSource
+	Credentials             *google.Credentials
+	// Deprecated: Use AuthCredentialsFile instead, due to security risk.
+	CredentialsFile string
+	// Deprecated: Use AuthCredentialsJSON instead, due to security risk.
+	CredentialsJSON               []byte
+	InternalCredentials           *google.Credentials
+	UserAgent                     string
+	APIKey                        string
+	Audiences                     []string
+	DefaultAudience               string
+	HTTPClient                    *http.Client
+	GRPCDialOpts                  []grpc.DialOption
+	GRPCConn                      *grpc.ClientConn
+	GRPCConnPool                  ConnPool
+	GRPCConnPoolSize              int
+	NoAuth                        bool
+	TelemetryDisabled             bool
+	ClientCertSource              func(*tls.CertificateRequestInfo) (*tls.Certificate, error)
+	CustomClaims                  map[string]interface{}
+	SkipValidation                bool
+	ImpersonationConfig           *impersonate.Config
+	EnableDirectPath              bool
+	EnableDirectPathXds           bool
+	AllowNonDefaultServiceAccount bool
+	DefaultUniverseDomain         string
+	UniverseDomain                string
+	AllowHardBoundTokens          []string
+	Logger                        *slog.Logger
+	// Google API system parameters. For more information please read:
+	// https://cloud.google.com/apis/docs/system-parameters
+	QuotaProject  string
+	RequestReason string
+
+	// TelemetryAttributes specifies a map of telemetry attributes to be added
+	// to all OpenTelemetry signals, such as tracing and metrics, for purposes
+	// including representing the static identity of the client (e.g., service
+	// name, version). These attributes are expected to be consistent across all
+	// signals to enable cross-signal correlation.
+	TelemetryAttributes map[string]string
+
+	// New Auth library Options
+	AuthCredentials      *auth.Credentials
+	AuthCredentialsJSON  []byte
+	AuthCredentialsFile  string
+	AuthCredentialsType  credentialstype.CredType
+	EnableNewAuthLibrary bool
+
+	// TODO(b/372244283): Remove after b/358175516 has been fixed
+	EnableAsyncRefreshDryRun func()
+}
+
+// GetScopes returns the user-provided scopes, if set, or else falls back to the
+// default scopes.
+func (ds *DialSettings) GetScopes() []string {
+	if len(ds.Scopes) > 0 {
+		return ds.Scopes
+	}
+	return ds.DefaultScopes
+}
+
+// GetAudience returns the user-provided audience, if set, or else falls back to the default audience.
+func (ds *DialSettings) GetAudience() string {
+	if ds.HasCustomAudience() {
+		return ds.Audiences[0]
+	}
+	return ds.DefaultAudience
+}
+
+// HasCustomAudience returns true if a custom audience is provided by users.
+func (ds *DialSettings) HasCustomAudience() bool {
+	return len(ds.Audiences) > 0
+}
+
+// IsNewAuthLibraryEnabled returns true if the new auth library should be used.
+func (ds *DialSettings) IsNewAuthLibraryEnabled() bool {
+	// Disabled env is for future rollouts to make sure there is a way to easily
+	// disable this behaviour once we switch in on by default.
+	if b, err := strconv.ParseBool(os.Getenv(newAuthLibDisabledEnVar)); err == nil && b {
+		return false
+	}
+	if ds.EnableNewAuthLibrary {
+		return true
+	}
+	if ds.AuthCredentials != nil {
+		return true
+	}
+	if len(ds.AuthCredentialsJSON) > 0 {
+		return true
+	}
+	if ds.AuthCredentialsFile != "" {
+		return true
+	}
+	if b, err := strconv.ParseBool(os.Getenv(newAuthLibEnvVar)); err == nil {
+		return b
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// GetAuthCredentialsJSON returns the AuthCredentialsJSON and AuthCredentialsType, if set.
+// Otherwise it falls back to the deprecated CredentialsJSON with an Unknown type.
+//
+// Use AuthCredentialsJSON if provided, as it is the safer, recommended option.
+// CredentialsJSON is populated by the deprecated WithCredentialsJSON.
+func (ds *DialSettings) GetAuthCredentialsJSON() ([]byte, credentialstype.CredType) {
+	if len(ds.AuthCredentialsJSON) > 0 {
+		return ds.AuthCredentialsJSON, ds.AuthCredentialsType
+	}
+	return ds.CredentialsJSON, credentialstype.Unknown
+}
+
+// GetAuthCredentialsFile returns the AuthCredentialsFile and AuthCredentialsType, if set.
+// Otherwise it falls back to the deprecated CredentialsFile with an Unknown type.
+//
+// Use AuthCredentialsFile if provided, as it is the safer, recommended option.
+// CredentialsFile is populated by the deprecated WithCredentialsFile.
+func (ds *DialSettings) GetAuthCredentialsFile() (string, credentialstype.CredType) {
+	if ds.AuthCredentialsFile != "" {
+		return ds.AuthCredentialsFile, ds.AuthCredentialsType
+	}
+	return ds.CredentialsFile, credentialstype.Unknown
+}
+
+// Validate reports an error if ds is invalid.
+func (ds *DialSettings) Validate() error {
+	if ds.SkipValidation {
+		return nil
+	}
+	hasCreds := ds.APIKey != "" || ds.TokenSource != nil || ds.CredentialsFile != "" || ds.Credentials != nil || ds.AuthCredentials != nil || len(ds.AuthCredentialsJSON) > 0 || ds.AuthCredentialsFile != ""
+	if ds.NoAuth && hasCreds {
+		return errors.New("options.WithoutAuthentication is incompatible with any option that provides credentials")
+	}
+	// Credentials should not appear with other options.
+	// AuthCredentials is a special case that may be present with
+	// with other options in order to facilitate automatic conversion of
+	// oauth2 types (old auth) to cloud.google.com/go/auth types (new auth).
+	// We currently allow TokenSource and CredentialsFile to coexist.
+	// TODO(jba): make TokenSource & CredentialsFile an error (breaking change).
+	nCreds := 0
+	if ds.Credentials != nil {
+		nCreds++
+	}
+	if len(ds.CredentialsJSON) > 0 {
+		nCreds++
+	}
+	if len(ds.AuthCredentialsJSON) > 0 {
+		nCreds++
+	}
+	if ds.AuthCredentialsFile != "" {
+		nCreds++
+	}
+	if ds.CredentialsFile != "" {
+		nCreds++
+	}
+	if ds.APIKey != "" {
+		nCreds++
+	}
+	if ds.TokenSource != nil {
+		nCreds++
+	}
+	if len(ds.Scopes) > 0 && len(ds.Audiences) > 0 {
+		return errors.New("WithScopes is incompatible with WithAudience")
+	}
+	// Accept only one form of credentials, except we allow TokenSource and CredentialsFile for backwards compatibility.
+	if nCreds > 1 && !(nCreds == 2 && ds.TokenSource != nil && ds.CredentialsFile != "") {
+		return errors.New("multiple credential options provided")
+	}
+	if ds.GRPCConn != nil && ds.GRPCConnPool != nil {
+		return errors.New("WithGRPCConn is incompatible with WithConnPool")
+	}
+	if ds.HTTPClient != nil && ds.GRPCConnPool != nil {
+		return errors.New("WithHTTPClient is incompatible with WithConnPool")
+	}
+	if ds.HTTPClient != nil && ds.GRPCConn != nil {
+		return errors.New("WithHTTPClient is incompatible with WithGRPCConn")
+	}
+	if ds.HTTPClient != nil && ds.GRPCDialOpts != nil {
+		return errors.New("WithHTTPClient is incompatible with gRPC dial options")
+	}
+	if ds.HTTPClient != nil && ds.QuotaProject != "" {
+		return errors.New("WithHTTPClient is incompatible with QuotaProject")
+	}
+	if ds.HTTPClient != nil && ds.RequestReason != "" {
+		return errors.New("WithHTTPClient is incompatible with RequestReason")
+	}
+	if ds.HTTPClient != nil && ds.ClientCertSource != nil {
+		return errors.New("WithHTTPClient is incompatible with WithClientCertSource")
+	}
+	if ds.ClientCertSource != nil && (ds.GRPCConn != nil || ds.GRPCConnPool != nil || ds.GRPCConnPoolSize != 0 || ds.GRPCDialOpts != nil) {
+		return errors.New("WithClientCertSource is currently only supported for HTTP. gRPC settings are incompatible")
+	}
+	if ds.ImpersonationConfig != nil && len(ds.ImpersonationConfig.Scopes) == 0 && len(ds.Scopes) == 0 {
+		return errors.New("WithImpersonatedCredentials requires scopes being provided")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// GetDefaultUniverseDomain returns the Google default universe domain
+// ("googleapis.com").
+func (ds *DialSettings) GetDefaultUniverseDomain() string {
+	return defaultUniverseDomain
+}
+
+// GetUniverseDomain returns the default service domain for a given Cloud
+// universe, with the following precedence:
+//
+// 1. A non-empty option.WithUniverseDomain.
+// 2. A non-empty environment variable GOOGLE_CLOUD_UNIVERSE_DOMAIN.
+// 3. The default value "googleapis.com".
+func (ds *DialSettings) GetUniverseDomain() string {
+	if ds.UniverseDomain != "" {
+		return ds.UniverseDomain
+	}
+	if envUD := os.Getenv(universeDomainEnvVar); envUD != "" {
+		return envUD
+	}
+	return defaultUniverseDomain
+}
+
+// IsUniverseDomainGDU returns true if the universe domain is the default Google
+// universe ("googleapis.com").
+func (ds *DialSettings) IsUniverseDomainGDU() bool {
+	return ds.GetUniverseDomain() == defaultUniverseDomain
+}
+
+// GetUniverseDomain returns the default service domain for a given Cloud
+// universe, from google.Credentials. This wrapper function should be removed
+// to close https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-go-client/issues/2399.
+func GetUniverseDomain(creds *google.Credentials) (string, error) {
+	timer := time.NewTimer(time.Second)
+	defer timer.Stop()
+	errors := make(chan error)
+	results := make(chan string)
+
+	go func() {
+		result, err := creds.GetUniverseDomain()
+		if err != nil {
+			errors <- err
+			return
+		}
+		results <- result
+	}()
+
+	select {
+	case <-errors:
+		// An error that is returned before the timer expires is likely to be
+		// connection refused. Temporarily (2024-03-21) return the GDU domain.
+		return defaultUniverseDomain, nil
+	case res := <-results:
+		return res, nil
+	case <-timer.C: // Timer is expired.
+		// If err or res was not returned, it means that creds.GetUniverseDomain()
+		// did not complete in 1s. Assume that MDS is likely never responding to
+		// the endpoint and will timeout. This is the source of issues such as
+		// https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/issues/9350.
+		// Temporarily (2024-02-02) return the GDU domain. Restore the original
+		// calls to creds.GetUniverseDomain() in grpc/dial.go and http/dial.go
+		// and remove this method to close
+		// https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-go-client/issues/2399.
+		return defaultUniverseDomain, nil
+	}
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Copyright (c) 2013 Joshua Tacoma. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+   * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+   * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+   * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/METADATA

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+name: "uritemplates"
+description:
+    "Package uritemplates is a level 4 implementation of RFC 6570 (URI "
+    "Template, http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6570)."
+
+third_party {
+  url {
+    type: GIT
+    value: "https://github.com/jtacoma/uritemplates"
+  }
+  version: "0.1"
+  last_upgrade_date { year: 2014 month: 8 day: 18 }
+  license_type: NOTICE
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/uritemplates.go

@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+// Copyright 2013 Joshua Tacoma. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package uritemplates is a level 3 implementation of RFC 6570 (URI
+// Template, http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6570).
+// uritemplates does not support composite values (in Go: slices or maps)
+// and so does not qualify as a level 4 implementation.
+package uritemplates
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"errors"
+	"regexp"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+var (
+	unreserved = regexp.MustCompile("[^A-Za-z0-9\\-._~]")
+	reserved   = regexp.MustCompile("[^A-Za-z0-9\\-._~:/?#[\\]@!$&'()*+,;=]")
+	validname  = regexp.MustCompile("^([A-Za-z0-9_\\.]|%[0-9A-Fa-f][0-9A-Fa-f])+$")
+	hex        = []byte("0123456789ABCDEF")
+)
+
+func pctEncode(src []byte) []byte {
+	dst := make([]byte, len(src)*3)
+	for i, b := range src {
+		buf := dst[i*3 : i*3+3]
+		buf[0] = 0x25
+		buf[1] = hex[b/16]
+		buf[2] = hex[b%16]
+	}
+	return dst
+}
+
+// pairWriter is a convenience struct which allows escaped and unescaped
+// versions of the template to be written in parallel.
+type pairWriter struct {
+	escaped, unescaped bytes.Buffer
+}
+
+// Write writes the provided string directly without any escaping.
+func (w *pairWriter) Write(s string) {
+	w.escaped.WriteString(s)
+	w.unescaped.WriteString(s)
+}
+
+// Escape writes the provided string, escaping the string for the
+// escaped output.
+func (w *pairWriter) Escape(s string, allowReserved bool) {
+	w.unescaped.WriteString(s)
+	if allowReserved {
+		w.escaped.Write(reserved.ReplaceAllFunc([]byte(s), pctEncode))
+	} else {
+		w.escaped.Write(unreserved.ReplaceAllFunc([]byte(s), pctEncode))
+	}
+}
+
+// Escaped returns the escaped string.
+func (w *pairWriter) Escaped() string {
+	return w.escaped.String()
+}
+
+// Unescaped returns the unescaped string.
+func (w *pairWriter) Unescaped() string {
+	return w.unescaped.String()
+}
+
+// A uriTemplate is a parsed representation of a URI template.
+type uriTemplate struct {
+	raw   string
+	parts []templatePart
+}
+
+// parse parses a URI template string into a uriTemplate object.
+func parse(rawTemplate string) (*uriTemplate, error) {
+	split := strings.Split(rawTemplate, "{")
+	parts := make([]templatePart, len(split)*2-1)
+	for i, s := range split {
+		if i == 0 {
+			if strings.Contains(s, "}") {
+				return nil, errors.New("unexpected }")
+			}
+			parts[i].raw = s
+			continue
+		}
+		subsplit := strings.Split(s, "}")
+		if len(subsplit) != 2 {
+			return nil, errors.New("malformed template")
+		}
+		expression := subsplit[0]
+		var err error
+		parts[i*2-1], err = parseExpression(expression)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		parts[i*2].raw = subsplit[1]
+	}
+	return &uriTemplate{
+		raw:   rawTemplate,
+		parts: parts,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+type templatePart struct {
+	raw           string
+	terms         []templateTerm
+	first         string
+	sep           string
+	named         bool
+	ifemp         string
+	allowReserved bool
+}
+
+type templateTerm struct {
+	name     string
+	explode  bool
+	truncate int
+}
+
+func parseExpression(expression string) (result templatePart, err error) {
+	switch expression[0] {
+	case '+':
+		result.sep = ","
+		result.allowReserved = true
+		expression = expression[1:]
+	case '.':
+		result.first = "."
+		result.sep = "."
+		expression = expression[1:]
+	case '/':
+		result.first = "/"
+		result.sep = "/"
+		expression = expression[1:]
+	case ';':
+		result.first = ";"
+		result.sep = ";"
+		result.named = true
+		expression = expression[1:]
+	case '?':
+		result.first = "?"
+		result.sep = "&"
+		result.named = true
+		result.ifemp = "="
+		expression = expression[1:]
+	case '&':
+		result.first = "&"
+		result.sep = "&"
+		result.named = true
+		result.ifemp = "="
+		expression = expression[1:]
+	case '#':
+		result.first = "#"
+		result.sep = ","
+		result.allowReserved = true
+		expression = expression[1:]
+	default:
+		result.sep = ","
+	}
+	rawterms := strings.Split(expression, ",")
+	result.terms = make([]templateTerm, len(rawterms))
+	for i, raw := range rawterms {
+		result.terms[i], err = parseTerm(raw)
+		if err != nil {
+			break
+		}
+	}
+	return result, err
+}
+
+func parseTerm(term string) (result templateTerm, err error) {
+	// TODO(djd): Remove "*" suffix parsing once we check that no APIs have
+	// mistakenly used that attribute.
+	if strings.HasSuffix(term, "*") {
+		result.explode = true
+		term = term[:len(term)-1]
+	}
+	split := strings.Split(term, ":")
+	if len(split) == 1 {
+		result.name = term
+	} else if len(split) == 2 {
+		result.name = split[0]
+		var parsed int64
+		parsed, err = strconv.ParseInt(split[1], 10, 0)
+		result.truncate = int(parsed)
+	} else {
+		err = errors.New("multiple colons in same term")
+	}
+	if !validname.MatchString(result.name) {
+		err = errors.New("not a valid name: " + result.name)
+	}
+	if result.explode && result.truncate > 0 {
+		err = errors.New("both explode and prefix modifiers on same term")
+	}
+	return result, err
+}
+
+// Expand expands a URI template with a set of values to produce the
+// resultant URI. Two forms of the result are returned: one with all the
+// elements escaped, and one with the elements unescaped.
+func (t *uriTemplate) Expand(values map[string]string) (escaped, unescaped string) {
+	var w pairWriter
+	for _, p := range t.parts {
+		p.expand(&w, values)
+	}
+	return w.Escaped(), w.Unescaped()
+}
+
+func (tp *templatePart) expand(w *pairWriter, values map[string]string) {
+	if len(tp.raw) > 0 {
+		w.Write(tp.raw)
+		return
+	}
+	var first = true
+	for _, term := range tp.terms {
+		value, exists := values[term.name]
+		if !exists {
+			continue
+		}
+		if first {
+			w.Write(tp.first)
+			first = false
+		} else {
+			w.Write(tp.sep)
+		}
+		tp.expandString(w, term, value)
+	}
+}
+
+func (tp *templatePart) expandName(w *pairWriter, name string, empty bool) {
+	if tp.named {
+		w.Write(name)
+		if empty {
+			w.Write(tp.ifemp)
+		} else {
+			w.Write("=")
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func (tp *templatePart) expandString(w *pairWriter, t templateTerm, s string) {
+	if len(s) > t.truncate && t.truncate > 0 {
+		s = s[:t.truncate]
+	}
+	tp.expandName(w, t.name, len(s) == 0)
+	w.Escape(s, tp.allowReserved)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/utils.go

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package uritemplates
+
+// Expand parses then expands a URI template with a set of values to produce
+// the resultant URI. Two forms of the result are returned: one with all the
+// elements escaped, and one with the elements unescaped.
+func Expand(path string, values map[string]string) (escaped, unescaped string, err error) {
+	template, err := parse(path)
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", "", err
+	}
+	escaped, unescaped = template.Expand(values)
+	return escaped, unescaped, nil
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/version.go

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+// Copyright 2022 Google LLC. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package internal
+
+// Version is the current tagged release of the library.
+const Version = "0.262.0"

vendor/google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v1/oauth2-api.json

@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+{
+  "auth": {
+    "oauth2": {
+      "scopes": {
+        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/plus.me": {
+          "description": "Associate you with your personal info on Google"
+        },
+        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email": {
+          "description": "View your email address"
+        },
+        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile": {
+          "description": "See your personal info, including any personal info you've made publicly available"
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  "basePath": "/",
+  "baseUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
+  "batchPath": "batch/oauth2/v1",
+  "description": "Obtains end-user authorization grants for use with other Google APIs.",
+  "discoveryVersion": "v1",
+  "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/accounts/docs/OAuth2",
+  "etag": "\"VPK3KBfpaEgZ16pozGOoMYfKc0U/Ydp-Ynsm-doIo9JKOgNSlCRTJVQ\"",
+  "icons": {
+    "x16": "https://www.gstatic.com/images/branding/product/1x/googleg_16dp.png",
+    "x32": "https://www.gstatic.com/images/branding/product/1x/googleg_32dp.png"
+  },
+  "id": "oauth2:v1",
+  "kind": "discovery#restDescription",
+  "methods": {
+    "tokeninfo": {
+      "description": "Get token info",
+      "httpMethod": "POST",
+      "id": "oauth2.tokeninfo",
+      "parameters": {
+        "access_token": {
+          "description": "The oauth2 access token",
+          "location": "query",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "id_token": {
+          "description": "The ID token",
+          "location": "query",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "path": "oauth2/v1/tokeninfo",
+      "response": {
+        "$ref": "Tokeninfo"
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  "name": "oauth2",
+  "ownerDomain": "google.com",
+  "ownerName": "Google",
+  "parameters": {
+    "alt": {
+      "default": "json",
+      "description": "Data format for the response.",
+      "enum": [
+        "json"
+      ],
+      "enumDescriptions": [
+        "Responses with Content-Type of application/json"
+      ],
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "fields": {
+      "description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "key": {
+      "description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "oauth_token": {
+      "description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "prettyPrint": {
+      "default": "true",
+      "description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "quotaUser": {
+      "description": "An opaque string that represents a user for quota purposes. Must not exceed 40 characters.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "userIp": {
+      "description": "Deprecated. Please use quotaUser instead.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    }
+  },
+  "protocol": "rest",
+  "resources": {
+    "userinfo": {
+      "methods": {
+        "get": {
+          "description": "Get user info",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "oauth2.userinfo.get",
+          "path": "oauth2/v1/userinfo",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Userinfoplus"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/plus.me",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile"
+          ]
+        }
+      },
+      "resources": {
+        "v2": {
+          "resources": {
+            "me": {
+              "methods": {
+                "get": {
+                  "description": "Get user info",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "oauth2.userinfo.v2.me.get",
+                  "path": "userinfo/v2/me",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Userinfoplus"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/plus.me",
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email",
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  "revision": "20190313",
+  "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
+  "schemas": {
+    "Tokeninfo": {
+      "id": "Tokeninfo",
+      "properties": {
+        "access_type": {
+          "description": "The access type granted with this token. It can be offline or online.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "audience": {
+          "description": "Who is the intended audience for this token. In general the same as issued_to.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "email": {
+          "description": "The email address of the user. Present only if the email scope is present in the request.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "email_verified": {
+          "description": "Boolean flag which is true if the email address is verified. Present only if the email scope is present in the request.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "expires_in": {
+          "description": "The expiry time of the token, as number of seconds left until expiry.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "issued_at": {
+          "description": "The issue time of the token, as number of seconds.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "issued_to": {
+          "description": "To whom was the token issued to. In general the same as audience.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "issuer": {
+          "description": "Who issued the token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "nonce": {
+          "description": "Nonce of the id token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "scope": {
+          "description": "The space separated list of scopes granted to this token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "user_id": {
+          "description": "The obfuscated user id.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "verified_email": {
+          "description": "Boolean flag which is true if the email address is verified. Present only if the email scope is present in the request.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Userinfoplus": {
+      "id": "Userinfoplus",
+      "properties": {
+        "email": {
+          "description": "The user's email address.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "family_name": {
+          "description": "The user's last name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "gender": {
+          "description": "The user's gender.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "given_name": {
+          "description": "The user's first name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "hd": {
+          "description": "The hosted domain e.g. example.com if the user is Google apps user.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "The obfuscated ID of the user.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "link": {
+          "description": "URL of the profile page.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "locale": {
+          "description": "The user's preferred locale.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The user's full name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "picture": {
+          "description": "URL of the user's picture image.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "verified_email": {
+          "default": "true",
+          "description": "Boolean flag which is true if the email address is verified. Always verified because we only return the user's primary email address.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    }
+  },
+  "servicePath": "",
+  "title": "Google OAuth2 API",
+  "version": "v1"
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v1/oauth2-gen.go

@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+// Copyright 2020 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Code generated file. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+// Package oauth2 provides access to the Google OAuth2 API.
+//
+// For product documentation, see: https://developers.google.com/accounts/docs/OAuth2
+//
+// # Creating a client
+//
+// Usage example:
+//
+//	import "google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v1"
+//	...
+//	ctx := context.Background()
+//	oauth2Service, err := oauth2.NewService(ctx)
+//
+// In this example, Google Application Default Credentials are used for authentication.
+//
+// For information on how to create and obtain Application Default Credentials, see https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/application-default-credentials.
+//
+// # Other authentication options
+//
+// By default, all available scopes (see "Constants") are used to authenticate. To restrict scopes, use option.WithScopes:
+//
+//	oauth2Service, err := oauth2.NewService(ctx, option.WithScopes(oauth2.UserinfoProfileScope))
+//
+// To use an API key for authentication (note: some APIs do not support API keys), use option.WithAPIKey:
+//
+//	oauth2Service, err := oauth2.NewService(ctx, option.WithAPIKey("AIza..."))
+//
+// To use an OAuth token (e.g., a user token obtained via a three-legged OAuth flow), use option.WithTokenSource:
+//
+//	config := &oauth2.Config{...}
+//	// ...
+//	token, err := config.Exchange(ctx, ...)
+//	oauth2Service, err := oauth2.NewService(ctx, option.WithTokenSource(config.TokenSource(ctx, token)))
+//
+// See https://godoc.org/google.golang.org/api/option/ for details on options.
+package oauth2 // import "google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v1"
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+
+	googleapi "google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
+	gensupport "google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport"
+	option "google.golang.org/api/option"
+	internaloption "google.golang.org/api/option/internaloption"
+	htransport "google.golang.org/api/transport/http"
+)
+
+// Always reference these packages, just in case the auto-generated code
+// below doesn't.
+var _ = bytes.NewBuffer
+var _ = strconv.Itoa
+var _ = fmt.Sprintf
+var _ = json.NewDecoder
+var _ = io.Copy
+var _ = url.Parse
+var _ = gensupport.MarshalJSON
+var _ = googleapi.Version
+var _ = errors.New
+var _ = strings.Replace
+var _ = context.Canceled
+var _ = internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint
+
+const apiId = "oauth2:v1"
+const apiName = "oauth2"
+const apiVersion = "v1"
+const basePath = "https://www.googleapis.com/"
+
+// OAuth2 scopes used by this API.
+const (
+	// Associate you with your personal info on Google
+	PlusMeScope = "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/plus.me"
+
+	// View your email address
+	UserinfoEmailScope = "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email"
+
+	// See your personal info, including any personal info you've made
+	// publicly available
+	UserinfoProfileScope = "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile"
+)
+
+// NewService creates a new Service.
+func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, error) {
+	scopesOption := option.WithScopes(
+		"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/plus.me",
+		"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email",
+		"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile",
+	)
+	// NOTE: prepend, so we don't override user-specified scopes.
+	opts = append([]option.ClientOption{scopesOption}, opts...)
+	opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath))
+	client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	s, err := New(client)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if endpoint != "" {
+		s.BasePath = endpoint
+	}
+	return s, nil
+}
+
+// New creates a new Service. It uses the provided http.Client for requests.
+//
+// Deprecated: please use NewService instead.
+// To provide a custom HTTP client, use option.WithHTTPClient.
+// If you are using google.golang.org/api/googleapis/transport.APIKey, use option.WithAPIKey with NewService instead.
+func New(client *http.Client) (*Service, error) {
+	if client == nil {
+		return nil, errors.New("client is nil")
+	}
+	s := &Service{client: client, BasePath: basePath}
+	s.Userinfo = NewUserinfoService(s)
+	return s, nil
+}
+
+type Service struct {
+	client    *http.Client
+	BasePath  string // API endpoint base URL
+	UserAgent string // optional additional User-Agent fragment
+
+	Userinfo *UserinfoService
+}
+
+func (s *Service) userAgent() string {
+	if s.UserAgent == "" {
+		return googleapi.UserAgent
+	}
+	return googleapi.UserAgent + " " + s.UserAgent
+}
+
+func NewUserinfoService(s *Service) *UserinfoService {
+	rs := &UserinfoService{s: s}
+	rs.V2 = NewUserinfoV2Service(s)
+	return rs
+}
+
+type UserinfoService struct {
+	s *Service
+
+	V2 *UserinfoV2Service
+}
+
+func NewUserinfoV2Service(s *Service) *UserinfoV2Service {
+	rs := &UserinfoV2Service{s: s}
+	rs.Me = NewUserinfoV2MeService(s)
+	return rs
+}
+
+type UserinfoV2Service struct {
+	s *Service
+
+	Me *UserinfoV2MeService
+}
+
+func NewUserinfoV2MeService(s *Service) *UserinfoV2MeService {
+	rs := &UserinfoV2MeService{s: s}
+	return rs
+}
+
+type UserinfoV2MeService struct {
+	s *Service
+}
+
+type Tokeninfo struct {
+	// AccessType: The access type granted with this token. It can be
+	// offline or online.
+	AccessType string `json:"access_type,omitempty"`
+
+	// Audience: Who is the intended audience for this token. In general the
+	// same as issued_to.
+	Audience string `json:"audience,omitempty"`
+
+	// Email: The email address of the user. Present only if the email scope
+	// is present in the request.
+	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
+
+	// EmailVerified: Boolean flag which is true if the email address is
+	// verified. Present only if the email scope is present in the request.
+	EmailVerified bool `json:"email_verified,omitempty"`
+
+	// ExpiresIn: The expiry time of the token, as number of seconds left
+	// until expiry.
+	ExpiresIn int64 `json:"expires_in,omitempty"`
+
+	// IssuedAt: The issue time of the token, as number of seconds.
+	IssuedAt int64 `json:"issued_at,omitempty"`
+
+	// IssuedTo: To whom was the token issued to. In general the same as
+	// audience.
+	IssuedTo string `json:"issued_to,omitempty"`
+
+	// Issuer: Who issued the token.
+	Issuer string `json:"issuer,omitempty"`
+
+	// Nonce: Nonce of the id token.
+	Nonce string `json:"nonce,omitempty"`
+
+	// Scope: The space separated list of scopes granted to this token.
+	Scope string `json:"scope,omitempty"`
+
+	// UserId: The obfuscated user id.
+	UserId string `json:"user_id,omitempty"`
+
+	// VerifiedEmail: Boolean flag which is true if the email address is
+	// verified. Present only if the email scope is present in the request.
+	VerifiedEmail bool `json:"verified_email,omitempty"`
+
+	// ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the
+	// server.
+	googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"`
+
+	// ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "AccessType") to
+	// unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with
+	// empty values are omitted from API requests. However, any non-pointer,
+	// non-interface field appearing in ForceSendFields will be sent to the
+	// server regardless of whether the field is empty or not. This may be
+	// used to include empty fields in Patch requests.
+	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"`
+
+	// NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "AccessType") to include in
+	// API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty
+	// values are omitted from API requests. However, any field with an
+	// empty value appearing in NullFields will be sent to the server as
+	// null. It is an error if a field in this list has a non-empty value.
+	// This may be used to include null fields in Patch requests.
+	NullFields []string `json:"-"`
+}
+
+func (s *Tokeninfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	type NoMethod Tokeninfo
+	raw := NoMethod(*s)
+	return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields)
+}
+
+type Userinfoplus struct {
+	// Email: The user's email address.
+	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
+
+	// FamilyName: The user's last name.
+	FamilyName string `json:"family_name,omitempty"`
+
+	// Gender: The user's gender.
+	Gender string `json:"gender,omitempty"`
+
+	// GivenName: The user's first name.
+	GivenName string `json:"given_name,omitempty"`
+
+	// Hd: The hosted domain e.g. example.com if the user is Google apps
+	// user.
+	Hd string `json:"hd,omitempty"`
+
+	// Id: The obfuscated ID of the user.
+	Id string `json:"id,omitempty"`
+
+	// Link: URL of the profile page.
+	Link string `json:"link,omitempty"`
+
+	// Locale: The user's preferred locale.
+	Locale string `json:"locale,omitempty"`
+
+	// Name: The user's full name.
+	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
+
+	// Picture: URL of the user's picture image.
+	Picture string `json:"picture,omitempty"`
+
+	// VerifiedEmail: Boolean flag which is true if the email address is
+	// verified. Always verified because we only return the user's primary
+	// email address.
+	//
+	// Default: true
+	VerifiedEmail *bool `json:"verified_email,omitempty"`
+
+	// ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the
+	// server.
+	googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"`
+
+	// ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Email") to
+	// unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with
+	// empty values are omitted from API requests. However, any non-pointer,
+	// non-interface field appearing in ForceSendFields will be sent to the
+	// server regardless of whether the field is empty or not. This may be
+	// used to include empty fields in Patch requests.
+	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"`
+
+	// NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Email") to include in API
+	// requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty
+	// values are omitted from API requests. However, any field with an
+	// empty value appearing in NullFields will be sent to the server as
+	// null. It is an error if a field in this list has a non-empty value.
+	// This may be used to include null fields in Patch requests.
+	NullFields []string `json:"-"`
+}
+
+func (s *Userinfoplus) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	type NoMethod Userinfoplus
+	raw := NoMethod(*s)
+	return gensupport.MarshalJSON(raw, s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields)
+}
+
+// method id "oauth2.tokeninfo":
+
+type TokeninfoCall struct {
+	s          *Service
+	urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams
+	ctx_       context.Context
+	header_    http.Header
+}
+
+// Tokeninfo: Get token info
+func (s *Service) Tokeninfo() *TokeninfoCall {
+	c := &TokeninfoCall{s: s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)}
+	return c
+}
+
+// AccessToken sets the optional parameter "access_token": The oauth2
+// access token
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) AccessToken(accessToken string) *TokeninfoCall {
+	c.urlParams_.Set("access_token", accessToken)
+	return c
+}
+
+// IdToken sets the optional parameter "id_token": The ID token
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) IdToken(idToken string) *TokeninfoCall {
+	c.urlParams_.Set("id_token", idToken)
+	return c
+}
+
+// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See
+// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse
+// for more information.
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *TokeninfoCall {
+	c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s))
+	return c
+}
+
+// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any
+// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is
+// canceled.
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *TokeninfoCall {
+	c.ctx_ = ctx
+	return c
+}
+
+// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to
+// add HTTP headers to the request.
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) Header() http.Header {
+	if c.header_ == nil {
+		c.header_ = make(http.Header)
+	}
+	return c.header_
+}
+
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) {
+	reqHeaders := make(http.Header)
+	reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/20200317")
+	for k, v := range c.header_ {
+		reqHeaders[k] = v
+	}
+	reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent())
+	var body io.Reader = nil
+	c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt)
+	c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false")
+	urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "oauth2/v1/tokeninfo")
+	urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode()
+	req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	req.Header = reqHeaders
+	return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req)
+}
+
+// Do executes the "oauth2.tokeninfo" call.
+// Exactly one of *Tokeninfo or error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx
+// status code is an error. Response headers are in either
+// *Tokeninfo.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at
+// all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified
+// to check whether the returned error was because
+// http.StatusNotModified was returned.
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Tokeninfo, error) {
+	gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...)
+	res, err := c.doRequest("json")
+	if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified {
+		if res.Body != nil {
+			res.Body.Close()
+		}
+		return nil, &googleapi.Error{
+			Code:   res.StatusCode,
+			Header: res.Header,
+		}
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer googleapi.CloseBody(res)
+	if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	ret := &Tokeninfo{
+		ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{
+			Header:         res.Header,
+			HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode,
+		},
+	}
+	target := &ret
+	if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return ret, nil
+	// {
+	//   "description": "Get token info",
+	//   "httpMethod": "POST",
+	//   "id": "oauth2.tokeninfo",
+	//   "parameters": {
+	//     "access_token": {
+	//       "description": "The oauth2 access token",
+	//       "location": "query",
+	//       "type": "string"
+	//     },
+	//     "id_token": {
+	//       "description": "The ID token",
+	//       "location": "query",
+	//       "type": "string"
+	//     }
+	//   },
+	//   "path": "oauth2/v1/tokeninfo",
+	//   "response": {
+	//     "$ref": "Tokeninfo"
+	//   }
+	// }
+
+}
+
+// method id "oauth2.userinfo.get":
+
+type UserinfoGetCall struct {
+	s            *Service
+	urlParams_   gensupport.URLParams
+	ifNoneMatch_ string
+	ctx_         context.Context
+	header_      http.Header
+}
+
+// Get: Get user info
+func (r *UserinfoService) Get() *UserinfoGetCall {
+	c := &UserinfoGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)}
+	return c
+}
+
+// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See
+// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse
+// for more information.
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *UserinfoGetCall {
+	c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s))
+	return c
+}
+
+// IfNoneMatch sets the optional parameter which makes the operation
+// fail if the object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for
+// getting updates only after the object has changed since the last
+// request. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the response
+// error from Do is the result of In-None-Match.
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *UserinfoGetCall {
+	c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag
+	return c
+}
+
+// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any
+// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is
+// canceled.
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *UserinfoGetCall {
+	c.ctx_ = ctx
+	return c
+}
+
+// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to
+// add HTTP headers to the request.
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) Header() http.Header {
+	if c.header_ == nil {
+		c.header_ = make(http.Header)
+	}
+	return c.header_
+}
+
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) {
+	reqHeaders := make(http.Header)
+	reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/20200317")
+	for k, v := range c.header_ {
+		reqHeaders[k] = v
+	}
+	reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent())
+	if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" {
+		reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_)
+	}
+	var body io.Reader = nil
+	c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt)
+	c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false")
+	urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "oauth2/v1/userinfo")
+	urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode()
+	req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	req.Header = reqHeaders
+	return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req)
+}
+
+// Do executes the "oauth2.userinfo.get" call.
+// Exactly one of *Userinfoplus or error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx
+// status code is an error. Response headers are in either
+// *Userinfoplus.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at
+// all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified
+// to check whether the returned error was because
+// http.StatusNotModified was returned.
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Userinfoplus, error) {
+	gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...)
+	res, err := c.doRequest("json")
+	if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified {
+		if res.Body != nil {
+			res.Body.Close()
+		}
+		return nil, &googleapi.Error{
+			Code:   res.StatusCode,
+			Header: res.Header,
+		}
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer googleapi.CloseBody(res)
+	if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	ret := &Userinfoplus{
+		ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{
+			Header:         res.Header,
+			HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode,
+		},
+	}
+	target := &ret
+	if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return ret, nil
+	// {
+	//   "description": "Get user info",
+	//   "httpMethod": "GET",
+	//   "id": "oauth2.userinfo.get",
+	//   "path": "oauth2/v1/userinfo",
+	//   "response": {
+	//     "$ref": "Userinfoplus"
+	//   },
+	//   "scopes": [
+	//     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/plus.me",
+	//     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email",
+	//     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile"
+	//   ]
+	// }
+
+}
+
+// method id "oauth2.userinfo.v2.me.get":
+
+type UserinfoV2MeGetCall struct {
+	s            *Service
+	urlParams_   gensupport.URLParams
+	ifNoneMatch_ string
+	ctx_         context.Context
+	header_      http.Header
+}
+
+// Get: Get user info
+func (r *UserinfoV2MeService) Get() *UserinfoV2MeGetCall {
+	c := &UserinfoV2MeGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)}
+	return c
+}
+
+// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See
+// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse
+// for more information.
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *UserinfoV2MeGetCall {
+	c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s))
+	return c
+}
+
+// IfNoneMatch sets the optional parameter which makes the operation
+// fail if the object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for
+// getting updates only after the object has changed since the last
+// request. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the response
+// error from Do is the result of In-None-Match.
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *UserinfoV2MeGetCall {
+	c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag
+	return c
+}
+
+// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. Any
+// pending HTTP request will be aborted if the provided context is
+// canceled.
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *UserinfoV2MeGetCall {
+	c.ctx_ = ctx
+	return c
+}
+
+// Header returns an http.Header that can be modified by the caller to
+// add HTTP headers to the request.
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) Header() http.Header {
+	if c.header_ == nil {
+		c.header_ = make(http.Header)
+	}
+	return c.header_
+}
+
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) {
+	reqHeaders := make(http.Header)
+	reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+gensupport.GoVersion()+" gdcl/20200317")
+	for k, v := range c.header_ {
+		reqHeaders[k] = v
+	}
+	reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", c.s.userAgent())
+	if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" {
+		reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_)
+	}
+	var body io.Reader = nil
+	c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt)
+	c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false")
+	urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "userinfo/v2/me")
+	urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode()
+	req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	req.Header = reqHeaders
+	return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req)
+}
+
+// Do executes the "oauth2.userinfo.v2.me.get" call.
+// Exactly one of *Userinfoplus or error will be non-nil. Any non-2xx
+// status code is an error. Response headers are in either
+// *Userinfoplus.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at
+// all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified
+// to check whether the returned error was because
+// http.StatusNotModified was returned.
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Userinfoplus, error) {
+	gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...)
+	res, err := c.doRequest("json")
+	if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified {
+		if res.Body != nil {
+			res.Body.Close()
+		}
+		return nil, &googleapi.Error{
+			Code:   res.StatusCode,
+			Header: res.Header,
+		}
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer googleapi.CloseBody(res)
+	if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	ret := &Userinfoplus{
+		ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{
+			Header:         res.Header,
+			HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode,
+		},
+	}
+	target := &ret
+	if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return ret, nil
+	// {
+	//   "description": "Get user info",
+	//   "httpMethod": "GET",
+	//   "id": "oauth2.userinfo.v2.me.get",
+	//   "path": "userinfo/v2/me",
+	//   "response": {
+	//     "$ref": "Userinfoplus"
+	//   },
+	//   "scopes": [
+	//     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/plus.me",
+	//     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email",
+	//     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile"
+	//   ]
+	// }
+
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v2/oauth2-api.json

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+{
+  "auth": {
+    "oauth2": {
+      "scopes": {
+        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email": {
+          "description": "See your primary Google Account email address"
+        },
+        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile": {
+          "description": "See your personal info, including any personal info you've made publicly available"
+        },
+        "openid": {
+          "description": "Associate you with your personal info on Google"
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  "basePath": "/",
+  "baseUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
+  "batchPath": "batch/oauth2/v2",
+  "description": "Obtains end-user authorization grants for use with other Google APIs.",
+  "discoveryVersion": "v1",
+  "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2/",
+  "etag": "\"u9GIe6H63LSGq-9_t39K2Zx_EAc/VCyF6WfWVwIuhIs_gw3LA4B3w1E\"",
+  "icons": {
+    "x16": "https://www.gstatic.com/images/branding/product/1x/googleg_16dp.png",
+    "x32": "https://www.gstatic.com/images/branding/product/1x/googleg_32dp.png"
+  },
+  "id": "oauth2:v2",
+  "kind": "discovery#restDescription",
+  "methods": {
+    "tokeninfo": {
+      "httpMethod": "POST",
+      "id": "oauth2.tokeninfo",
+      "parameters": {
+        "access_token": {
+          "location": "query",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "id_token": {
+          "location": "query",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "path": "oauth2/v2/tokeninfo",
+      "response": {
+        "$ref": "Tokeninfo"
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  "name": "oauth2",
+  "ownerDomain": "google.com",
+  "ownerName": "Google",
+  "parameters": {
+    "alt": {
+      "default": "json",
+      "description": "Data format for the response.",
+      "enum": [
+        "json"
+      ],
+      "enumDescriptions": [
+        "Responses with Content-Type of application/json"
+      ],
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "fields": {
+      "description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "key": {
+      "description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "oauth_token": {
+      "description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "prettyPrint": {
+      "default": "true",
+      "description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "quotaUser": {
+      "description": "An opaque string that represents a user for quota purposes. Must not exceed 40 characters.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "userIp": {
+      "description": "Deprecated. Please use quotaUser instead.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    }
+  },
+  "protocol": "rest",
+  "resources": {
+    "userinfo": {
+      "methods": {
+        "get": {
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "oauth2.userinfo.get",
+          "path": "oauth2/v2/userinfo",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Userinfo"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "openid",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile"
+          ]
+        }
+      },
+      "resources": {
+        "v2": {
+          "resources": {
+            "me": {
+              "methods": {
+                "get": {
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "oauth2.userinfo.v2.me.get",
+                  "path": "userinfo/v2/me",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Userinfo"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "openid",
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email",
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  "revision": "20200213",
+  "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
+  "schemas": {
+    "Tokeninfo": {
+      "id": "Tokeninfo",
+      "properties": {
+        "audience": {
+          "description": "Who is the intended audience for this token. In general the same as issued_to.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "email": {
+          "description": "The email address of the user. Present only if the email scope is present in the request.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "expires_in": {
+          "description": "The expiry time of the token, as number of seconds left until expiry.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "issued_to": {
+          "description": "To whom was the token issued to. In general the same as audience.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "scope": {
+          "description": "The space separated list of scopes granted to this token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "user_id": {
+          "description": "The obfuscated user id.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "verified_email": {
+          "description": "Boolean flag which is true if the email address is verified. Present only if the email scope is present in the request.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Userinfo": {
+      "id": "Userinfo",
+      "properties": {
+        "email": {
+          "description": "The user's email address.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "family_name": {
+          "description": "The user's last name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "gender": {
+          "description": "The user's gender.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "given_name": {
+          "description": "The user's first name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "hd": {
+          "description": "The hosted domain e.g. example.com if the user is Google apps user.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "The obfuscated ID of the user.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "link": {
+          "description": "URL of the profile page.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "locale": {
+          "description": "The user's preferred locale.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The user's full name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "picture": {
+          "description": "URL of the user's picture image.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "verified_email": {
+          "default": "true",
+          "description": "Boolean flag which is true if the email address is verified. Always verified because we only return the user's primary email address.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    }
+  },
+  "servicePath": "",
+  "title": "Google OAuth2 API",
+  "version": "v2"
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v2/oauth2-gen.go

@@ -0,0 +1,592 @@
+// Copyright 2026 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Code generated file. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+// Package oauth2 provides access to the Google OAuth2 API.
+//
+// For product documentation, see: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2/
+//
+// # Library status
+//
+// These client libraries are officially supported by Google. However, this
+// library is considered complete and is in maintenance mode. This means
+// that we will address critical bugs and security issues but will not add
+// any new features.
+//
+// When possible, we recommend using our newer
+// [Cloud Client Libraries for Go](https://pkg.go.dev/cloud.google.com/go)
+// that are still actively being worked and iterated on.
+//
+// # Creating a client
+//
+// Usage example:
+//
+//	import "google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v2"
+//	...
+//	ctx := context.Background()
+//	oauth2Service, err := oauth2.NewService(ctx)
+//
+// In this example, Google Application Default Credentials are used for
+// authentication. For information on how to create and obtain Application
+// Default Credentials, see https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/application-default-credentials.
+//
+// # Other authentication options
+//
+// By default, all available scopes (see "Constants") are used to authenticate.
+// To restrict scopes, use [google.golang.org/api/option.WithScopes]:
+//
+//	oauth2Service, err := oauth2.NewService(ctx, option.WithScopes(oauth2.OpenIDScope))
+//
+// To use an API key for authentication (note: some APIs do not support API
+// keys), use [google.golang.org/api/option.WithAPIKey]:
+//
+//	oauth2Service, err := oauth2.NewService(ctx, option.WithAPIKey("AIza..."))
+//
+// To use an OAuth token (e.g., a user token obtained via a three-legged OAuth
+// flow, use [google.golang.org/api/option.WithTokenSource]:
+//
+//	config := &oauth2.Config{...}
+//	// ...
+//	token, err := config.Exchange(ctx, ...)
+//	oauth2Service, err := oauth2.NewService(ctx, option.WithTokenSource(config.TokenSource(ctx, token)))
+//
+// See [google.golang.org/api/option.ClientOption] for details on options.
+package oauth2 // import "google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v2"
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"log/slog"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/internallog"
+	googleapi "google.golang.org/api/googleapi"
+	internal "google.golang.org/api/internal"
+	gensupport "google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport"
+	option "google.golang.org/api/option"
+	internaloption "google.golang.org/api/option/internaloption"
+	htransport "google.golang.org/api/transport/http"
+)
+
+// Always reference these packages, just in case the auto-generated code
+// below doesn't.
+var _ = bytes.NewBuffer
+var _ = strconv.Itoa
+var _ = fmt.Sprintf
+var _ = json.NewDecoder
+var _ = io.Copy
+var _ = url.Parse
+var _ = gensupport.MarshalJSON
+var _ = googleapi.Version
+var _ = errors.New
+var _ = strings.Replace
+var _ = context.Canceled
+var _ = internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint
+var _ = internal.Version
+var _ = internallog.New
+
+const apiId = "oauth2:v2"
+const apiName = "oauth2"
+const apiVersion = "v2"
+const basePath = "https://www.googleapis.com/"
+const basePathTemplate = "https://www.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/"
+
+// OAuth2 scopes used by this API.
+const (
+	// See your primary Google Account email address
+	UserinfoEmailScope = "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email"
+
+	// See your personal info, including any personal info you've made publicly
+	// available
+	UserinfoProfileScope = "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile"
+
+	// Associate you with your personal info on Google
+	OpenIDScope = "openid"
+)
+
+// NewService creates a new Service.
+func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, error) {
+	scopesOption := internaloption.WithDefaultScopes(
+		"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email",
+		"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.profile",
+		"openid",
+	)
+	// NOTE: prepend, so we don't override user-specified scopes.
+	opts = append([]option.ClientOption{scopesOption}, opts...)
+	opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath))
+	opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate))
+	opts = append(opts, internaloption.EnableNewAuthLibrary())
+	client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	s := &Service{client: client, BasePath: basePath, logger: internaloption.GetLogger(opts)}
+	s.Userinfo = NewUserinfoService(s)
+	if endpoint != "" {
+		s.BasePath = endpoint
+	}
+	return s, nil
+}
+
+// New creates a new Service. It uses the provided http.Client for requests.
+//
+// Deprecated: please use NewService instead.
+// To provide a custom HTTP client, use option.WithHTTPClient.
+// If you are using google.golang.org/api/googleapis/transport.APIKey, use option.WithAPIKey with NewService instead.
+func New(client *http.Client) (*Service, error) {
+	if client == nil {
+		return nil, errors.New("client is nil")
+	}
+	return NewService(context.TODO(), option.WithHTTPClient(client))
+}
+
+type Service struct {
+	client    *http.Client
+	logger    *slog.Logger
+	BasePath  string // API endpoint base URL
+	UserAgent string // optional additional User-Agent fragment
+
+	Userinfo *UserinfoService
+}
+
+func (s *Service) userAgent() string {
+	if s.UserAgent == "" {
+		return googleapi.UserAgent
+	}
+	return googleapi.UserAgent + " " + s.UserAgent
+}
+
+func NewUserinfoService(s *Service) *UserinfoService {
+	rs := &UserinfoService{s: s}
+	rs.V2 = NewUserinfoV2Service(s)
+	return rs
+}
+
+type UserinfoService struct {
+	s *Service
+
+	V2 *UserinfoV2Service
+}
+
+func NewUserinfoV2Service(s *Service) *UserinfoV2Service {
+	rs := &UserinfoV2Service{s: s}
+	rs.Me = NewUserinfoV2MeService(s)
+	return rs
+}
+
+type UserinfoV2Service struct {
+	s *Service
+
+	Me *UserinfoV2MeService
+}
+
+func NewUserinfoV2MeService(s *Service) *UserinfoV2MeService {
+	rs := &UserinfoV2MeService{s: s}
+	return rs
+}
+
+type UserinfoV2MeService struct {
+	s *Service
+}
+
+type Tokeninfo struct {
+	// Audience: Who is the intended audience for this token. In general the same
+	// as issued_to.
+	Audience string `json:"audience,omitempty"`
+	// Email: The email address of the user. Present only if the email scope is
+	// present in the request.
+	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
+	// ExpiresIn: The expiry time of the token, as number of seconds left until
+	// expiry.
+	ExpiresIn int64 `json:"expires_in,omitempty"`
+	// IssuedTo: To whom was the token issued to. In general the same as audience.
+	IssuedTo string `json:"issued_to,omitempty"`
+	// Scope: The space separated list of scopes granted to this token.
+	Scope string `json:"scope,omitempty"`
+	// UserId: The obfuscated user id.
+	UserId string `json:"user_id,omitempty"`
+	// VerifiedEmail: Boolean flag which is true if the email address is verified.
+	// Present only if the email scope is present in the request.
+	VerifiedEmail bool `json:"verified_email,omitempty"`
+
+	// ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server.
+	googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"`
+	// ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Audience") to
+	// unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or
+	// default values are omitted from API requests. See
+	// https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more
+	// details.
+	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"`
+	// NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Audience") to include in API
+	// requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are
+	// omitted from API requests. See
+	// https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details.
+	NullFields []string `json:"-"`
+}
+
+func (s Tokeninfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	type NoMethod Tokeninfo
+	return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields)
+}
+
+type Userinfo struct {
+	// Email: The user's email address.
+	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
+	// FamilyName: The user's last name.
+	FamilyName string `json:"family_name,omitempty"`
+	// Gender: The user's gender.
+	Gender string `json:"gender,omitempty"`
+	// GivenName: The user's first name.
+	GivenName string `json:"given_name,omitempty"`
+	// Hd: The hosted domain e.g. example.com if the user is Google apps user.
+	Hd string `json:"hd,omitempty"`
+	// Id: The obfuscated ID of the user.
+	Id string `json:"id,omitempty"`
+	// Link: URL of the profile page.
+	Link string `json:"link,omitempty"`
+	// Locale: The user's preferred locale.
+	Locale string `json:"locale,omitempty"`
+	// Name: The user's full name.
+	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
+	// Picture: URL of the user's picture image.
+	Picture string `json:"picture,omitempty"`
+	// VerifiedEmail: Boolean flag which is true if the email address is verified.
+	// Always verified because we only return the user's primary email address.
+	//
+	// Default: true
+	VerifiedEmail *bool `json:"verified_email,omitempty"`
+
+	// ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server.
+	googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"`
+	// ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Email") to unconditionally
+	// include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are
+	// omitted from API requests. See
+	// https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more
+	// details.
+	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"`
+	// NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Email") to include in API
+	// requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are
+	// omitted from API requests. See
+	// https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details.
+	NullFields []string `json:"-"`
+}
+
+func (s Userinfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	type NoMethod Userinfo
+	return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields)
+}
+
+type TokeninfoCall struct {
+	s          *Service
+	urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams
+	ctx_       context.Context
+	header_    http.Header
+}
+
+// Tokeninfo:
+func (s *Service) Tokeninfo() *TokeninfoCall {
+	c := &TokeninfoCall{s: s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)}
+	return c
+}
+
+// AccessToken sets the optional parameter "access_token":
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) AccessToken(accessToken string) *TokeninfoCall {
+	c.urlParams_.Set("access_token", accessToken)
+	return c
+}
+
+// IdToken sets the optional parameter "id_token":
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) IdToken(idToken string) *TokeninfoCall {
+	c.urlParams_.Set("id_token", idToken)
+	return c
+}
+
+// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See
+// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more
+// details.
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *TokeninfoCall {
+	c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s))
+	return c
+}
+
+// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method.
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *TokeninfoCall {
+	c.ctx_ = ctx
+	return c
+}
+
+// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add
+// headers to the request.
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) Header() http.Header {
+	if c.header_ == nil {
+		c.header_ = make(http.Header)
+	}
+	return c.header_
+}
+
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) {
+	reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_)
+	c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt)
+	c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false")
+	urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "oauth2/v2/tokeninfo")
+	urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode()
+	req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	req.Header = reqHeaders
+	c.s.logger.DebugContext(c.ctx_, "api request", "serviceName", apiName, "rpcName", "oauth2.tokeninfo", "request", internallog.HTTPRequest(req, nil))
+	return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req)
+}
+
+// Do executes the "oauth2.tokeninfo" call.
+// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either
+// *Tokeninfo.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in
+// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check
+// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned.
+func (c *TokeninfoCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Tokeninfo, error) {
+	gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...)
+	res, err := c.doRequest("json")
+	if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified {
+		if res.Body != nil {
+			res.Body.Close()
+		}
+		return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{
+			Code:   res.StatusCode,
+			Header: res.Header,
+		})
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer googleapi.CloseBody(res)
+	if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil {
+		return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err)
+	}
+	ret := &Tokeninfo{
+		ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{
+			Header:         res.Header,
+			HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode,
+		},
+	}
+	target := &ret
+	b, err := gensupport.DecodeResponseBytes(target, res)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	c.s.logger.DebugContext(c.ctx_, "api response", "serviceName", apiName, "rpcName", "oauth2.tokeninfo", "response", internallog.HTTPResponse(res, b))
+	return ret, nil
+}
+
+type UserinfoGetCall struct {
+	s            *Service
+	urlParams_   gensupport.URLParams
+	ifNoneMatch_ string
+	ctx_         context.Context
+	header_      http.Header
+}
+
+// Get:
+func (r *UserinfoService) Get() *UserinfoGetCall {
+	c := &UserinfoGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)}
+	return c
+}
+
+// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See
+// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more
+// details.
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *UserinfoGetCall {
+	c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s))
+	return c
+}
+
+// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the
+// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates
+// only after the object has changed since the last request.
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *UserinfoGetCall {
+	c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag
+	return c
+}
+
+// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method.
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *UserinfoGetCall {
+	c.ctx_ = ctx
+	return c
+}
+
+// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add
+// headers to the request.
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) Header() http.Header {
+	if c.header_ == nil {
+		c.header_ = make(http.Header)
+	}
+	return c.header_
+}
+
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) {
+	reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_)
+	if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" {
+		reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_)
+	}
+	c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt)
+	c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false")
+	urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "oauth2/v2/userinfo")
+	urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode()
+	req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	req.Header = reqHeaders
+	c.s.logger.DebugContext(c.ctx_, "api request", "serviceName", apiName, "rpcName", "oauth2.userinfo.get", "request", internallog.HTTPRequest(req, nil))
+	return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req)
+}
+
+// Do executes the "oauth2.userinfo.get" call.
+// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either
+// *Userinfo.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in
+// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check
+// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned.
+func (c *UserinfoGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Userinfo, error) {
+	gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...)
+	res, err := c.doRequest("json")
+	if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified {
+		if res.Body != nil {
+			res.Body.Close()
+		}
+		return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{
+			Code:   res.StatusCode,
+			Header: res.Header,
+		})
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer googleapi.CloseBody(res)
+	if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil {
+		return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err)
+	}
+	ret := &Userinfo{
+		ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{
+			Header:         res.Header,
+			HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode,
+		},
+	}
+	target := &ret
+	b, err := gensupport.DecodeResponseBytes(target, res)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	c.s.logger.DebugContext(c.ctx_, "api response", "serviceName", apiName, "rpcName", "oauth2.userinfo.get", "response", internallog.HTTPResponse(res, b))
+	return ret, nil
+}
+
+type UserinfoV2MeGetCall struct {
+	s            *Service
+	urlParams_   gensupport.URLParams
+	ifNoneMatch_ string
+	ctx_         context.Context
+	header_      http.Header
+}
+
+// Get:
+func (r *UserinfoV2MeService) Get() *UserinfoV2MeGetCall {
+	c := &UserinfoV2MeGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)}
+	return c
+}
+
+// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See
+// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more
+// details.
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *UserinfoV2MeGetCall {
+	c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s))
+	return c
+}
+
+// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the
+// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates
+// only after the object has changed since the last request.
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *UserinfoV2MeGetCall {
+	c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag
+	return c
+}
+
+// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method.
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *UserinfoV2MeGetCall {
+	c.ctx_ = ctx
+	return c
+}
+
+// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add
+// headers to the request.
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) Header() http.Header {
+	if c.header_ == nil {
+		c.header_ = make(http.Header)
+	}
+	return c.header_
+}
+
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) {
+	reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_)
+	if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" {
+		reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_)
+	}
+	c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt)
+	c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false")
+	urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "userinfo/v2/me")
+	urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode()
+	req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	req.Header = reqHeaders
+	c.s.logger.DebugContext(c.ctx_, "api request", "serviceName", apiName, "rpcName", "oauth2.userinfo.v2.me.get", "request", internallog.HTTPRequest(req, nil))
+	return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req)
+}
+
+// Do executes the "oauth2.userinfo.v2.me.get" call.
+// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either
+// *Userinfo.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in
+// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check
+// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned.
+func (c *UserinfoV2MeGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Userinfo, error) {
+	gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...)
+	res, err := c.doRequest("json")
+	if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified {
+		if res.Body != nil {
+			res.Body.Close()
+		}
+		return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{
+			Code:   res.StatusCode,
+			Header: res.Header,
+		})
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer googleapi.CloseBody(res)
+	if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil {
+		return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err)
+	}
+	ret := &Userinfo{
+		ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{
+			Header:         res.Header,
+			HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode,
+		},
+	}
+	target := &ret
+	b, err := gensupport.DecodeResponseBytes(target, res)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	c.s.logger.DebugContext(c.ctx_, "api response", "serviceName", apiName, "rpcName", "oauth2.userinfo.v2.me.get", "response", internallog.HTTPResponse(res, b))
+	return ret, nil
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/option/internaloption/internaloption.go

@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+// Copyright 2020 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package internaloption contains options used internally by Google client code.
+package internaloption
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"log/slog"
+	"maps"
+
+	"cloud.google.com/go/auth"
+	"github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/internallog"
+	"golang.org/x/oauth2/google"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal"
+	"google.golang.org/api/option"
+)
+
+type defaultEndpointOption string
+
+func (o defaultEndpointOption) Apply(settings *internal.DialSettings) {
+	settings.DefaultEndpoint = string(o)
+}
+
+// WithDefaultEndpoint is an option that indicates the default endpoint.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+//
+// This is similar to WithEndpoint, but allows us to determine whether the user has overridden the default endpoint.
+//
+// Deprecated: WithDefaultEndpoint does not support setting the universe domain.
+// Use WithDefaultEndpointTemplate and WithDefaultUniverseDomain to compose the
+// default endpoint instead.
+func WithDefaultEndpoint(url string) option.ClientOption {
+	return defaultEndpointOption(url)
+}
+
+type defaultEndpointTemplateOption string
+
+func (o defaultEndpointTemplateOption) Apply(settings *internal.DialSettings) {
+	settings.DefaultEndpointTemplate = string(o)
+}
+
+// WithDefaultEndpointTemplate provides a template for creating the endpoint
+// using a universe domain. See also WithDefaultUniverseDomain and
+// option.WithUniverseDomain. The placeholder UNIVERSE_DOMAIN should be used
+// instead of a concrete universe domain such as "googleapis.com".
+//
+// Example: WithDefaultEndpointTemplate("https://logging.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/")
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+func WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(url string) option.ClientOption {
+	return defaultEndpointTemplateOption(url)
+}
+
+type defaultMTLSEndpointOption string
+
+func (o defaultMTLSEndpointOption) Apply(settings *internal.DialSettings) {
+	settings.DefaultMTLSEndpoint = string(o)
+}
+
+// WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint is an option that indicates the default mTLS endpoint.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+func WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(url string) option.ClientOption {
+	return defaultMTLSEndpointOption(url)
+}
+
+// SkipDialSettingsValidation bypasses validation on ClientOptions.
+//
+// It should only be used internally.
+func SkipDialSettingsValidation() option.ClientOption {
+	return skipDialSettingsValidation{}
+}
+
+type skipDialSettingsValidation struct{}
+
+func (s skipDialSettingsValidation) Apply(settings *internal.DialSettings) {
+	settings.SkipValidation = true
+}
+
+// EnableDirectPath returns a ClientOption that overrides the default
+// attempt to use DirectPath.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+// This is an EXPERIMENTAL API and may be changed or removed in the future.
+func EnableDirectPath(dp bool) option.ClientOption {
+	return enableDirectPath(dp)
+}
+
+type enableDirectPath bool
+
+func (e enableDirectPath) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.EnableDirectPath = bool(e)
+}
+
+// EnableDirectPathXds returns a ClientOption that overrides the default
+// DirectPath type. It is only valid when DirectPath is enabled.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+// This is an EXPERIMENTAL API and may be changed or removed in the future.
+func EnableDirectPathXds() option.ClientOption {
+	return enableDirectPathXds(true)
+}
+
+type enableDirectPathXds bool
+
+func (x enableDirectPathXds) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.EnableDirectPathXds = bool(x)
+}
+
+// AllowNonDefaultServiceAccount returns a ClientOption that overrides the default
+// requirement for using the default service account for DirectPath.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+// This is an EXPERIMENTAL API and may be changed or removed in the future.
+func AllowNonDefaultServiceAccount(nd bool) option.ClientOption {
+	return allowNonDefaultServiceAccount(nd)
+}
+
+type allowNonDefaultServiceAccount bool
+
+func (a allowNonDefaultServiceAccount) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.AllowNonDefaultServiceAccount = bool(a)
+}
+
+// WithDefaultAudience returns a ClientOption that specifies a default audience
+// to be used as the audience field ("aud") for the JWT token authentication.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+func WithDefaultAudience(audience string) option.ClientOption {
+	return withDefaultAudience(audience)
+}
+
+type withDefaultAudience string
+
+func (w withDefaultAudience) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.DefaultAudience = string(w)
+}
+
+// WithDefaultScopes returns a ClientOption that overrides the default OAuth2
+// scopes to be used for a service.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+func WithDefaultScopes(scope ...string) option.ClientOption {
+	return withDefaultScopes(scope)
+}
+
+type withDefaultScopes []string
+
+func (w withDefaultScopes) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.DefaultScopes = make([]string, len(w))
+	copy(o.DefaultScopes, w)
+}
+
+// WithTelemetryAttributes returns a ClientOption that specifies a map of
+// telemetry attributes to be added to all telemetry signals, such as tracing
+// and metrics, for purposes including representing the static identity of the
+// client (e.g., service name, version). These attributes are expected to be
+// consistent across all signals to enable cross-signal correlation.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+func WithTelemetryAttributes(attrs map[string]string) option.ClientOption {
+	return withTelemetryAttributes(attrs)
+}
+
+type withTelemetryAttributes map[string]string
+
+func (w withTelemetryAttributes) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.TelemetryAttributes = maps.Clone(w)
+}
+
+// WithDefaultUniverseDomain returns a ClientOption that sets the default universe domain.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+//
+// This is similar to the public WithUniverse, but allows us to determine whether the user has
+// overridden the default universe.
+func WithDefaultUniverseDomain(ud string) option.ClientOption {
+	return withDefaultUniverseDomain(ud)
+}
+
+type withDefaultUniverseDomain string
+
+func (w withDefaultUniverseDomain) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.DefaultUniverseDomain = string(w)
+}
+
+// EnableJwtWithScope returns a ClientOption that specifies if scope can be used
+// with self-signed JWT.
+//
+// EnableJwtWithScope is ignored when option.WithUniverseDomain is set
+// to a value other than the Google Default Universe (GDU) of "googleapis.com".
+// For non-GDU domains, token exchange is impossible and services must
+// support self-signed JWTs with scopes.
+func EnableJwtWithScope() option.ClientOption {
+	return enableJwtWithScope(true)
+}
+
+type enableJwtWithScope bool
+
+func (w enableJwtWithScope) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.EnableJwtWithScope = bool(w)
+}
+
+// AllowHardBoundTokens returns a ClientOption that allows libraries to request a hard-bound token.
+// Obtaining hard-bound tokens requires the connection to be established using either Application
+// Layer Transport Security (ALTS) or mutual TLS (mTLS) with S2A. For more information on ALTS,
+// see: https://cloud.google.com/docs/security/encryption-in-transit/application-layer-transport-security
+//
+// The AllowHardBoundTokens option accepts the following values (or a combination thereof):
+//
+//   - "MTLS_S2A": Allows obtaining hard-bound tokens when the connection uses mutual TLS with S2A.
+//   - "ALTS":     Allows obtaining hard-bound tokens when the connection uses ALTS.
+//
+// For example, to allow obtaining hard-bound tokens with either MTLS_S2A or ALTS, you would
+// provide both values (e.g., {"MTLS_S2A","ALTS"}).  If no value is provided, hard-bound tokens
+// will not be requested.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients.
+// This is an EXPERIMENTAL API and may be changed or removed in the future.
+func AllowHardBoundTokens(protocol ...string) option.ClientOption {
+	return allowHardBoundTokens(protocol)
+}
+
+type allowHardBoundTokens []string
+
+func (a allowHardBoundTokens) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.AllowHardBoundTokens = make([]string, len(a))
+	copy(o.AllowHardBoundTokens, a)
+}
+
+// WithCredentials returns a client option to specify credentials which will be used to authenticate API calls.
+// This credential takes precedence over all other credential options.
+func WithCredentials(creds *google.Credentials) option.ClientOption {
+	return (*withCreds)(creds)
+}
+
+type withCreds google.Credentials
+
+func (w *withCreds) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.InternalCredentials = (*google.Credentials)(w)
+}
+
+// EnableNewAuthLibrary returns a ClientOption that specifies if libraries in this
+// module to delegate auth to our new library. This option will be removed in
+// the future once all clients have been moved to the new auth layer.
+func EnableNewAuthLibrary() option.ClientOption {
+	return enableNewAuthLibrary(true)
+}
+
+type enableNewAuthLibrary bool
+
+func (w enableNewAuthLibrary) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.EnableNewAuthLibrary = bool(w)
+}
+
+// EnableAsyncRefreshDryRun returns a ClientOption that specifies if libraries in this
+// module should asynchronously refresh auth token in parallel to sync refresh.
+//
+// This option can be used to determine whether refreshing the token asymnchronously
+// prior to its actual expiry works without any issues in a particular environment.
+//
+// errHandler function will be called when there is an error while refreshing
+// the token asynchronously.
+//
+// This is an EXPERIMENTAL option and will be removed in the future.
+// TODO(b/372244283): Remove after b/358175516 has been fixed
+func EnableAsyncRefreshDryRun(errHandler func()) option.ClientOption {
+	return enableAsyncRefreshDryRun{
+		errHandler: errHandler,
+	}
+}
+
+// TODO(b/372244283): Remove after b/358175516 has been fixed
+type enableAsyncRefreshDryRun struct {
+	errHandler func()
+}
+
+// TODO(b/372244283): Remove after b/358175516 has been fixed
+func (w enableAsyncRefreshDryRun) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.EnableAsyncRefreshDryRun = w.errHandler
+}
+
+// EmbeddableAdapter is a no-op option.ClientOption that allow libraries to
+// create their own client options by embedding this type into their own
+// client-specific option wrapper. See example for usage.
+type EmbeddableAdapter struct{}
+
+func (*EmbeddableAdapter) Apply(_ *internal.DialSettings) {}
+
+// GetLogger is a helper for client libraries to extract the [slog.Logger] from
+// the provided options or return a default logger if one is not found.
+//
+// It should only be used internally by generated clients. This is an EXPERIMENTAL API
+// and may be changed or removed in the future.
+func GetLogger(opts []option.ClientOption) *slog.Logger {
+	var ds internal.DialSettings
+	for _, opt := range opts {
+		opt.Apply(&ds)
+	}
+	return internallog.New(ds.Logger)
+}
+
+// AuthCreds returns [cloud.google.com/go/auth.Credentials] using the following
+// options provided via [option.ClientOption], including legacy oauth2/google
+// options, in this order:
+//
+//   - [option.WithoutAuthentication]
+//   - [option.Credentials]
+//   - [WithCredentials] (internal use only)
+//   - [option.WithCredentials]
+//   - [option.WithTokenSource]
+//
+// If there are no applicable credentials options, then it passes the
+// following options to [cloud.google.com/go/auth/credentials.DetectDefault] and
+// returns the result:
+//
+//   - [option.WithAudiences]
+//   - [option.WithAuthCredentialsFile]
+//   - [option.WithCredentialsFile]
+//   - [option.WithAuthCredentialsJSON]
+//   - [option.WithCredentialsJSON]
+//   - [option.WithScopes]
+//   - [WithDefaultScopes] (internal use only)
+//   - [EnableJwtWithScope] (internal use only)
+//
+// This function should only be used internally by generated clients. This is an
+// EXPERIMENTAL API and may be changed or removed in the future.
+func AuthCreds(ctx context.Context, opts []option.ClientOption) (*auth.Credentials, error) {
+	var ds internal.DialSettings
+	for _, opt := range opts {
+		opt.Apply(&ds)
+	}
+	return internal.AuthCreds(ctx, &ds)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/option/option.go

@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
+// Copyright 2017 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package option contains options for Google API clients.
+package option
+
+import (
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"log/slog"
+	"net/http"
+
+	"cloud.google.com/go/auth"
+	"golang.org/x/oauth2"
+	"golang.org/x/oauth2/google"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal/credentialstype"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal/impersonate"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc"
+)
+
+// CredentialsType specifies the type of JSON credentials being provided
+// to a loading function such as [WithAuthCredentialsFile] or
+// [WithAuthCredentialsJSON].
+type CredentialsType = credentialstype.CredType
+
+const (
+	// ServiceAccount represents a service account file type.
+	ServiceAccount = credentialstype.ServiceAccount
+	// AuthorizedUser represents an authorized user credentials file type.
+	AuthorizedUser = credentialstype.AuthorizedUser
+	// ImpersonatedServiceAccount represents an impersonated service account file type.
+	//
+	// IMPORTANT:
+	// This credential type does not validate the credential configuration. A security
+	// risk occurs when a credential configuration configured with malicious urls
+	// is used.
+	// You should validate credential configurations provided by untrusted sources.
+	// See [Security requirements when using credential configurations from an external
+	// source] https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/external/externally-sourced-credentials
+	// for more details.
+	ImpersonatedServiceAccount = credentialstype.ImpersonatedServiceAccount
+	// ExternalAccount represents an external account file type.
+	//
+	// IMPORTANT:
+	// This credential type does not validate the credential configuration. A security
+	// risk occurs when a credential configuration configured with malicious urls
+	// is used.
+	// You should validate credential configurations provided by untrusted sources.
+	// See [Security requirements when using credential configurations from an external
+	// source] https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/external/externally-sourced-credentials
+	// for more details.
+	ExternalAccount = credentialstype.ExternalAccount
+)
+
+// A ClientOption is an option for a Google API client.
+type ClientOption interface {
+	Apply(*internal.DialSettings)
+}
+
+// WithTokenSource returns a ClientOption that specifies an OAuth2 token
+// source to be used as the basis for authentication.
+func WithTokenSource(s oauth2.TokenSource) ClientOption {
+	return withTokenSource{s}
+}
+
+type withTokenSource struct{ ts oauth2.TokenSource }
+
+func (w withTokenSource) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.TokenSource = w.ts
+}
+
+type withCredFile string
+
+func (w withCredFile) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.CredentialsFile = string(w)
+}
+
+// WithCredentialsFile returns a ClientOption that authenticates
+// API calls with the given service account or refresh token JSON
+// credentials file.
+//
+// Deprecated: This function is being deprecated because of a potential security risk.
+//
+// This function does not validate the credential configuration. The security
+// risk occurs when a credential configuration is accepted from a source that
+// is not under your control and used without validation on your side.
+//
+// If you know that you will be loading credential configurations of a
+// specific type, it is recommended to use a credential-type-specific
+// option function.
+// This will ensure that an unexpected credential type with potential for
+// malicious intent is not loaded unintentionally. You might still have to do
+// validation for certain credential types. Please follow the recommendation
+// for that function. For example, if you want to load only service accounts,
+// you can use [WithAuthCredentialsFile] with [ServiceAccount]:
+//
+//	option.WithAuthCredentialsFile(option.ServiceAccount, "/path/to/file.json")
+//
+// If you are loading your credential configuration from an untrusted source and have
+// not mitigated the risks (e.g. by validating the configuration yourself), make
+// these changes as soon as possible to prevent security risks to your environment.
+//
+// Regardless of the function used, it is always your responsibility to validate
+// configurations received from external sources.
+func WithCredentialsFile(filename string) ClientOption {
+	return withCredFile(filename)
+}
+
+// WithAuthCredentialsFile returns a ClientOption that authenticates API calls
+// with the given JSON credentials file and credential type.
+//
+// Important: If you accept a credential configuration (credential
+// JSON/File/Stream) from an external source for authentication to Google
+// Cloud Platform, you must validate it before providing it to any Google
+// API or library. Providing an unvalidated credential configuration to
+// Google APIs can compromise the security of your systems and data. For
+// more information, refer to [Validate credential configurations from
+// external sources](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/external/externally-sourced-credentials).
+func WithAuthCredentialsFile(credType CredentialsType, filename string) ClientOption {
+	return withAuthCredentialsFile{
+		credsType: credType,
+		filename:  filename,
+	}
+}
+
+type withAuthCredentialsFile struct {
+	credsType CredentialsType
+	filename  string
+}
+
+func (w withAuthCredentialsFile) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.AuthCredentialsFile = w.filename
+	o.AuthCredentialsType = w.credsType
+}
+
+// WithServiceAccountFile returns a ClientOption that uses a Google service
+// account credentials file to authenticate.
+//
+// Important: If you accept a credential configuration (credential
+// JSON/File/Stream) from an external source for authentication to Google
+// Cloud Platform, you must validate it before providing it to any Google
+// API or library. Providing an unvalidated credential configuration to
+// Google APIs can compromise the security of your systems and data. For
+// more information, refer to [Validate credential configurations from
+// external sources](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/external/externally-sourced-credentials).
+//
+// Deprecated: Use WithAuthCredentialsFile instead.
+func WithServiceAccountFile(filename string) ClientOption {
+	return WithAuthCredentialsFile(ServiceAccount, filename)
+}
+
+// WithCredentialsJSON returns a ClientOption that authenticates
+// API calls with the given service account or refresh token JSON
+// credentials.
+//
+// Deprecated: This function is being deprecated because of a potential security risk.
+//
+// This function does not validate the credential configuration. The security
+// risk occurs when a credential configuration is accepted from a source that
+// is not under your control and used without validation on your side.
+//
+// If you know that you will be loading credential configurations of a
+// specific type, it is recommended to use a credential-type-specific
+// option function.
+// This will ensure that an unexpected credential type with potential for
+// malicious intent is not loaded unintentionally. You might still have to do
+// validation for certain credential types. Please follow the recommendation
+// for that function. For example, if you want to load only service accounts,
+// you can use [WithAuthCredentialsJSON] with [ServiceAccount]:
+//
+//	option.WithAuthCredentialsJSON(option.ServiceAccount, json)
+//
+// If you are loading your credential configuration from an untrusted source and have
+// not mitigated the risks (e.g. by validating the configuration yourself), make
+// these changes as soon as possible to prevent security risks to your environment.
+//
+// Regardless of the function used, it is always your responsibility to validate
+// configurations received from external sources.
+func WithCredentialsJSON(p []byte) ClientOption {
+	return withCredentialsJSON(p)
+}
+
+type withCredentialsJSON []byte
+
+func (w withCredentialsJSON) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.CredentialsJSON = make([]byte, len(w))
+	copy(o.CredentialsJSON, w)
+}
+
+// WithAuthCredentialsJSON returns a ClientOption that authenticates API calls
+// with the given JSON credentials and credential type.
+//
+// Important: If you accept a credential configuration (credential
+// JSON/File/Stream) from an external source for authentication to Google
+// Cloud Platform, you must validate it before providing it to any Google
+// API or library. Providing an unvalidated credential configuration to
+// Google APIs can compromise the security of your systems and data. For
+// more information, refer to [Validate credential configurations from
+// external sources](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/external/externally-sourced-credentials).
+func WithAuthCredentialsJSON(credType CredentialsType, json []byte) ClientOption {
+	return withAuthCredentialsJSON{
+		credsType: credType,
+		json:      json,
+	}
+}
+
+type withAuthCredentialsJSON struct {
+	credsType CredentialsType
+	json      []byte
+}
+
+func (w withAuthCredentialsJSON) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.AuthCredentialsJSON = w.json
+	o.AuthCredentialsType = w.credsType
+}
+
+// WithEndpoint returns a ClientOption that overrides the default endpoint
+// to be used for a service. Please note that by default Google APIs only
+// accept HTTPS traffic.
+//
+// For a gRPC client, the port number is typically included in the endpoint.
+// Example: "us-central1-speech.googleapis.com:443".
+//
+// For a REST client, the port number is typically not included. Example:
+// "https://speech.googleapis.com".
+func WithEndpoint(url string) ClientOption {
+	return withEndpoint(url)
+}
+
+type withEndpoint string
+
+func (w withEndpoint) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.Endpoint = string(w)
+}
+
+// WithScopes returns a ClientOption that overrides the default OAuth2 scopes
+// to be used for a service.
+//
+// If both WithScopes and WithTokenSource are used, scope settings from the
+// token source will be used instead.
+func WithScopes(scope ...string) ClientOption {
+	return withScopes(scope)
+}
+
+type withScopes []string
+
+func (w withScopes) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.Scopes = make([]string, len(w))
+	copy(o.Scopes, w)
+}
+
+// WithUserAgent returns a ClientOption that sets the User-Agent. This option
+// is incompatible with the [WithHTTPClient] option. If you wish to provide a
+// custom client you will need to add this header via RoundTripper middleware.
+func WithUserAgent(ua string) ClientOption {
+	return withUA(ua)
+}
+
+type withUA string
+
+func (w withUA) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) { o.UserAgent = string(w) }
+
+// WithHTTPClient returns a ClientOption that specifies the HTTP client to use
+// as the basis of communications. This option may only be used with services
+// that support HTTP as their communication transport. When used, the
+// WithHTTPClient option takes precedent over all other supplied options.
+func WithHTTPClient(client *http.Client) ClientOption {
+	return withHTTPClient{client}
+}
+
+type withHTTPClient struct{ client *http.Client }
+
+func (w withHTTPClient) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.HTTPClient = w.client
+}
+
+// WithGRPCConn returns a ClientOption that specifies the gRPC client
+// connection to use as the basis of communications. This option may only be
+// used with services that support gRPC as their communication transport. When
+// used, the WithGRPCConn option takes precedent over all other supplied
+// options.
+func WithGRPCConn(conn *grpc.ClientConn) ClientOption {
+	return withGRPCConn{conn}
+}
+
+type withGRPCConn struct{ conn *grpc.ClientConn }
+
+func (w withGRPCConn) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.GRPCConn = w.conn
+}
+
+// WithGRPCDialOption returns a ClientOption that appends a new grpc.DialOption
+// to an underlying gRPC dial. It does not work with WithGRPCConn.
+func WithGRPCDialOption(opt grpc.DialOption) ClientOption {
+	return withGRPCDialOption{opt}
+}
+
+type withGRPCDialOption struct{ opt grpc.DialOption }
+
+func (w withGRPCDialOption) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.GRPCDialOpts = append(o.GRPCDialOpts, w.opt)
+}
+
+// WithGRPCConnectionPool returns a ClientOption that creates a pool of gRPC
+// connections that requests will be balanced between.
+func WithGRPCConnectionPool(size int) ClientOption {
+	return withGRPCConnectionPool(size)
+}
+
+type withGRPCConnectionPool int
+
+func (w withGRPCConnectionPool) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.GRPCConnPoolSize = int(w)
+}
+
+// WithAPIKey returns a ClientOption that specifies an API key to be used
+// as the basis for authentication.
+//
+// API Keys can only be used for JSON-over-HTTP APIs, including those under
+// the import path google.golang.org/api/....
+func WithAPIKey(apiKey string) ClientOption {
+	return withAPIKey(apiKey)
+}
+
+type withAPIKey string
+
+func (w withAPIKey) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) { o.APIKey = string(w) }
+
+// WithAudiences returns a ClientOption that specifies an audience to be used
+// as the audience field ("aud") for the JWT token authentication.
+func WithAudiences(audience ...string) ClientOption {
+	return withAudiences(audience)
+}
+
+type withAudiences []string
+
+func (w withAudiences) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.Audiences = make([]string, len(w))
+	copy(o.Audiences, w)
+}
+
+// WithoutAuthentication returns a ClientOption that specifies that no
+// authentication should be used. It is suitable only for testing and for
+// accessing public resources, like public Google Cloud Storage buckets.
+// It is an error to provide both WithoutAuthentication and any of WithAPIKey,
+// WithTokenSource, WithCredentialsFile or WithServiceAccountFile.
+func WithoutAuthentication() ClientOption {
+	return withoutAuthentication{}
+}
+
+type withoutAuthentication struct{}
+
+func (w withoutAuthentication) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) { o.NoAuth = true }
+
+// WithQuotaProject returns a ClientOption that specifies the project used
+// for quota and billing purposes.
+//
+// For more information please read:
+// https://cloud.google.com/apis/docs/system-parameters
+func WithQuotaProject(quotaProject string) ClientOption {
+	return withQuotaProject(quotaProject)
+}
+
+type withQuotaProject string
+
+func (w withQuotaProject) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.QuotaProject = string(w)
+}
+
+// WithRequestReason returns a ClientOption that specifies a reason for
+// making the request, which is intended to be recorded in audit logging.
+// An example reason would be a support-case ticket number.
+//
+// For more information please read:
+// https://cloud.google.com/apis/docs/system-parameters
+func WithRequestReason(requestReason string) ClientOption {
+	return withRequestReason(requestReason)
+}
+
+type withRequestReason string
+
+func (w withRequestReason) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.RequestReason = string(w)
+}
+
+// WithTelemetryDisabled returns a ClientOption that disables default telemetry (OpenCensus)
+// settings on gRPC and HTTP clients.
+// An example reason would be to bind custom telemetry that overrides the defaults.
+func WithTelemetryDisabled() ClientOption {
+	return withTelemetryDisabled{}
+}
+
+type withTelemetryDisabled struct{}
+
+func (w withTelemetryDisabled) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.TelemetryDisabled = true
+}
+
+// ClientCertSource is a function that returns a TLS client certificate to be used
+// when opening TLS connections.
+//
+// It follows the same semantics as crypto/tls.Config.GetClientCertificate.
+//
+// This is an EXPERIMENTAL API and may be changed or removed in the future.
+type ClientCertSource = func(*tls.CertificateRequestInfo) (*tls.Certificate, error)
+
+// WithClientCertSource returns a ClientOption that specifies a
+// callback function for obtaining a TLS client certificate.
+//
+// This option is used for supporting mTLS authentication, where the
+// server validates the client certifcate when establishing a connection.
+//
+// The callback function will be invoked whenever the server requests a
+// certificate from the client. Implementations of the callback function
+// should try to ensure that a valid certificate can be repeatedly returned
+// on demand for the entire life cycle of the transport client. If a nil
+// Certificate is returned (i.e. no Certificate can be obtained), an error
+// should be returned.
+//
+// This is an EXPERIMENTAL API and may be changed or removed in the future.
+func WithClientCertSource(s ClientCertSource) ClientOption {
+	return withClientCertSource{s}
+}
+
+type withClientCertSource struct{ s ClientCertSource }
+
+func (w withClientCertSource) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.ClientCertSource = w.s
+}
+
+// ImpersonateCredentials returns a ClientOption that will impersonate the
+// target service account.
+//
+// In order to impersonate the target service account
+// the base service account must have the Service Account Token Creator role,
+// roles/iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator, on the target service account.
+// See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-service-accounts.
+//
+// Optionally, delegates can be used during impersonation if the base service
+// account lacks the token creator role on the target. When using delegates,
+// each service account must be granted roles/iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator
+// on the next service account in the chain.
+//
+// For example, if a base service account of SA1 is trying to impersonate target
+// service account SA2 while using delegate service accounts DSA1 and DSA2,
+// the following must be true:
+//
+//  1. Base service account SA1 has roles/iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator on
+//     DSA1.
+//  2. DSA1 has roles/iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator on DSA2.
+//  3. DSA2 has roles/iam.serviceAccountTokenCreator on target SA2.
+//
+// The resulting impersonated credential will either have the default scopes of
+// the client being instantiating or the scopes from WithScopes if provided.
+// Scopes are required for creating impersonated credentials, so if this option
+// is used while not using a NewClient/NewService function, WithScopes must also
+// be explicitly passed in as well.
+//
+// If the base credential is an authorized user and not a service account, or if
+// the option WithQuotaProject is set, the target service account must have a
+// role that grants the serviceusage.services.use permission such as
+// roles/serviceusage.serviceUsageConsumer.
+//
+// This is an EXPERIMENTAL API and may be changed or removed in the future.
+//
+// Deprecated: This option has been replaced by `impersonate` package:
+// `google.golang.org/api/impersonate`. Please use the `impersonate` package
+// instead with the WithTokenSource option.
+func ImpersonateCredentials(target string, delegates ...string) ClientOption {
+	return impersonateServiceAccount{
+		target:    target,
+		delegates: delegates,
+	}
+}
+
+type impersonateServiceAccount struct {
+	target    string
+	delegates []string
+}
+
+func (i impersonateServiceAccount) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.ImpersonationConfig = &impersonate.Config{
+		Target: i.target,
+	}
+	o.ImpersonationConfig.Delegates = make([]string, len(i.delegates))
+	copy(o.ImpersonationConfig.Delegates, i.delegates)
+}
+
+type withCreds google.Credentials
+
+func (w *withCreds) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.Credentials = (*google.Credentials)(w)
+}
+
+// WithCredentials returns a ClientOption that authenticates API calls.
+func WithCredentials(creds *google.Credentials) ClientOption {
+	return (*withCreds)(creds)
+}
+
+// WithAuthCredentials returns a ClientOption that specifies an
+// [cloud.google.com/go/auth.Credentials] to be used as the basis for
+// authentication.
+func WithAuthCredentials(creds *auth.Credentials) ClientOption {
+	return withAuthCredentials{creds}
+}
+
+type withAuthCredentials struct{ creds *auth.Credentials }
+
+func (w withAuthCredentials) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.AuthCredentials = w.creds
+}
+
+// WithUniverseDomain returns a ClientOption that sets the universe domain.
+func WithUniverseDomain(ud string) ClientOption {
+	return withUniverseDomain(ud)
+}
+
+type withUniverseDomain string
+
+func (w withUniverseDomain) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.UniverseDomain = string(w)
+}
+
+// WithLogger returns a ClientOption that sets the logger used throughout the
+// client library call stack. If this option is provided it takes precedence
+// over the value set in GOOGLE_SDK_GO_LOGGING_LEVEL. Specifying this option
+// enables logging at the provided logger's configured level.
+func WithLogger(l *slog.Logger) ClientOption {
+	return withLogger{l}
+}
+
+type withLogger struct{ l *slog.Logger }
+
+func (w withLogger) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) {
+	o.Logger = w.l
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/api/transport/http/dial.go

@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+// Copyright 2015 Google LLC.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package http supports network connections to HTTP servers.
+// This package is not intended for use by end developers. Use the
+// google.golang.org/api/option package to configure API clients.
+package http
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"errors"
+	"net"
+	"net/http"
+	"time"
+
+	"cloud.google.com/go/auth"
+	"cloud.google.com/go/auth/credentials"
+	"cloud.google.com/go/auth/httptransport"
+	"cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt"
+	"go.opentelemetry.io/contrib/instrumentation/net/http/otelhttp"
+	"golang.org/x/net/http2"
+	"golang.org/x/oauth2"
+	"google.golang.org/api/googleapi/transport"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal"
+	"google.golang.org/api/internal/cert"
+	"google.golang.org/api/option"
+)
+
+// NewClient returns an HTTP client for use communicating with a Google cloud
+// service, configured with the given ClientOptions. It also returns the endpoint
+// for the service as specified in the options.
+func NewClient(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*http.Client, string, error) {
+	settings, err := newSettings(opts)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, "", err
+	}
+	clientCertSource, dialTLSContext, endpoint, err := internal.GetHTTPTransportConfigAndEndpoint(settings)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, "", err
+	}
+	// TODO(cbro): consider injecting the User-Agent even if an explicit HTTP client is provided?
+	if settings.HTTPClient != nil {
+		return settings.HTTPClient, endpoint, nil
+	}
+
+	if settings.IsNewAuthLibraryEnabled() {
+		client, err := newClientNewAuth(ctx, nil, settings)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, "", err
+		}
+		return client, endpoint, nil
+	}
+	trans, err := newTransport(ctx, defaultBaseTransport(ctx, clientCertSource, dialTLSContext), settings)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, "", err
+	}
+	return &http.Client{Transport: trans}, endpoint, nil
+}
+
+// newClientNewAuth is an adapter to call new auth library.
+func newClientNewAuth(ctx context.Context, base http.RoundTripper, ds *internal.DialSettings) (*http.Client, error) {
+	// honor options if set
+	var creds *auth.Credentials
+	if ds.InternalCredentials != nil {
+		creds = oauth2adapt.AuthCredentialsFromOauth2Credentials(ds.InternalCredentials)
+	} else if ds.Credentials != nil {
+		creds = oauth2adapt.AuthCredentialsFromOauth2Credentials(ds.Credentials)
+	} else if ds.AuthCredentials != nil {
+		creds = ds.AuthCredentials
+	} else if ds.TokenSource != nil {
+		credOpts := &auth.CredentialsOptions{
+			TokenProvider: oauth2adapt.TokenProviderFromTokenSource(ds.TokenSource),
+		}
+		if ds.QuotaProject != "" {
+			credOpts.QuotaProjectIDProvider = auth.CredentialsPropertyFunc(func(ctx context.Context) (string, error) {
+				return ds.QuotaProject, nil
+			})
+		}
+		creds = auth.NewCredentials(credOpts)
+	}
+
+	var skipValidation bool
+	// If our clients explicitly setup the credential skip validation as it is
+	// assumed correct
+	if ds.SkipValidation || ds.InternalCredentials != nil {
+		skipValidation = true
+	}
+
+	// Defaults for older clients that don't set this value yet
+	defaultEndpointTemplate := ds.DefaultEndpointTemplate
+	if defaultEndpointTemplate == "" {
+		defaultEndpointTemplate = ds.DefaultEndpoint
+	}
+
+	var aud string
+	if len(ds.Audiences) > 0 {
+		aud = ds.Audiences[0]
+	}
+	headers := http.Header{}
+	if ds.QuotaProject != "" {
+		headers.Set("X-goog-user-project", ds.QuotaProject)
+	}
+	if ds.RequestReason != "" {
+		headers.Set("X-goog-request-reason", ds.RequestReason)
+	}
+	if ds.UserAgent != "" {
+		headers.Set("User-Agent", ds.UserAgent)
+	}
+	credsJSON, _ := ds.GetAuthCredentialsJSON()
+	credsFile, _ := ds.GetAuthCredentialsFile()
+	client, err := httptransport.NewClient(&httptransport.Options{
+		DisableTelemetry:      ds.TelemetryDisabled,
+		DisableAuthentication: ds.NoAuth,
+		Headers:               headers,
+		Endpoint:              ds.Endpoint,
+		APIKey:                ds.APIKey,
+		Credentials:           creds,
+		ClientCertProvider:    ds.ClientCertSource,
+		BaseRoundTripper:      base,
+		DetectOpts: &credentials.DetectOptions{
+			Scopes:          ds.Scopes,
+			Audience:        aud,
+			CredentialsFile: credsFile,
+			CredentialsJSON: credsJSON,
+			Logger:          ds.Logger,
+		},
+		InternalOptions: &httptransport.InternalOptions{
+			EnableJWTWithScope:      ds.EnableJwtWithScope,
+			DefaultAudience:         ds.DefaultAudience,
+			DefaultEndpointTemplate: defaultEndpointTemplate,
+			DefaultMTLSEndpoint:     ds.DefaultMTLSEndpoint,
+			DefaultScopes:           ds.DefaultScopes,
+			SkipValidation:          skipValidation,
+			TelemetryAttributes:     ds.TelemetryAttributes,
+		},
+		UniverseDomain: ds.UniverseDomain,
+		Logger:         ds.Logger,
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return client, nil
+}
+
+// NewTransport creates an http.RoundTripper for use communicating with a Google
+// cloud service, configured with the given ClientOptions. Its RoundTrip method delegates to base.
+func NewTransport(ctx context.Context, base http.RoundTripper, opts ...option.ClientOption) (http.RoundTripper, error) {
+	settings, err := newSettings(opts)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if settings.HTTPClient != nil {
+		return nil, errors.New("transport/http: WithHTTPClient passed to NewTransport")
+	}
+	if settings.IsNewAuthLibraryEnabled() {
+		client, err := newClientNewAuth(ctx, base, settings)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return client.Transport, nil
+	}
+	return newTransport(ctx, base, settings)
+}
+
+func newTransport(ctx context.Context, base http.RoundTripper, settings *internal.DialSettings) (http.RoundTripper, error) {
+	paramTransport := &parameterTransport{
+		base:          base,
+		userAgent:     settings.UserAgent,
+		requestReason: settings.RequestReason,
+	}
+	var trans http.RoundTripper = paramTransport
+	trans = addOpenTelemetryTransport(trans, settings)
+	switch {
+	case settings.NoAuth:
+		// Do nothing.
+	case settings.APIKey != "":
+		paramTransport.quotaProject = internal.GetQuotaProject(nil, settings.QuotaProject)
+		trans = &transport.APIKey{
+			Transport: trans,
+			Key:       settings.APIKey,
+		}
+	default:
+		creds, err := internal.Creds(ctx, settings)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		paramTransport.quotaProject = internal.GetQuotaProject(creds, settings.QuotaProject)
+		ts := creds.TokenSource
+		if settings.ImpersonationConfig == nil && settings.TokenSource != nil {
+			ts = settings.TokenSource
+		}
+		trans = &oauth2.Transport{
+			Base:   trans,
+			Source: ts,
+		}
+	}
+	return trans, nil
+}
+
+func newSettings(opts []option.ClientOption) (*internal.DialSettings, error) {
+	var o internal.DialSettings
+	for _, opt := range opts {
+		opt.Apply(&o)
+	}
+	if err := o.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if o.GRPCConn != nil {
+		return nil, errors.New("unsupported gRPC connection specified")
+	}
+	return &o, nil
+}
+
+type parameterTransport struct {
+	userAgent     string
+	quotaProject  string
+	requestReason string
+
+	base http.RoundTripper
+}
+
+func (t *parameterTransport) RoundTrip(req *http.Request) (*http.Response, error) {
+	rt := t.base
+	if rt == nil {
+		return nil, errors.New("transport: no Transport specified")
+	}
+	newReq := *req
+	newReq.Header = make(http.Header)
+	for k, vv := range req.Header {
+		newReq.Header[k] = vv
+	}
+	if t.userAgent != "" {
+		// TODO(cbro): append to existing User-Agent header?
+		newReq.Header.Set("User-Agent", t.userAgent)
+	}
+
+	// Attach system parameters into the header
+	if t.quotaProject != "" {
+		newReq.Header.Set("X-Goog-User-Project", t.quotaProject)
+	}
+	if t.requestReason != "" {
+		newReq.Header.Set("X-Goog-Request-Reason", t.requestReason)
+	}
+
+	return rt.RoundTrip(&newReq)
+}
+
+// defaultBaseTransport returns the base HTTP transport. It uses a default
+// transport, taking most defaults from http.DefaultTransport.
+// If TLSCertificate is available, set TLSClientConfig as well.
+func defaultBaseTransport(ctx context.Context, clientCertSource cert.Source, dialTLSContext func(context.Context, string, string) (net.Conn, error)) http.RoundTripper {
+	// Copy http.DefaultTransport except for MaxIdleConnsPerHost setting,
+	// which is increased due to reported performance issues under load in the
+	// GCS client. Transport.Clone is only available in Go 1.13 and up.
+	trans := clonedTransport(http.DefaultTransport)
+	if trans == nil {
+		trans = fallbackBaseTransport()
+	}
+	trans.MaxIdleConnsPerHost = 100
+
+	if clientCertSource != nil {
+		trans.TLSClientConfig = &tls.Config{
+			GetClientCertificate: clientCertSource,
+		}
+	}
+	if dialTLSContext != nil {
+		// If DialTLSContext is set, TLSClientConfig wil be ignored
+		trans.DialTLSContext = dialTLSContext
+	}
+
+	configureHTTP2(trans)
+
+	return trans
+}
+
+// configureHTTP2 configures the ReadIdleTimeout HTTP/2 option for the
+// transport. This allows broken idle connections to be pruned more quickly,
+// preventing the client from attempting to re-use connections that will no
+// longer work.
+func configureHTTP2(trans *http.Transport) {
+	http2Trans, err := http2.ConfigureTransports(trans)
+	if err == nil {
+		http2Trans.ReadIdleTimeout = time.Second * 31
+	}
+}
+
+// fallbackBaseTransport is used in <go1.13 as well as in the rare case if
+// http.DefaultTransport has been reassigned something that's not a
+// *http.Transport.
+func fallbackBaseTransport() *http.Transport {
+	return &http.Transport{
+		Proxy: http.ProxyFromEnvironment,
+		DialContext: (&net.Dialer{
+			Timeout:   30 * time.Second,
+			KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second,
+			DualStack: true,
+		}).DialContext,
+		MaxIdleConns:          100,
+		MaxIdleConnsPerHost:   100,
+		IdleConnTimeout:       90 * time.Second,
+		TLSHandshakeTimeout:   10 * time.Second,
+		ExpectContinueTimeout: 1 * time.Second,
+	}
+}
+
+func addOpenTelemetryTransport(trans http.RoundTripper, settings *internal.DialSettings) http.RoundTripper {
+	if settings.TelemetryDisabled {
+		return trans
+	}
+	return otelhttp.NewTransport(trans)
+}
+
+// clonedTransport returns the given RoundTripper as a cloned *http.Transport.
+// It returns nil if the RoundTripper can't be cloned or coerced to
+// *http.Transport.
+func clonedTransport(rt http.RoundTripper) *http.Transport {
+	t, ok := rt.(*http.Transport)
+	if !ok {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return t.Clone()
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+
+                                 Apache License
+                           Version 2.0, January 2004
+                        http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+   1. Definitions.
+
+      "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+      and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+      "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+      the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+      "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+      other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+      control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+      "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+      direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+      outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+      "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+      exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+      "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+      including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+      source, and configuration files.
+
+      "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+      transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+      not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+      and conversions to other media types.
+
+      "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+      Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+      copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+      (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+      "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+      form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+      editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+      represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+      of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+      separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+      the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+      "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+      the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+      to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+      submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+      or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+      the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+      means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+      to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+      communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+      and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+      Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+      excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+      designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+      "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+      on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+      subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+   2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+      publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+      Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+   3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+      use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+      where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+      by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+      Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+      with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+      institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+      cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+      or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+      or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+      granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+      as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+   4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+      Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+      modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+      meet the following conditions:
+
+      (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+          Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+      (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+          stating that You changed the files; and
+
+      (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+          that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+          attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+          excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+          the Derivative Works; and
+
+      (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+          distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+          include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+          within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+          pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+          of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+          as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+          documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+          within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+          wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+          of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+          do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+          notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+          or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+          that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+          as modifying the License.
+
+      You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+      may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+      for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+      for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+      reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+      the conditions stated in this License.
+
+   5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+      any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+      by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+      this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+      Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+      the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+      with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+   6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+      names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+      except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+      origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+   7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+      agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+      Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+      WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+      implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+      of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+      PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+      appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+      risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+   8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+      whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+      unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+      negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+      liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+      incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+      result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+      Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+      work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+      other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+      has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+   9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+      the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+      and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+      or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+      License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+      on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+      of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+      defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+      incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+      of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+   APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+      To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+      boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
+      replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+      the brackets!)  The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+      comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+      file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+      same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+      identification within third-party archives.
+
+   Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+   You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+       http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+   limitations under the License.

vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc/code/code.pb.go

@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+// Copyright 2025 Google LLC
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+// Code generated by protoc-gen-go. DO NOT EDIT.
+// versions:
+// 	protoc-gen-go v1.26.0
+// 	protoc        v4.24.4
+// source: google/rpc/code.proto
+
+package code
+
+import (
+	reflect "reflect"
+	sync "sync"
+
+	protoreflect "google.golang.org/protobuf/reflect/protoreflect"
+	protoimpl "google.golang.org/protobuf/runtime/protoimpl"
+)
+
+const (
+	// Verify that this generated code is sufficiently up-to-date.
+	_ = protoimpl.EnforceVersion(20 - protoimpl.MinVersion)
+	// Verify that runtime/protoimpl is sufficiently up-to-date.
+	_ = protoimpl.EnforceVersion(protoimpl.MaxVersion - 20)
+)
+
+// The canonical error codes for gRPC APIs.
+//
+// Sometimes multiple error codes may apply.  Services should return
+// the most specific error code that applies.  For example, prefer
+// `OUT_OF_RANGE` over `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if both codes apply.
+// Similarly prefer `NOT_FOUND` or `ALREADY_EXISTS` over `FAILED_PRECONDITION`.
+type Code int32
+
+const (
+	// Not an error; returned on success.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 200 OK
+	Code_OK Code = 0
+	// The operation was cancelled, typically by the caller.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 499 Client Closed Request
+	Code_CANCELLED Code = 1
+	// Unknown error.  For example, this error may be returned when
+	// a `Status` value received from another address space belongs to
+	// an error space that is not known in this address space.  Also
+	// errors raised by APIs that do not return enough error information
+	// may be converted to this error.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 500 Internal Server Error
+	Code_UNKNOWN Code = 2
+	// The client specified an invalid argument.  Note that this differs
+	// from `FAILED_PRECONDITION`.  `INVALID_ARGUMENT` indicates arguments
+	// that are problematic regardless of the state of the system
+	// (e.g., a malformed file name).
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 400 Bad Request
+	Code_INVALID_ARGUMENT Code = 3
+	// The deadline expired before the operation could complete. For operations
+	// that change the state of the system, this error may be returned
+	// even if the operation has completed successfully.  For example, a
+	// successful response from a server could have been delayed long
+	// enough for the deadline to expire.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 504 Gateway Timeout
+	Code_DEADLINE_EXCEEDED Code = 4
+	// Some requested entity (e.g., file or directory) was not found.
+	//
+	// Note to server developers: if a request is denied for an entire class
+	// of users, such as gradual feature rollout or undocumented allowlist,
+	// `NOT_FOUND` may be used. If a request is denied for some users within
+	// a class of users, such as user-based access control, `PERMISSION_DENIED`
+	// must be used.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 404 Not Found
+	Code_NOT_FOUND Code = 5
+	// The entity that a client attempted to create (e.g., file or directory)
+	// already exists.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 409 Conflict
+	Code_ALREADY_EXISTS Code = 6
+	// The caller does not have permission to execute the specified
+	// operation. `PERMISSION_DENIED` must not be used for rejections
+	// caused by exhausting some resource (use `RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`
+	// instead for those errors). `PERMISSION_DENIED` must not be
+	// used if the caller can not be identified (use `UNAUTHENTICATED`
+	// instead for those errors). This error code does not imply the
+	// request is valid or the requested entity exists or satisfies
+	// other pre-conditions.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 403 Forbidden
+	Code_PERMISSION_DENIED Code = 7
+	// The request does not have valid authentication credentials for the
+	// operation.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 401 Unauthorized
+	Code_UNAUTHENTICATED Code = 16
+	// Some resource has been exhausted, perhaps a per-user quota, or
+	// perhaps the entire file system is out of space.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 429 Too Many Requests
+	Code_RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED Code = 8
+	// The operation was rejected because the system is not in a state
+	// required for the operation's execution.  For example, the directory
+	// to be deleted is non-empty, an rmdir operation is applied to
+	// a non-directory, etc.
+	//
+	// Service implementors can use the following guidelines to decide
+	// between `FAILED_PRECONDITION`, `ABORTED`, and `UNAVAILABLE`:
+	//
+	//	(a) Use `UNAVAILABLE` if the client can retry just the failing call.
+	//	(b) Use `ABORTED` if the client should retry at a higher level. For
+	//	    example, when a client-specified test-and-set fails, indicating the
+	//	    client should restart a read-modify-write sequence.
+	//	(c) Use `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the client should not retry until
+	//	    the system state has been explicitly fixed. For example, if an "rmdir"
+	//	    fails because the directory is non-empty, `FAILED_PRECONDITION`
+	//	    should be returned since the client should not retry unless
+	//	    the files are deleted from the directory.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 400 Bad Request
+	Code_FAILED_PRECONDITION Code = 9
+	// The operation was aborted, typically due to a concurrency issue such as
+	// a sequencer check failure or transaction abort.
+	//
+	// See the guidelines above for deciding between `FAILED_PRECONDITION`,
+	// `ABORTED`, and `UNAVAILABLE`.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 409 Conflict
+	Code_ABORTED Code = 10
+	// The operation was attempted past the valid range.  E.g., seeking or
+	// reading past end-of-file.
+	//
+	// Unlike `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, this error indicates a problem that may
+	// be fixed if the system state changes. For example, a 32-bit file
+	// system will generate `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if asked to read at an
+	// offset that is not in the range [0,2^32-1], but it will generate
+	// `OUT_OF_RANGE` if asked to read from an offset past the current
+	// file size.
+	//
+	// There is a fair bit of overlap between `FAILED_PRECONDITION` and
+	// `OUT_OF_RANGE`.  We recommend using `OUT_OF_RANGE` (the more specific
+	// error) when it applies so that callers who are iterating through
+	// a space can easily look for an `OUT_OF_RANGE` error to detect when
+	// they are done.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 400 Bad Request
+	Code_OUT_OF_RANGE Code = 11
+	// The operation is not implemented or is not supported/enabled in this
+	// service.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 501 Not Implemented
+	Code_UNIMPLEMENTED Code = 12
+	// Internal errors.  This means that some invariants expected by the
+	// underlying system have been broken.  This error code is reserved
+	// for serious errors.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 500 Internal Server Error
+	Code_INTERNAL Code = 13
+	// The service is currently unavailable.  This is most likely a
+	// transient condition, which can be corrected by retrying with
+	// a backoff. Note that it is not always safe to retry
+	// non-idempotent operations.
+	//
+	// See the guidelines above for deciding between `FAILED_PRECONDITION`,
+	// `ABORTED`, and `UNAVAILABLE`.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 503 Service Unavailable
+	Code_UNAVAILABLE Code = 14
+	// Unrecoverable data loss or corruption.
+	//
+	// HTTP Mapping: 500 Internal Server Error
+	Code_DATA_LOSS Code = 15
+)
+
+// Enum value maps for Code.
+var (
+	Code_name = map[int32]string{
+		0:  "OK",
+		1:  "CANCELLED",
+		2:  "UNKNOWN",
+		3:  "INVALID_ARGUMENT",
+		4:  "DEADLINE_EXCEEDED",
+		5:  "NOT_FOUND",
+		6:  "ALREADY_EXISTS",
+		7:  "PERMISSION_DENIED",
+		16: "UNAUTHENTICATED",
+		8:  "RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED",
+		9:  "FAILED_PRECONDITION",
+		10: "ABORTED",
+		11: "OUT_OF_RANGE",
+		12: "UNIMPLEMENTED",
+		13: "INTERNAL",
+		14: "UNAVAILABLE",
+		15: "DATA_LOSS",
+	}
+	Code_value = map[string]int32{
+		"OK":                  0,
+		"CANCELLED":           1,
+		"UNKNOWN":             2,
+		"INVALID_ARGUMENT":    3,
+		"DEADLINE_EXCEEDED":   4,
+		"NOT_FOUND":           5,
+		"ALREADY_EXISTS":      6,
+		"PERMISSION_DENIED":   7,
+		"UNAUTHENTICATED":     16,
+		"RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED":  8,
+		"FAILED_PRECONDITION": 9,
+		"ABORTED":             10,
+		"OUT_OF_RANGE":        11,
+		"UNIMPLEMENTED":       12,
+		"INTERNAL":            13,
+		"UNAVAILABLE":         14,
+		"DATA_LOSS":           15,
+	}
+)
+
+func (x Code) Enum() *Code {
+	p := new(Code)
+	*p = x
+	return p
+}
+
+func (x Code) String() string {
+	return protoimpl.X.EnumStringOf(x.Descriptor(), protoreflect.EnumNumber(x))
+}
+
+func (Code) Descriptor() protoreflect.EnumDescriptor {
+	return file_google_rpc_code_proto_enumTypes[0].Descriptor()
+}
+
+func (Code) Type() protoreflect.EnumType {
+	return &file_google_rpc_code_proto_enumTypes[0]
+}
+
+func (x Code) Number() protoreflect.EnumNumber {
+	return protoreflect.EnumNumber(x)
+}
+
+// Deprecated: Use Code.Descriptor instead.
+func (Code) EnumDescriptor() ([]byte, []int) {
+	return file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDescGZIP(), []int{0}
+}
+
+var File_google_rpc_code_proto protoreflect.FileDescriptor
+
+var file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDesc = []byte{
+	0x0a, 0x15, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2f, 0x72, 0x70, 0x63, 0x2f, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64,
+	0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e,
+	0x72, 0x70, 0x63, 0x2a, 0xb7, 0x02, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x12, 0x06, 0x0a, 0x02,
+	0x4f, 0x4b, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x09, 0x43, 0x41, 0x4e, 0x43, 0x45, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x45,
+	0x44, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x0b, 0x0a, 0x07, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x02,
+	0x12, 0x14, 0x0a, 0x10, 0x49, 0x4e, 0x56, 0x41, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x44, 0x5f, 0x41, 0x52, 0x47, 0x55,
+	0x4d, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x54, 0x10, 0x03, 0x12, 0x15, 0x0a, 0x11, 0x44, 0x45, 0x41, 0x44, 0x4c, 0x49,
+	0x4e, 0x45, 0x5f, 0x45, 0x58, 0x43, 0x45, 0x45, 0x44, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x04, 0x12, 0x0d, 0x0a,
+	0x09, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x46, 0x4f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x44, 0x10, 0x05, 0x12, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x0e,
+	0x41, 0x4c, 0x52, 0x45, 0x41, 0x44, 0x59, 0x5f, 0x45, 0x58, 0x49, 0x53, 0x54, 0x53, 0x10, 0x06,
+	0x12, 0x15, 0x0a, 0x11, 0x50, 0x45, 0x52, 0x4d, 0x49, 0x53, 0x53, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x44,
+	0x45, 0x4e, 0x49, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x07, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x41, 0x55, 0x54,
+	0x48, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x54, 0x49, 0x43, 0x41, 0x54, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x10, 0x12, 0x16, 0x0a, 0x12,
+	0x52, 0x45, 0x53, 0x4f, 0x55, 0x52, 0x43, 0x45, 0x5f, 0x45, 0x58, 0x48, 0x41, 0x55, 0x53, 0x54,
+	0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x08, 0x12, 0x17, 0x0a, 0x13, 0x46, 0x41, 0x49, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x44, 0x5f, 0x50,
+	0x52, 0x45, 0x43, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x09, 0x12, 0x0b, 0x0a,
+	0x07, 0x41, 0x42, 0x4f, 0x52, 0x54, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x0a, 0x12, 0x10, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x4f, 0x55,
+	0x54, 0x5f, 0x4f, 0x46, 0x5f, 0x52, 0x41, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x45, 0x10, 0x0b, 0x12, 0x11, 0x0a, 0x0d,
+	0x55, 0x4e, 0x49, 0x4d, 0x50, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x4d, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x54, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x0c, 0x12,
+	0x0c, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x49, 0x4e, 0x54, 0x45, 0x52, 0x4e, 0x41, 0x4c, 0x10, 0x0d, 0x12, 0x0f, 0x0a,
+	0x0b, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x41, 0x56, 0x41, 0x49, 0x4c, 0x41, 0x42, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x10, 0x0e, 0x12, 0x0d,
+	0x0a, 0x09, 0x44, 0x41, 0x54, 0x41, 0x5f, 0x4c, 0x4f, 0x53, 0x53, 0x10, 0x0f, 0x42, 0x58, 0x0a,
+	0x0e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x72, 0x70, 0x63, 0x42,
+	0x09, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x50, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x50, 0x01, 0x5a, 0x33, 0x67, 0x6f,
+	0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x2e, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x67, 0x2f,
+	0x67, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x2f, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x61,
+	0x70, 0x69, 0x73, 0x2f, 0x72, 0x70, 0x63, 0x2f, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x3b, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64,
+	0x65, 0xa2, 0x02, 0x03, 0x52, 0x50, 0x43, 0x62, 0x06, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x33,
+}
+
+var (
+	file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDescOnce sync.Once
+	file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDescData = file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDesc
+)
+
+func file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDescGZIP() []byte {
+	file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDescOnce.Do(func() {
+		file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDescData = protoimpl.X.CompressGZIP(file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDescData)
+	})
+	return file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDescData
+}
+
+var file_google_rpc_code_proto_enumTypes = make([]protoimpl.EnumInfo, 1)
+var file_google_rpc_code_proto_goTypes = []interface{}{
+	(Code)(0), // 0: google.rpc.Code
+}
+var file_google_rpc_code_proto_depIdxs = []int32{
+	0, // [0:0] is the sub-list for method output_type
+	0, // [0:0] is the sub-list for method input_type
+	0, // [0:0] is the sub-list for extension type_name
+	0, // [0:0] is the sub-list for extension extendee
+	0, // [0:0] is the sub-list for field type_name
+}
+
+func init() { file_google_rpc_code_proto_init() }
+func file_google_rpc_code_proto_init() {
+	if File_google_rpc_code_proto != nil {
+		return
+	}
+	type x struct{}
+	out := protoimpl.TypeBuilder{
+		File: protoimpl.DescBuilder{
+			GoPackagePath: reflect.TypeOf(x{}).PkgPath(),
+			RawDescriptor: file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDesc,
+			NumEnums:      1,
+			NumMessages:   0,
+			NumExtensions: 0,
+			NumServices:   0,
+		},
+		GoTypes:           file_google_rpc_code_proto_goTypes,
+		DependencyIndexes: file_google_rpc_code_proto_depIdxs,
+		EnumInfos:         file_google_rpc_code_proto_enumTypes,
+	}.Build()
+	File_google_rpc_code_proto = out.File
+	file_google_rpc_code_proto_rawDesc = nil
+	file_google_rpc_code_proto_goTypes = nil
+	file_google_rpc_code_proto_depIdxs = nil
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc/status/status.pb.go

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+// Copyright 2025 Google LLC
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+// Code generated by protoc-gen-go. DO NOT EDIT.
+// versions:
+// 	protoc-gen-go v1.26.0
+// 	protoc        v4.24.4
+// source: google/rpc/status.proto
+
+package status
+
+import (
+	reflect "reflect"
+	sync "sync"
+
+	protoreflect "google.golang.org/protobuf/reflect/protoreflect"
+	protoimpl "google.golang.org/protobuf/runtime/protoimpl"
+	anypb "google.golang.org/protobuf/types/known/anypb"
+)
+
+const (
+	// Verify that this generated code is sufficiently up-to-date.
+	_ = protoimpl.EnforceVersion(20 - protoimpl.MinVersion)
+	// Verify that runtime/protoimpl is sufficiently up-to-date.
+	_ = protoimpl.EnforceVersion(protoimpl.MaxVersion - 20)
+)
+
+// The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for
+// different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+// used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+// three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+//
+// You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+// [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+type Status struct {
+	state         protoimpl.MessageState
+	sizeCache     protoimpl.SizeCache
+	unknownFields protoimpl.UnknownFields
+
+	// The status code, which should be an enum value of
+	// [google.rpc.Code][google.rpc.Code].
+	Code int32 `protobuf:"varint,1,opt,name=code,proto3" json:"code,omitempty"`
+	// A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+	// user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+	// [google.rpc.Status.details][google.rpc.Status.details] field, or localized
+	// by the client.
+	Message string `protobuf:"bytes,2,opt,name=message,proto3" json:"message,omitempty"`
+	// A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+	// message types for APIs to use.
+	Details []*anypb.Any `protobuf:"bytes,3,rep,name=details,proto3" json:"details,omitempty"`
+}
+
+func (x *Status) Reset() {
+	*x = Status{}
+	if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled {
+		mi := &file_google_rpc_status_proto_msgTypes[0]
+		ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x))
+		ms.StoreMessageInfo(mi)
+	}
+}
+
+func (x *Status) String() string {
+	return protoimpl.X.MessageStringOf(x)
+}
+
+func (*Status) ProtoMessage() {}
+
+func (x *Status) ProtoReflect() protoreflect.Message {
+	mi := &file_google_rpc_status_proto_msgTypes[0]
+	if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled && x != nil {
+		ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x))
+		if ms.LoadMessageInfo() == nil {
+			ms.StoreMessageInfo(mi)
+		}
+		return ms
+	}
+	return mi.MessageOf(x)
+}
+
+// Deprecated: Use Status.ProtoReflect.Descriptor instead.
+func (*Status) Descriptor() ([]byte, []int) {
+	return file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDescGZIP(), []int{0}
+}
+
+func (x *Status) GetCode() int32 {
+	if x != nil {
+		return x.Code
+	}
+	return 0
+}
+
+func (x *Status) GetMessage() string {
+	if x != nil {
+		return x.Message
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+func (x *Status) GetDetails() []*anypb.Any {
+	if x != nil {
+		return x.Details
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+var File_google_rpc_status_proto protoreflect.FileDescriptor
+
+var file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDesc = []byte{
+	0x0a, 0x17, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2f, 0x72, 0x70, 0x63, 0x2f, 0x73, 0x74, 0x61,
+	0x74, 0x75, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c,
+	0x65, 0x2e, 0x72, 0x70, 0x63, 0x1a, 0x19, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2f, 0x70, 0x72,
+	0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2f, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x79, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f,
+	0x22, 0x66, 0x0a, 0x06, 0x53, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x73, 0x12, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x63, 0x6f,
+	0x64, 0x65, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x05, 0x52, 0x04, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x12, 0x18,
+	0x0a, 0x07, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52,
+	0x07, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, 0x12, 0x2e, 0x0a, 0x07, 0x64, 0x65, 0x74, 0x61,
+	0x69, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, 0x14, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67,
+	0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x41, 0x6e, 0x79, 0x52,
+	0x07, 0x64, 0x65, 0x74, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x42, 0x61, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2e,
+	0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x72, 0x70, 0x63, 0x42, 0x0b, 0x53, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74,
+	0x75, 0x73, 0x50, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x50, 0x01, 0x5a, 0x37, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c,
+	0x65, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x2e, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x67, 0x2f, 0x67, 0x65, 0x6e,
+	0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x2f, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x61, 0x70, 0x69, 0x73,
+	0x2f, 0x72, 0x70, 0x63, 0x2f, 0x73, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x73, 0x3b, 0x73, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74,
+	0x75, 0x73, 0xf8, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x02, 0x03, 0x52, 0x50, 0x43, 0x62, 0x06, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f,
+	0x74, 0x6f, 0x33,
+}
+
+var (
+	file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDescOnce sync.Once
+	file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDescData = file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDesc
+)
+
+func file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDescGZIP() []byte {
+	file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDescOnce.Do(func() {
+		file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDescData = protoimpl.X.CompressGZIP(file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDescData)
+	})
+	return file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDescData
+}
+
+var file_google_rpc_status_proto_msgTypes = make([]protoimpl.MessageInfo, 1)
+var file_google_rpc_status_proto_goTypes = []interface{}{
+	(*Status)(nil),    // 0: google.rpc.Status
+	(*anypb.Any)(nil), // 1: google.protobuf.Any
+}
+var file_google_rpc_status_proto_depIdxs = []int32{
+	1, // 0: google.rpc.Status.details:type_name -> google.protobuf.Any
+	1, // [1:1] is the sub-list for method output_type
+	1, // [1:1] is the sub-list for method input_type
+	1, // [1:1] is the sub-list for extension type_name
+	1, // [1:1] is the sub-list for extension extendee
+	0, // [0:1] is the sub-list for field type_name
+}
+
+func init() { file_google_rpc_status_proto_init() }
+func file_google_rpc_status_proto_init() {
+	if File_google_rpc_status_proto != nil {
+		return
+	}
+	if !protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled {
+		file_google_rpc_status_proto_msgTypes[0].Exporter = func(v interface{}, i int) interface{} {
+			switch v := v.(*Status); i {
+			case 0:
+				return &v.state
+			case 1:
+				return &v.sizeCache
+			case 2:
+				return &v.unknownFields
+			default:
+				return nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	type x struct{}
+	out := protoimpl.TypeBuilder{
+		File: protoimpl.DescBuilder{
+			GoPackagePath: reflect.TypeOf(x{}).PkgPath(),
+			RawDescriptor: file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDesc,
+			NumEnums:      0,
+			NumMessages:   1,
+			NumExtensions: 0,
+			NumServices:   0,
+		},
+		GoTypes:           file_google_rpc_status_proto_goTypes,
+		DependencyIndexes: file_google_rpc_status_proto_depIdxs,
+		MessageInfos:      file_google_rpc_status_proto_msgTypes,
+	}.Build()
+	File_google_rpc_status_proto = out.File
+	file_google_rpc_status_proto_rawDesc = nil
+	file_google_rpc_status_proto_goTypes = nil
+	file_google_rpc_status_proto_depIdxs = nil
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/AUTHORS

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Google Inc.

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/CODE-OF-CONDUCT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+## Community Code of Conduct
+
+gRPC follows the [CNCF Code of Conduct](https://github.com/cncf/foundation/blob/master/code-of-conduct.md).

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+# How to contribute
+
+We welcome your patches and contributions to gRPC! Please read the gRPC
+organization's [governance
+rules](https://github.com/grpc/grpc-community/blob/master/governance.md) before
+proceeding.
+
+If you are new to GitHub, please start by reading [Pull Request howto](https://help.github.com/articles/about-pull-requests/)
+
+## Legal requirements
+
+In order to protect both you and ourselves, you will need to sign the
+[Contributor License
+Agreement](https://identity.linuxfoundation.org/projects/cncf). When you create
+your first PR, a link will be added as a comment that contains the steps needed
+to complete this process.
+
+## Getting Started
+
+A great way to start is by searching through our open issues. [Unassigned issues
+labeled as "help
+wanted"](https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/issues?q=sort%3Aupdated-desc%20is%3Aissue%20is%3Aopen%20label%3A%22Status%3A%20Help%20Wanted%22%20no%3Aassignee)
+are especially nice for first-time contributors, as they should be well-defined
+problems that already have agreed-upon solutions.
+
+## Code Style
+
+We follow [Google's published Go style
+guide](https://google.github.io/styleguide/go/). Note that there are three
+primary documents that make up this style guide; please follow them as closely
+as possible. If a reviewer recommends something that contradicts those
+guidelines, there may be valid reasons to do so, but it should be rare.
+
+## Guidelines for Pull Requests
+
+Please read the following carefully to ensure your contributions can be merged
+smoothly and quickly.
+
+### PR Contents
+
+- Create **small PRs** that are narrowly focused on **addressing a single
+  concern**. We often receive PRs that attempt to fix several things at the same
+  time, and if one part of the PR has a problem, that will hold up the entire
+  PR.
+
+- If your change does not address an **open issue** with an **agreed
+  resolution**, consider opening an issue and discussing it first. If you are
+  suggesting a behavioral or API change, consider starting with a [gRFC
+  proposal](https://github.com/grpc/proposal). Many new features that are not
+  bug fixes will require cross-language agreement.
+
+- If you want to fix **formatting or style**, consider whether your changes are
+  an obvious improvement or might be considered a personal preference. If a
+  style change is based on preference, it likely will not be accepted. If it
+  corrects widely agreed-upon anti-patterns, then please do create a PR and
+  explain the benefits of the change.
+
+- For correcting **misspellings**, please be aware that we use some terms that
+  are sometimes flagged by spell checkers. As an example, "if an only if" is
+  often written as "iff". Please do not make spelling correction changes unless
+  you are certain they are misspellings.
+
+- **All tests need to be passing** before your change can be merged. We
+  recommend you run tests locally before creating your PR to catch breakages
+  early on:
+
+  - `./scripts/vet.sh` to catch vet errors.
+  - `go test -cpu 1,4 -timeout 7m ./...` to run the tests.
+  - `go test -race -cpu 1,4 -timeout 7m ./...` to run tests in race mode.
+
+  Note that we have a multi-module repo, so `go test` commands may need to be
+  run from the root of each module in order to cause all tests to run.
+
+  *Alternatively*, you may find it easier to push your changes to your fork on
+  GitHub, which will trigger a GitHub Actions run that you can use to verify
+  everything is passing.
+
+- Note that there are two GitHub actions checks that need not be green:
+
+  1. We test the freshness of the generated proto code we maintain via the
+     `vet-proto` check. If the source proto files are updated, but our repo is
+     not updated, an optional checker will fail. This will be fixed by our team
+     in a separate PR and will not prevent the merge of your PR.
+
+  2. We run a checker that will fail if there is any change in dependencies of
+     an exported package via the `dependencies` check. If new dependencies are
+     added that are not appropriate, we may not accept your PR (see below).
+
+- If you are adding a **new file**, make sure it has the **copyright message**
+  template at the top as a comment. You can copy the message from an existing
+  file and update the year.
+
+- The grpc package should only depend on standard Go packages and a small number
+  of exceptions. **If your contribution introduces new dependencies**, you will
+  need a discussion with gRPC-Go maintainers.
+
+### PR Descriptions
+
+- **PR titles** should start with the name of the component being addressed, or
+  the type of change. Examples: transport, client, server, round_robin, xds,
+  cleanup, deps.
+
+- Read and follow the **guidelines for PR titles and descriptions** here:
+  https://google.github.io/eng-practices/review/developer/cl-descriptions.html
+
+  *particularly* the sections "First Line" and "Body is Informative".
+
+  Note: your PR description will be used as the git commit message in a
+  squash-and-merge if your PR is approved. We may make changes to this as
+  necessary.
+
+- **Does this PR relate to an open issue?** On the first line, please use the
+  tag `Fixes #<issue>` to ensure the issue is closed when the PR is merged. Or
+  use `Updates #<issue>` if the PR is related to an open issue, but does not fix
+  it. Consider filing an issue if one does not already exist.
+
+- PR descriptions *must* conclude with **release notes** as follows:
+
+  ```
+  RELEASE NOTES:
+  * <component>: <summary>
+  ```
+
+  This need not match the PR title.
+
+  The summary must:
+
+  * be something that gRPC users will understand.
+
+  * clearly explain the feature being added, the issue being fixed, or the
+    behavior being changed, etc. If fixing a bug, be clear about how the bug
+    can be triggered by an end-user.
+
+  * begin with a capital letter and use complete sentences.
+
+  * be as short as possible to describe the change being made.
+
+  If a PR is *not* end-user visible -- e.g. a cleanup, testing change, or
+  GitHub-related, use `RELEASE NOTES: n/a`.
+
+### PR Process
+
+- Please **self-review** your code changes before sending your PR. This will
+  prevent simple, obvious errors from causing delays.
+
+- Maintain a **clean commit history** and use **meaningful commit messages**.
+  PRs with messy commit histories are difficult to review and won't be merged.
+  Before sending your PR, ensure your changes are based on top of the latest
+  `upstream/master` commits, and avoid rebasing in the middle of a code review.
+  You should **never use `git push -f`** unless absolutely necessary during a
+  review, as it can interfere with GitHub's tracking of comments.
+
+- Unless your PR is trivial, you should **expect reviewer comments** that you
+  will need to address before merging. We'll label the PR as `Status: Requires
+  Reporter Clarification` if we expect you to respond to these comments in a
+  timely manner. If the PR remains inactive for 6 days, it will be marked as
+  `stale`, and we will automatically close it after 7 days if we don't hear back
+  from you. Please feel free to ping issues or bugs if you do not get a response
+  within a week.

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/GOVERNANCE.md

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+This repository is governed by the gRPC organization's [governance rules](https://github.com/grpc/grpc-community/blob/master/governance.md).

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+
+                                 Apache License
+                           Version 2.0, January 2004
+                        http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+   1. Definitions.
+
+      "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+      and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+      "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+      the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+      "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+      other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+      control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+      "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+      direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+      outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+      "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+      exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+      "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+      including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+      source, and configuration files.
+
+      "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+      transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+      not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+      and conversions to other media types.
+
+      "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+      Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+      copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+      (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+      "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+      form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+      editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+      represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+      of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+      separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+      the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+      "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+      the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+      to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+      submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+      or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+      the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+      means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+      to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+      communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+      and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+      Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+      excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+      designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+      "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+      on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+      subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+   2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+      publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+      Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+   3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+      use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+      where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+      by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+      Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+      with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+      institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+      cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+      or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+      or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+      granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+      as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+   4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+      Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+      modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+      meet the following conditions:
+
+      (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+          Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+      (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+          stating that You changed the files; and
+
+      (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+          that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+          attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+          excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+          the Derivative Works; and
+
+      (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+          distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+          include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+          within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+          pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+          of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+          as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+          documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+          within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+          wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+          of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+          do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+          notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+          or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+          that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+          as modifying the License.
+
+      You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+      may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+      for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+      for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+      reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+      the conditions stated in this License.
+
+   5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+      any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+      by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+      this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+      Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+      the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+      with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+   6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+      names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+      except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+      origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+   7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+      agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+      Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+      WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+      implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+      of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+      PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+      appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+      risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+   8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+      whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+      unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+      negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+      liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+      incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+      result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+      Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+      work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+      other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+      has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+   9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+      the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+      and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+      or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+      License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+      on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+      of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+      defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+      incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+      of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+   APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+      To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+      boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
+      replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+      the brackets!)  The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+      comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+      file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+      same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+      identification within third-party archives.
+
+   Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+   You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+       http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+   limitations under the License.

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/MAINTAINERS.md

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+This page lists all active maintainers of this repository. If you were a
+maintainer and would like to add your name to the Emeritus list, please send us a
+PR.
+
+See [GOVERNANCE.md](https://github.com/grpc/grpc-community/blob/master/governance.md)
+for governance guidelines and how to become a maintainer.
+See [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/grpc/grpc-community/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md)
+for general contribution guidelines.
+
+## Maintainers (in alphabetical order)
+
+- [arjan-bal](https://github.com/arjan-bal), Google LLC
+- [arvindbr8](https://github.com/arvindbr8), Google LLC
+- [atollena](https://github.com/atollena), Datadog, Inc.
+- [dfawley](https://github.com/dfawley), Google LLC
+- [easwars](https://github.com/easwars), Google LLC
+- [gtcooke94](https://github.com/gtcooke94), Google LLC
+
+## Emeritus Maintainers (in alphabetical order)
+- [adelez](https://github.com/adelez)
+- [aranjans](https://github.com/aranjans)
+- [canguler](https://github.com/canguler)
+- [cesarghali](https://github.com/cesarghali)
+- [erm-g](https://github.com/erm-g)
+- [iamqizhao](https://github.com/iamqizhao)
+- [jeanbza](https://github.com/jeanbza)
+- [jtattermusch](https://github.com/jtattermusch)
+- [lyuxuan](https://github.com/lyuxuan)
+- [makmukhi](https://github.com/makmukhi)
+- [matt-kwong](https://github.com/matt-kwong)
+- [menghanl](https://github.com/menghanl)
+- [nicolasnoble](https://github.com/nicolasnoble)
+- [purnesh42h](https://github.com/purnesh42h)
+- [srini100](https://github.com/srini100)
+- [yongni](https://github.com/yongni)
+- [zasweq](https://github.com/zasweq)

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+all: vet test testrace
+
+build:
+	go build google.golang.org/grpc/...
+
+clean:
+	go clean -i google.golang.org/grpc/...
+
+deps:
+	GO111MODULE=on go get -d -v google.golang.org/grpc/...
+
+proto:
+	@ if ! which protoc > /dev/null; then \
+		echo "error: protoc not installed" >&2; \
+		exit 1; \
+	fi
+	go generate google.golang.org/grpc/...
+
+test:
+	go test -cpu 1,4 -timeout 7m google.golang.org/grpc/...
+
+testsubmodule:
+	cd security/advancedtls && go test -cpu 1,4 -timeout 7m google.golang.org/grpc/security/advancedtls/...
+	cd security/authorization && go test -cpu 1,4 -timeout 7m google.golang.org/grpc/security/authorization/...
+
+testrace:
+	go test -race -cpu 1,4 -timeout 7m google.golang.org/grpc/...
+
+testdeps:
+	GO111MODULE=on go get -d -v -t google.golang.org/grpc/...
+
+vet: vetdeps
+	./scripts/vet.sh
+
+vetdeps:
+	./scripts/vet.sh -install
+
+.PHONY: \
+	all \
+	build \
+	clean \
+	deps \
+	proto \
+	test \
+	testsubmodule \
+	testrace \
+	testdeps \
+	vet \
+	vetdeps

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/NOTICE.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+Copyright 2014 gRPC authors.
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+# gRPC-Go
+
+[![GoDoc](https://pkg.go.dev/badge/google.golang.org/grpc)][API]
+[![GoReportCard](https://goreportcard.com/badge/grpc/grpc-go)](https://goreportcard.com/report/github.com/grpc/grpc-go)
+[![codecov](https://codecov.io/gh/grpc/grpc-go/graph/badge.svg)](https://codecov.io/gh/grpc/grpc-go)
+
+The [Go][] implementation of [gRPC][]: A high performance, open source, general
+RPC framework that puts mobile and HTTP/2 first. For more information see the
+[Go gRPC docs][], or jump directly into the [quick start][].
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+- **[Go][]**: any one of the **two latest major** [releases][go-releases].
+
+## Installation
+
+Simply add the following import to your code, and then `go [build|run|test]`
+will automatically fetch the necessary dependencies:
+
+
+```go
+import "google.golang.org/grpc"
+```
+
+> **Note:** If you are trying to access `grpc-go` from **China**, see the
+> [FAQ](#FAQ) below.
+
+## Learn more
+
+- [Go gRPC docs][], which include a [quick start][] and [API
+  reference][API] among other resources
+- [Low-level technical docs](Documentation) from this repository
+- [Performance benchmark][]
+- [Examples](examples)
+- [Contribution guidelines](CONTRIBUTING.md)
+
+## FAQ
+
+### I/O Timeout Errors
+
+The `golang.org` domain may be blocked from some countries. `go get` usually
+produces an error like the following when this happens:
+
+```console
+$ go get -u google.golang.org/grpc
+package google.golang.org/grpc: unrecognized import path "google.golang.org/grpc" (https fetch: Get https://google.golang.org/grpc?go-get=1: dial tcp 216.239.37.1:443: i/o timeout)
+```
+
+To build Go code, there are several options:
+
+- Set up a VPN and access google.golang.org through that.
+
+- With Go module support: it is possible to use the `replace` feature of `go
+  mod` to create aliases for golang.org packages.  In your project's directory:
+
+  ```sh
+  go mod edit -replace=google.golang.org/grpc=github.com/grpc/grpc-go@latest
+  go mod tidy
+  go mod vendor
+  go build -mod=vendor
+  ```
+
+  Again, this will need to be done for all transitive dependencies hosted on
+  golang.org as well. For details, refer to [golang/go issue
+  #28652](https://github.com/golang/go/issues/28652).
+
+### Compiling error, undefined: grpc.SupportPackageIsVersion
+
+Please update to the latest version of gRPC-Go using
+`go get google.golang.org/grpc`.
+
+### How to turn on logging
+
+The default logger is controlled by environment variables. Turn everything on
+like this:
+
+```console
+$ export GRPC_GO_LOG_VERBOSITY_LEVEL=99
+$ export GRPC_GO_LOG_SEVERITY_LEVEL=info
+```
+
+### The RPC failed with error `"code = Unavailable desc = transport is closing"`
+
+This error means the connection the RPC is using was closed, and there are many
+possible reasons, including:
+ 1. mis-configured transport credentials, connection failed on handshaking
+ 1. bytes disrupted, possibly by a proxy in between
+ 1. server shutdown
+ 1. Keepalive parameters caused connection shutdown, for example if you have
+    configured your server to terminate connections regularly to [trigger DNS
+    lookups](https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/issues/3170#issuecomment-552517779).
+    If this is the case, you may want to increase your
+    [MaxConnectionAgeGrace](https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/grpc/keepalive?tab=doc#ServerParameters),
+    to allow longer RPC calls to finish.
+
+It can be tricky to debug this because the error happens on the client side but
+the root cause of the connection being closed is on the server side. Turn on
+logging on __both client and server__, and see if there are any transport
+errors.
+
+[API]: https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/grpc
+[Go]: https://golang.org
+[Go module]: https://github.com/golang/go/wiki/Modules
+[gRPC]: https://grpc.io
+[Go gRPC docs]: https://grpc.io/docs/languages/go
+[Performance benchmark]: https://performance-dot-grpc-testing.appspot.com/explore?dashboard=5180705743044608
+[quick start]: https://grpc.io/docs/languages/go/quickstart
+[go-releases]: https://golang.org/doc/devel/release.html

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/SECURITY.md

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Security Policy
+
+For information on gRPC Security Policy and reporting potential security issues, please see [gRPC CVE Process](https://github.com/grpc/proposal/blob/master/P4-grpc-cve-process.md).

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/attributes/attributes.go

@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2019 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package attributes defines a generic key/value store used in various gRPC
+// components.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This package is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+package attributes
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Attributes is an immutable struct for storing and retrieving generic
+// key/value pairs.  Keys must be hashable, and users should define their own
+// types for keys.  Values should not be modified after they are added to an
+// Attributes or if they were received from one.  If values implement 'Equal(o
+// any) bool', it will be called by (*Attributes).Equal to determine whether
+// two values with the same key should be considered equal.
+type Attributes struct {
+	m map[any]any
+}
+
+// New returns a new Attributes containing the key/value pair.
+func New(key, value any) *Attributes {
+	return &Attributes{m: map[any]any{key: value}}
+}
+
+// WithValue returns a new Attributes containing the previous keys and values
+// and the new key/value pair.  If the same key appears multiple times, the
+// last value overwrites all previous values for that key.  To remove an
+// existing key, use a nil value.  value should not be modified later.
+func (a *Attributes) WithValue(key, value any) *Attributes {
+	if a == nil {
+		return New(key, value)
+	}
+	n := &Attributes{m: make(map[any]any, len(a.m)+1)}
+	for k, v := range a.m {
+		n.m[k] = v
+	}
+	n.m[key] = value
+	return n
+}
+
+// Value returns the value associated with these attributes for key, or nil if
+// no value is associated with key.  The returned value should not be modified.
+func (a *Attributes) Value(key any) any {
+	if a == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return a.m[key]
+}
+
+// Equal returns whether a and o are equivalent.  If 'Equal(o any) bool' is
+// implemented for a value in the attributes, it is called to determine if the
+// value matches the one stored in the other attributes.  If Equal is not
+// implemented, standard equality is used to determine if the two values are
+// equal. Note that some types (e.g. maps) aren't comparable by default, so
+// they must be wrapped in a struct, or in an alias type, with Equal defined.
+func (a *Attributes) Equal(o *Attributes) bool {
+	if a == nil && o == nil {
+		return true
+	}
+	if a == nil || o == nil {
+		return false
+	}
+	if len(a.m) != len(o.m) {
+		return false
+	}
+	for k, v := range a.m {
+		ov, ok := o.m[k]
+		if !ok {
+			// o missing element of a
+			return false
+		}
+		if eq, ok := v.(interface{ Equal(o any) bool }); ok {
+			if !eq.Equal(ov) {
+				return false
+			}
+		} else if v != ov {
+			// Fallback to a standard equality check if Value is unimplemented.
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+// String prints the attribute map. If any key or values throughout the map
+// implement fmt.Stringer, it calls that method and appends.
+func (a *Attributes) String() string {
+	var sb strings.Builder
+	sb.WriteString("{")
+	first := true
+	for k, v := range a.m {
+		if !first {
+			sb.WriteString(", ")
+		}
+		sb.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%q: %q ", str(k), str(v)))
+		first = false
+	}
+	sb.WriteString("}")
+	return sb.String()
+}
+
+func str(x any) (s string) {
+	if v, ok := x.(fmt.Stringer); ok {
+		return fmt.Sprint(v)
+	} else if v, ok := x.(string); ok {
+		return v
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("<%p>", x)
+}
+
+// MarshalJSON helps implement the json.Marshaler interface, thereby rendering
+// the Attributes correctly when printing (via pretty.JSON) structs containing
+// Attributes as fields.
+//
+// Is it impossible to unmarshal attributes from a JSON representation and this
+// method is meant only for debugging purposes.
+func (a *Attributes) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	return []byte(a.String()), nil
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/backoff.go

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// See internal/backoff package for the backoff implementation. This file is
+// kept for the exported types and API backward compatibility.
+
+package grpc
+
+import (
+	"time"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/backoff"
+)
+
+// DefaultBackoffConfig uses values specified for backoff in
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/connection-backoff.md.
+//
+// Deprecated: use ConnectParams instead. Will be supported throughout 1.x.
+var DefaultBackoffConfig = BackoffConfig{
+	MaxDelay: 120 * time.Second,
+}
+
+// BackoffConfig defines the parameters for the default gRPC backoff strategy.
+//
+// Deprecated: use ConnectParams instead. Will be supported throughout 1.x.
+type BackoffConfig struct {
+	// MaxDelay is the upper bound of backoff delay.
+	MaxDelay time.Duration
+}
+
+// ConnectParams defines the parameters for connecting and retrying. Users are
+// encouraged to use this instead of the BackoffConfig type defined above. See
+// here for more details:
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/connection-backoff.md.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This type is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+type ConnectParams struct {
+	// Backoff specifies the configuration options for connection backoff.
+	Backoff backoff.Config
+	// MinConnectTimeout is the minimum amount of time we are willing to give a
+	// connection to complete.
+	MinConnectTimeout time.Duration
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/backoff/backoff.go

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2019 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package backoff provides configuration options for backoff.
+//
+// More details can be found at:
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/connection-backoff.md.
+//
+// All APIs in this package are experimental.
+package backoff
+
+import "time"
+
+// Config defines the configuration options for backoff.
+type Config struct {
+	// BaseDelay is the amount of time to backoff after the first failure.
+	BaseDelay time.Duration
+	// Multiplier is the factor with which to multiply backoffs after a
+	// failed retry. Should ideally be greater than 1.
+	Multiplier float64
+	// Jitter is the factor with which backoffs are randomized.
+	Jitter float64
+	// MaxDelay is the upper bound of backoff delay.
+	MaxDelay time.Duration
+}
+
+// DefaultConfig is a backoff configuration with the default values specified
+// at https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/connection-backoff.md.
+//
+// This should be useful for callers who want to configure backoff with
+// non-default values only for a subset of the options.
+var DefaultConfig = Config{
+	BaseDelay:  1.0 * time.Second,
+	Multiplier: 1.6,
+	Jitter:     0.2,
+	MaxDelay:   120 * time.Second,
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/balancer.go

@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package balancer defines APIs for load balancing in gRPC.
+// All APIs in this package are experimental.
+package balancer
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"net"
+	"strings"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/channelz"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/credentials"
+	estats "google.golang.org/grpc/experimental/stats"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/metadata"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/serviceconfig"
+)
+
+var (
+	// m is a map from name to balancer builder.
+	m = make(map[string]Builder)
+
+	logger = grpclog.Component("balancer")
+)
+
+// Register registers the balancer builder to the balancer map. b.Name
+// (lowercased) will be used as the name registered with this builder.  If the
+// Builder implements ConfigParser, ParseConfig will be called when new service
+// configs are received by the resolver, and the result will be provided to the
+// Balancer in UpdateClientConnState.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe. If multiple Balancers are
+// registered with the same name, the one registered last will take effect.
+func Register(b Builder) {
+	name := strings.ToLower(b.Name())
+	if name != b.Name() {
+		// TODO: Skip the use of strings.ToLower() to index the map after v1.59
+		// is released to switch to case sensitive balancer registry. Also,
+		// remove this warning and update the docstrings for Register and Get.
+		logger.Warningf("Balancer registered with name %q. grpc-go will be switching to case sensitive balancer registries soon", b.Name())
+	}
+	m[name] = b
+}
+
+// unregisterForTesting deletes the balancer with the given name from the
+// balancer map.
+//
+// This function is not thread-safe.
+func unregisterForTesting(name string) {
+	delete(m, name)
+}
+
+func init() {
+	internal.BalancerUnregister = unregisterForTesting
+	internal.ConnectedAddress = connectedAddress
+	internal.SetConnectedAddress = setConnectedAddress
+}
+
+// Get returns the resolver builder registered with the given name.
+// Note that the compare is done in a case-insensitive fashion.
+// If no builder is register with the name, nil will be returned.
+func Get(name string) Builder {
+	if strings.ToLower(name) != name {
+		// TODO: Skip the use of strings.ToLower() to index the map after v1.59
+		// is released to switch to case sensitive balancer registry. Also,
+		// remove this warning and update the docstrings for Register and Get.
+		logger.Warningf("Balancer retrieved for name %q. grpc-go will be switching to case sensitive balancer registries soon", name)
+	}
+	if b, ok := m[strings.ToLower(name)]; ok {
+		return b
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// NewSubConnOptions contains options to create new SubConn.
+type NewSubConnOptions struct {
+	// CredsBundle is the credentials bundle that will be used in the created
+	// SubConn. If it's nil, the original creds from grpc DialOptions will be
+	// used.
+	//
+	// Deprecated: Use the Attributes field in resolver.Address to pass
+	// arbitrary data to the credential handshaker.
+	CredsBundle credentials.Bundle
+	// HealthCheckEnabled indicates whether health check service should be
+	// enabled on this SubConn
+	HealthCheckEnabled bool
+	// StateListener is called when the state of the subconn changes.  If nil,
+	// Balancer.UpdateSubConnState will be called instead.  Will never be
+	// invoked until after Connect() is called on the SubConn created with
+	// these options.
+	StateListener func(SubConnState)
+}
+
+// State contains the balancer's state relevant to the gRPC ClientConn.
+type State struct {
+	// State contains the connectivity state of the balancer, which is used to
+	// determine the state of the ClientConn.
+	ConnectivityState connectivity.State
+	// Picker is used to choose connections (SubConns) for RPCs.
+	Picker Picker
+}
+
+// ClientConn represents a gRPC ClientConn.
+//
+// This interface is to be implemented by gRPC. Users should not need a
+// brand new implementation of this interface. For the situations like
+// testing, the new implementation should embed this interface. This allows
+// gRPC to add new methods to this interface.
+//
+// NOTICE: This interface is intended to be implemented by gRPC, or intercepted
+// by custom load balancing polices.  Users should not need their own complete
+// implementation of this interface -- they should always delegate to a
+// ClientConn passed to Builder.Build() by embedding it in their
+// implementations. An embedded ClientConn must never be nil, or runtime panics
+// will occur.
+type ClientConn interface {
+	// NewSubConn is called by balancer to create a new SubConn.
+	// It doesn't block and wait for the connections to be established.
+	// Behaviors of the SubConn can be controlled by options.
+	//
+	// Deprecated: please be aware that in a future version, SubConns will only
+	// support one address per SubConn.
+	NewSubConn([]resolver.Address, NewSubConnOptions) (SubConn, error)
+	// RemoveSubConn removes the SubConn from ClientConn.
+	// The SubConn will be shutdown.
+	//
+	// Deprecated: use SubConn.Shutdown instead.
+	RemoveSubConn(SubConn)
+	// UpdateAddresses updates the addresses used in the passed in SubConn.
+	// gRPC checks if the currently connected address is still in the new list.
+	// If so, the connection will be kept. Else, the connection will be
+	// gracefully closed, and a new connection will be created.
+	//
+	// This may trigger a state transition for the SubConn.
+	//
+	// Deprecated: this method will be removed.  Create new SubConns for new
+	// addresses instead.
+	UpdateAddresses(SubConn, []resolver.Address)
+
+	// UpdateState notifies gRPC that the balancer's internal state has
+	// changed.
+	//
+	// gRPC will update the connectivity state of the ClientConn, and will call
+	// Pick on the new Picker to pick new SubConns.
+	UpdateState(State)
+
+	// ResolveNow is called by balancer to notify gRPC to do a name resolving.
+	ResolveNow(resolver.ResolveNowOptions)
+
+	// Target returns the dial target for this ClientConn.
+	//
+	// Deprecated: Use the Target field in the BuildOptions instead.
+	Target() string
+
+	// MetricsRecorder provides the metrics recorder that balancers can use to
+	// record metrics. Balancer implementations which do not register metrics on
+	// metrics registry and record on them can ignore this method. The returned
+	// MetricsRecorder is guaranteed to never be nil.
+	MetricsRecorder() estats.MetricsRecorder
+
+	// EnforceClientConnEmbedding is included to force implementers to embed
+	// another implementation of this interface, allowing gRPC to add methods
+	// without breaking users.
+	internal.EnforceClientConnEmbedding
+}
+
+// BuildOptions contains additional information for Build.
+type BuildOptions struct {
+	// DialCreds is the transport credentials to use when communicating with a
+	// remote load balancer server. Balancer implementations which do not
+	// communicate with a remote load balancer server can ignore this field.
+	DialCreds credentials.TransportCredentials
+	// CredsBundle is the credentials bundle to use when communicating with a
+	// remote load balancer server. Balancer implementations which do not
+	// communicate with a remote load balancer server can ignore this field.
+	CredsBundle credentials.Bundle
+	// Dialer is the custom dialer to use when communicating with a remote load
+	// balancer server. Balancer implementations which do not communicate with a
+	// remote load balancer server can ignore this field.
+	Dialer func(context.Context, string) (net.Conn, error)
+	// Authority is the server name to use as part of the authentication
+	// handshake when communicating with a remote load balancer server. Balancer
+	// implementations which do not communicate with a remote load balancer
+	// server can ignore this field.
+	Authority string
+	// ChannelzParent is the parent ClientConn's channelz channel.
+	ChannelzParent channelz.Identifier
+	// CustomUserAgent is the custom user agent set on the parent ClientConn.
+	// The balancer should set the same custom user agent if it creates a
+	// ClientConn.
+	CustomUserAgent string
+	// Target contains the parsed address info of the dial target. It is the
+	// same resolver.Target as passed to the resolver. See the documentation for
+	// the resolver.Target type for details about what it contains.
+	Target resolver.Target
+}
+
+// Builder creates a balancer.
+type Builder interface {
+	// Build creates a new balancer with the ClientConn.
+	Build(cc ClientConn, opts BuildOptions) Balancer
+	// Name returns the name of balancers built by this builder.
+	// It will be used to pick balancers (for example in service config).
+	Name() string
+}
+
+// ConfigParser parses load balancer configs.
+type ConfigParser interface {
+	// ParseConfig parses the JSON load balancer config provided into an
+	// internal form or returns an error if the config is invalid.  For future
+	// compatibility reasons, unknown fields in the config should be ignored.
+	ParseConfig(LoadBalancingConfigJSON json.RawMessage) (serviceconfig.LoadBalancingConfig, error)
+}
+
+// PickInfo contains additional information for the Pick operation.
+type PickInfo struct {
+	// FullMethodName is the method name that NewClientStream() is called
+	// with. The canonical format is /service/Method.
+	FullMethodName string
+	// Ctx is the RPC's context, and may contain relevant RPC-level information
+	// like the outgoing header metadata.
+	Ctx context.Context
+}
+
+// DoneInfo contains additional information for done.
+type DoneInfo struct {
+	// Err is the rpc error the RPC finished with. It could be nil.
+	Err error
+	// Trailer contains the metadata from the RPC's trailer, if present.
+	Trailer metadata.MD
+	// BytesSent indicates if any bytes have been sent to the server.
+	BytesSent bool
+	// BytesReceived indicates if any byte has been received from the server.
+	BytesReceived bool
+	// ServerLoad is the load received from server. It's usually sent as part of
+	// trailing metadata.
+	//
+	// The only supported type now is *orca_v3.LoadReport.
+	ServerLoad any
+}
+
+var (
+	// ErrNoSubConnAvailable indicates no SubConn is available for pick().
+	// gRPC will block the RPC until a new picker is available via UpdateState().
+	ErrNoSubConnAvailable = errors.New("no SubConn is available")
+	// ErrTransientFailure indicates all SubConns are in TransientFailure.
+	// WaitForReady RPCs will block, non-WaitForReady RPCs will fail.
+	//
+	// Deprecated: return an appropriate error based on the last resolution or
+	// connection attempt instead.  The behavior is the same for any non-gRPC
+	// status error.
+	ErrTransientFailure = errors.New("all SubConns are in TransientFailure")
+)
+
+// PickResult contains information related to a connection chosen for an RPC.
+type PickResult struct {
+	// SubConn is the connection to use for this pick, if its state is Ready.
+	// If the state is not Ready, gRPC will block the RPC until a new Picker is
+	// provided by the balancer (using ClientConn.UpdateState).  The SubConn
+	// must be one returned by ClientConn.NewSubConn.
+	SubConn SubConn
+
+	// Done is called when the RPC is completed.  If the SubConn is not ready,
+	// this will be called with a nil parameter.  If the SubConn is not a valid
+	// type, Done may not be called.  May be nil if the balancer does not wish
+	// to be notified when the RPC completes.
+	Done func(DoneInfo)
+
+	// Metadata provides a way for LB policies to inject arbitrary per-call
+	// metadata. Any metadata returned here will be merged with existing
+	// metadata added by the client application.
+	//
+	// LB policies with child policies are responsible for propagating metadata
+	// injected by their children to the ClientConn, as part of Pick().
+	Metadata metadata.MD
+}
+
+// TransientFailureError returns e.  It exists for backward compatibility and
+// will be deleted soon.
+//
+// Deprecated: no longer necessary, picker errors are treated this way by
+// default.
+func TransientFailureError(e error) error { return e }
+
+// Picker is used by gRPC to pick a SubConn to send an RPC.
+// Balancer is expected to generate a new picker from its snapshot every time its
+// internal state has changed.
+//
+// The pickers used by gRPC can be updated by ClientConn.UpdateState().
+type Picker interface {
+	// Pick returns the connection to use for this RPC and related information.
+	//
+	// Pick should not block.  If the balancer needs to do I/O or any blocking
+	// or time-consuming work to service this call, it should return
+	// ErrNoSubConnAvailable, and the Pick call will be repeated by gRPC when
+	// the Picker is updated (using ClientConn.UpdateState).
+	//
+	// If an error is returned:
+	//
+	// - If the error is ErrNoSubConnAvailable, gRPC will block until a new
+	//   Picker is provided by the balancer (using ClientConn.UpdateState).
+	//
+	// - If the error is a status error (implemented by the grpc/status
+	//   package), gRPC will terminate the RPC with the code and message
+	//   provided.
+	//
+	// - For all other errors, wait for ready RPCs will wait, but non-wait for
+	//   ready RPCs will be terminated with this error's Error() string and
+	//   status code Unavailable.
+	Pick(info PickInfo) (PickResult, error)
+}
+
+// Balancer takes input from gRPC, manages SubConns, and collects and aggregates
+// the connectivity states.
+//
+// It also generates and updates the Picker used by gRPC to pick SubConns for RPCs.
+//
+// UpdateClientConnState, ResolverError, UpdateSubConnState, and Close are
+// guaranteed to be called synchronously from the same goroutine.  There's no
+// guarantee on picker.Pick, it may be called anytime.
+type Balancer interface {
+	// UpdateClientConnState is called by gRPC when the state of the ClientConn
+	// changes.  If the error returned is ErrBadResolverState, the ClientConn
+	// will begin calling ResolveNow on the active name resolver with
+	// exponential backoff until a subsequent call to UpdateClientConnState
+	// returns a nil error.  Any other errors are currently ignored.
+	UpdateClientConnState(ClientConnState) error
+	// ResolverError is called by gRPC when the name resolver reports an error.
+	ResolverError(error)
+	// UpdateSubConnState is called by gRPC when the state of a SubConn
+	// changes.
+	//
+	// Deprecated: Use NewSubConnOptions.StateListener when creating the
+	// SubConn instead.
+	UpdateSubConnState(SubConn, SubConnState)
+	// Close closes the balancer. The balancer is not currently required to
+	// call SubConn.Shutdown for its existing SubConns; however, this will be
+	// required in a future release, so it is recommended.
+	Close()
+	// ExitIdle instructs the LB policy to reconnect to backends / exit the
+	// IDLE state, if appropriate and possible.  Note that SubConns that enter
+	// the IDLE state will not reconnect until SubConn.Connect is called.
+	ExitIdle()
+}
+
+// ExitIdler is an optional interface for balancers to implement.  If
+// implemented, ExitIdle will be called when ClientConn.Connect is called, if
+// the ClientConn is idle.  If unimplemented, ClientConn.Connect will cause
+// all SubConns to connect.
+//
+// Deprecated: All balancers must implement this interface. This interface will
+// be removed in a future release.
+type ExitIdler interface {
+	// ExitIdle instructs the LB policy to reconnect to backends / exit the
+	// IDLE state, if appropriate and possible.  Note that SubConns that enter
+	// the IDLE state will not reconnect until SubConn.Connect is called.
+	ExitIdle()
+}
+
+// ClientConnState describes the state of a ClientConn relevant to the
+// balancer.
+type ClientConnState struct {
+	ResolverState resolver.State
+	// The parsed load balancing configuration returned by the builder's
+	// ParseConfig method, if implemented.
+	BalancerConfig serviceconfig.LoadBalancingConfig
+}
+
+// ErrBadResolverState may be returned by UpdateClientConnState to indicate a
+// problem with the provided name resolver data.
+var ErrBadResolverState = errors.New("bad resolver state")

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/base/balancer.go

@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package base
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
+)
+
+var logger = grpclog.Component("balancer")
+
+type baseBuilder struct {
+	name          string
+	pickerBuilder PickerBuilder
+	config        Config
+}
+
+func (bb *baseBuilder) Build(cc balancer.ClientConn, _ balancer.BuildOptions) balancer.Balancer {
+	bal := &baseBalancer{
+		cc:            cc,
+		pickerBuilder: bb.pickerBuilder,
+
+		subConns: resolver.NewAddressMapV2[balancer.SubConn](),
+		scStates: make(map[balancer.SubConn]connectivity.State),
+		csEvltr:  &balancer.ConnectivityStateEvaluator{},
+		config:   bb.config,
+		state:    connectivity.Connecting,
+	}
+	// Initialize picker to a picker that always returns
+	// ErrNoSubConnAvailable, because when state of a SubConn changes, we
+	// may call UpdateState with this picker.
+	bal.picker = NewErrPicker(balancer.ErrNoSubConnAvailable)
+	return bal
+}
+
+func (bb *baseBuilder) Name() string {
+	return bb.name
+}
+
+type baseBalancer struct {
+	cc            balancer.ClientConn
+	pickerBuilder PickerBuilder
+
+	csEvltr *balancer.ConnectivityStateEvaluator
+	state   connectivity.State
+
+	subConns *resolver.AddressMapV2[balancer.SubConn]
+	scStates map[balancer.SubConn]connectivity.State
+	picker   balancer.Picker
+	config   Config
+
+	resolverErr error // the last error reported by the resolver; cleared on successful resolution
+	connErr     error // the last connection error; cleared upon leaving TransientFailure
+}
+
+func (b *baseBalancer) ResolverError(err error) {
+	b.resolverErr = err
+	if b.subConns.Len() == 0 {
+		b.state = connectivity.TransientFailure
+	}
+
+	if b.state != connectivity.TransientFailure {
+		// The picker will not change since the balancer does not currently
+		// report an error.
+		return
+	}
+	b.regeneratePicker()
+	b.cc.UpdateState(balancer.State{
+		ConnectivityState: b.state,
+		Picker:            b.picker,
+	})
+}
+
+func (b *baseBalancer) UpdateClientConnState(s balancer.ClientConnState) error {
+	// TODO: handle s.ResolverState.ServiceConfig?
+	if logger.V(2) {
+		logger.Info("base.baseBalancer: got new ClientConn state: ", s)
+	}
+	// Successful resolution; clear resolver error and ensure we return nil.
+	b.resolverErr = nil
+	// addrsSet is the set converted from addrs, it's used for quick lookup of an address.
+	addrsSet := resolver.NewAddressMapV2[any]()
+	for _, a := range s.ResolverState.Addresses {
+		addrsSet.Set(a, nil)
+		if _, ok := b.subConns.Get(a); !ok {
+			// a is a new address (not existing in b.subConns).
+			var sc balancer.SubConn
+			opts := balancer.NewSubConnOptions{
+				HealthCheckEnabled: b.config.HealthCheck,
+				StateListener:      func(scs balancer.SubConnState) { b.updateSubConnState(sc, scs) },
+			}
+			sc, err := b.cc.NewSubConn([]resolver.Address{a}, opts)
+			if err != nil {
+				logger.Warningf("base.baseBalancer: failed to create new SubConn: %v", err)
+				continue
+			}
+			b.subConns.Set(a, sc)
+			b.scStates[sc] = connectivity.Idle
+			b.csEvltr.RecordTransition(connectivity.Shutdown, connectivity.Idle)
+			sc.Connect()
+		}
+	}
+	for _, a := range b.subConns.Keys() {
+		sc, _ := b.subConns.Get(a)
+		// a was removed by resolver.
+		if _, ok := addrsSet.Get(a); !ok {
+			sc.Shutdown()
+			b.subConns.Delete(a)
+			// Keep the state of this sc in b.scStates until sc's state becomes Shutdown.
+			// The entry will be deleted in updateSubConnState.
+		}
+	}
+	// If resolver state contains no addresses, return an error so ClientConn
+	// will trigger re-resolve. Also records this as a resolver error, so when
+	// the overall state turns transient failure, the error message will have
+	// the zero address information.
+	if len(s.ResolverState.Addresses) == 0 {
+		b.ResolverError(errors.New("produced zero addresses"))
+		return balancer.ErrBadResolverState
+	}
+
+	b.regeneratePicker()
+	b.cc.UpdateState(balancer.State{ConnectivityState: b.state, Picker: b.picker})
+	return nil
+}
+
+// mergeErrors builds an error from the last connection error and the last
+// resolver error.  Must only be called if b.state is TransientFailure.
+func (b *baseBalancer) mergeErrors() error {
+	// connErr must always be non-nil unless there are no SubConns, in which
+	// case resolverErr must be non-nil.
+	if b.connErr == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("last resolver error: %v", b.resolverErr)
+	}
+	if b.resolverErr == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("last connection error: %v", b.connErr)
+	}
+	return fmt.Errorf("last connection error: %v; last resolver error: %v", b.connErr, b.resolverErr)
+}
+
+// regeneratePicker takes a snapshot of the balancer, and generates a picker
+// from it. The picker is
+//   - errPicker if the balancer is in TransientFailure,
+//   - built by the pickerBuilder with all READY SubConns otherwise.
+func (b *baseBalancer) regeneratePicker() {
+	if b.state == connectivity.TransientFailure {
+		b.picker = NewErrPicker(b.mergeErrors())
+		return
+	}
+	readySCs := make(map[balancer.SubConn]SubConnInfo)
+
+	// Filter out all ready SCs from full subConn map.
+	for _, addr := range b.subConns.Keys() {
+		sc, _ := b.subConns.Get(addr)
+		if st, ok := b.scStates[sc]; ok && st == connectivity.Ready {
+			readySCs[sc] = SubConnInfo{Address: addr}
+		}
+	}
+	b.picker = b.pickerBuilder.Build(PickerBuildInfo{ReadySCs: readySCs})
+}
+
+// UpdateSubConnState is a nop because a StateListener is always set in NewSubConn.
+func (b *baseBalancer) UpdateSubConnState(sc balancer.SubConn, state balancer.SubConnState) {
+	logger.Errorf("base.baseBalancer: UpdateSubConnState(%v, %+v) called unexpectedly", sc, state)
+}
+
+func (b *baseBalancer) updateSubConnState(sc balancer.SubConn, state balancer.SubConnState) {
+	s := state.ConnectivityState
+	if logger.V(2) {
+		logger.Infof("base.baseBalancer: handle SubConn state change: %p, %v", sc, s)
+	}
+	oldS, ok := b.scStates[sc]
+	if !ok {
+		if logger.V(2) {
+			logger.Infof("base.baseBalancer: got state changes for an unknown SubConn: %p, %v", sc, s)
+		}
+		return
+	}
+	if oldS == connectivity.TransientFailure &&
+		(s == connectivity.Connecting || s == connectivity.Idle) {
+		// Once a subconn enters TRANSIENT_FAILURE, ignore subsequent IDLE or
+		// CONNECTING transitions to prevent the aggregated state from being
+		// always CONNECTING when many backends exist but are all down.
+		if s == connectivity.Idle {
+			sc.Connect()
+		}
+		return
+	}
+	b.scStates[sc] = s
+	switch s {
+	case connectivity.Idle:
+		sc.Connect()
+	case connectivity.Shutdown:
+		// When an address was removed by resolver, b called Shutdown but kept
+		// the sc's state in scStates. Remove state for this sc here.
+		delete(b.scStates, sc)
+	case connectivity.TransientFailure:
+		// Save error to be reported via picker.
+		b.connErr = state.ConnectionError
+	}
+
+	b.state = b.csEvltr.RecordTransition(oldS, s)
+
+	// Regenerate picker when one of the following happens:
+	//  - this sc entered or left ready
+	//  - the aggregated state of balancer is TransientFailure
+	//    (may need to update error message)
+	if (s == connectivity.Ready) != (oldS == connectivity.Ready) ||
+		b.state == connectivity.TransientFailure {
+		b.regeneratePicker()
+	}
+	b.cc.UpdateState(balancer.State{ConnectivityState: b.state, Picker: b.picker})
+}
+
+// Close is a nop because base balancer doesn't have internal state to clean up,
+// and it doesn't need to call Shutdown for the SubConns.
+func (b *baseBalancer) Close() {
+}
+
+// ExitIdle is a nop because the base balancer attempts to stay connected to
+// all SubConns at all times.
+func (b *baseBalancer) ExitIdle() {
+}
+
+// NewErrPicker returns a Picker that always returns err on Pick().
+func NewErrPicker(err error) balancer.Picker {
+	return &errPicker{err: err}
+}
+
+// NewErrPickerV2 is temporarily defined for backward compatibility reasons.
+//
+// Deprecated: use NewErrPicker instead.
+var NewErrPickerV2 = NewErrPicker
+
+type errPicker struct {
+	err error // Pick() always returns this err.
+}
+
+func (p *errPicker) Pick(balancer.PickInfo) (balancer.PickResult, error) {
+	return balancer.PickResult{}, p.err
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/base/base.go

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package base defines a balancer base that can be used to build balancers with
+// different picking algorithms.
+//
+// The base balancer creates a new SubConn for each resolved address. The
+// provided picker will only be notified about READY SubConns.
+//
+// This package is the base of round_robin balancer, its purpose is to be used
+// to build round_robin like balancers with complex picking algorithms.
+// Balancers with more complicated logic should try to implement a balancer
+// builder from scratch.
+//
+// All APIs in this package are experimental.
+package base
+
+import (
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
+)
+
+// PickerBuilder creates balancer.Picker.
+type PickerBuilder interface {
+	// Build returns a picker that will be used by gRPC to pick a SubConn.
+	Build(info PickerBuildInfo) balancer.Picker
+}
+
+// PickerBuildInfo contains information needed by the picker builder to
+// construct a picker.
+type PickerBuildInfo struct {
+	// ReadySCs is a map from all ready SubConns to the Addresses used to
+	// create them.
+	ReadySCs map[balancer.SubConn]SubConnInfo
+}
+
+// SubConnInfo contains information about a SubConn created by the base
+// balancer.
+type SubConnInfo struct {
+	Address resolver.Address // the address used to create this SubConn
+}
+
+// Config contains the config info about the base balancer builder.
+type Config struct {
+	// HealthCheck indicates whether health checking should be enabled for this specific balancer.
+	HealthCheck bool
+}
+
+// NewBalancerBuilder returns a base balancer builder configured by the provided config.
+func NewBalancerBuilder(name string, pb PickerBuilder, config Config) balancer.Builder {
+	return &baseBuilder{
+		name:          name,
+		pickerBuilder: pb,
+		config:        config,
+	}
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/conn_state_evaluator.go

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2022 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package balancer
+
+import "google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity"
+
+// ConnectivityStateEvaluator takes the connectivity states of multiple SubConns
+// and returns one aggregated connectivity state.
+//
+// It's not thread safe.
+type ConnectivityStateEvaluator struct {
+	numReady            uint64 // Number of addrConns in ready state.
+	numConnecting       uint64 // Number of addrConns in connecting state.
+	numTransientFailure uint64 // Number of addrConns in transient failure state.
+	numIdle             uint64 // Number of addrConns in idle state.
+}
+
+// RecordTransition records state change happening in subConn and based on that
+// it evaluates what aggregated state should be.
+//
+//   - If at least one SubConn in Ready, the aggregated state is Ready;
+//   - Else if at least one SubConn in Connecting, the aggregated state is Connecting;
+//   - Else if at least one SubConn is Idle, the aggregated state is Idle;
+//   - Else if at least one SubConn is TransientFailure (or there are no SubConns), the aggregated state is Transient Failure.
+//
+// Shutdown is not considered.
+func (cse *ConnectivityStateEvaluator) RecordTransition(oldState, newState connectivity.State) connectivity.State {
+	// Update counters.
+	for idx, state := range []connectivity.State{oldState, newState} {
+		updateVal := 2*uint64(idx) - 1 // -1 for oldState and +1 for new.
+		switch state {
+		case connectivity.Ready:
+			cse.numReady += updateVal
+		case connectivity.Connecting:
+			cse.numConnecting += updateVal
+		case connectivity.TransientFailure:
+			cse.numTransientFailure += updateVal
+		case connectivity.Idle:
+			cse.numIdle += updateVal
+		}
+	}
+	return cse.CurrentState()
+}
+
+// CurrentState returns the current aggregate conn state by evaluating the counters
+func (cse *ConnectivityStateEvaluator) CurrentState() connectivity.State {
+	// Evaluate.
+	if cse.numReady > 0 {
+		return connectivity.Ready
+	}
+	if cse.numConnecting > 0 {
+		return connectivity.Connecting
+	}
+	if cse.numIdle > 0 {
+		return connectivity.Idle
+	}
+	return connectivity.TransientFailure
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/endpointsharding/endpointsharding.go

@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package endpointsharding implements a load balancing policy that manages
+// homogeneous child policies each owning a single endpoint.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This package is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+package endpointsharding
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	rand "math/rand/v2"
+	"sync"
+	"sync/atomic"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/base"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
+)
+
+var randIntN = rand.IntN
+
+// ChildState is the balancer state of a child along with the endpoint which
+// identifies the child balancer.
+type ChildState struct {
+	Endpoint resolver.Endpoint
+	State    balancer.State
+
+	// Balancer exposes only the ExitIdler interface of the child LB policy.
+	// Other methods of the child policy are called only by endpointsharding.
+	Balancer ExitIdler
+}
+
+// ExitIdler provides access to only the ExitIdle method of the child balancer.
+type ExitIdler interface {
+	// ExitIdle instructs the LB policy to reconnect to backends / exit the
+	// IDLE state, if appropriate and possible.  Note that SubConns that enter
+	// the IDLE state will not reconnect until SubConn.Connect is called.
+	ExitIdle()
+}
+
+// Options are the options to configure the behaviour of the
+// endpointsharding balancer.
+type Options struct {
+	// DisableAutoReconnect allows the balancer to keep child balancer in the
+	// IDLE state until they are explicitly triggered to exit using the
+	// ChildState obtained from the endpointsharding picker. When set to false,
+	// the endpointsharding balancer will automatically call ExitIdle on child
+	// connections that report IDLE.
+	DisableAutoReconnect bool
+}
+
+// ChildBuilderFunc creates a new balancer with the ClientConn. It has the same
+// type as the balancer.Builder.Build method.
+type ChildBuilderFunc func(cc balancer.ClientConn, opts balancer.BuildOptions) balancer.Balancer
+
+// NewBalancer returns a load balancing policy that manages homogeneous child
+// policies each owning a single endpoint. The endpointsharding balancer
+// forwards the LoadBalancingConfig in ClientConn state updates to its children.
+func NewBalancer(cc balancer.ClientConn, opts balancer.BuildOptions, childBuilder ChildBuilderFunc, esOpts Options) balancer.Balancer {
+	es := &endpointSharding{
+		cc:           cc,
+		bOpts:        opts,
+		esOpts:       esOpts,
+		childBuilder: childBuilder,
+	}
+	es.children.Store(resolver.NewEndpointMap[*balancerWrapper]())
+	return es
+}
+
+// endpointSharding is a balancer that wraps child balancers. It creates a child
+// balancer with child config for every unique Endpoint received. It updates the
+// child states on any update from parent or child.
+type endpointSharding struct {
+	cc           balancer.ClientConn
+	bOpts        balancer.BuildOptions
+	esOpts       Options
+	childBuilder ChildBuilderFunc
+
+	// childMu synchronizes calls to any single child. It must be held for all
+	// calls into a child. To avoid deadlocks, do not acquire childMu while
+	// holding mu.
+	childMu  sync.Mutex
+	children atomic.Pointer[resolver.EndpointMap[*balancerWrapper]]
+
+	// inhibitChildUpdates is set during UpdateClientConnState/ResolverError
+	// calls (calls to children will each produce an update, only want one
+	// update).
+	inhibitChildUpdates atomic.Bool
+
+	// mu synchronizes access to the state stored in balancerWrappers in the
+	// children field. mu must not be held during calls into a child since
+	// synchronous calls back from the child may require taking mu, causing a
+	// deadlock. To avoid deadlocks, do not acquire childMu while holding mu.
+	mu sync.Mutex
+}
+
+// rotateEndpoints returns a slice of all the input endpoints rotated a random
+// amount.
+func rotateEndpoints(es []resolver.Endpoint) []resolver.Endpoint {
+	les := len(es)
+	if les == 0 {
+		return es
+	}
+	r := randIntN(les)
+	// Make a copy to avoid mutating data beyond the end of es.
+	ret := make([]resolver.Endpoint, les)
+	copy(ret, es[r:])
+	copy(ret[les-r:], es[:r])
+	return ret
+}
+
+// UpdateClientConnState creates a child for new endpoints and deletes children
+// for endpoints that are no longer present. It also updates all the children,
+// and sends a single synchronous update of the childrens' aggregated state at
+// the end of the UpdateClientConnState operation. If any endpoint has no
+// addresses it will ignore that endpoint. Otherwise, returns first error found
+// from a child, but fully processes the new update.
+func (es *endpointSharding) UpdateClientConnState(state balancer.ClientConnState) error {
+	es.childMu.Lock()
+	defer es.childMu.Unlock()
+
+	es.inhibitChildUpdates.Store(true)
+	defer func() {
+		es.inhibitChildUpdates.Store(false)
+		es.updateState()
+	}()
+	var ret error
+
+	children := es.children.Load()
+	newChildren := resolver.NewEndpointMap[*balancerWrapper]()
+
+	// Update/Create new children.
+	for _, endpoint := range rotateEndpoints(state.ResolverState.Endpoints) {
+		if _, ok := newChildren.Get(endpoint); ok {
+			// Endpoint child was already created, continue to avoid duplicate
+			// update.
+			continue
+		}
+		childBalancer, ok := children.Get(endpoint)
+		if ok {
+			// Endpoint attributes may have changed, update the stored endpoint.
+			es.mu.Lock()
+			childBalancer.childState.Endpoint = endpoint
+			es.mu.Unlock()
+		} else {
+			childBalancer = &balancerWrapper{
+				childState: ChildState{Endpoint: endpoint},
+				ClientConn: es.cc,
+				es:         es,
+			}
+			childBalancer.childState.Balancer = childBalancer
+			childBalancer.child = es.childBuilder(childBalancer, es.bOpts)
+		}
+		newChildren.Set(endpoint, childBalancer)
+		if err := childBalancer.updateClientConnStateLocked(balancer.ClientConnState{
+			BalancerConfig: state.BalancerConfig,
+			ResolverState: resolver.State{
+				Endpoints:  []resolver.Endpoint{endpoint},
+				Attributes: state.ResolverState.Attributes,
+			},
+		}); err != nil && ret == nil {
+			// Return first error found, and always commit full processing of
+			// updating children. If desired to process more specific errors
+			// across all endpoints, caller should make these specific
+			// validations, this is a current limitation for simplicity sake.
+			ret = err
+		}
+	}
+	// Delete old children that are no longer present.
+	for _, e := range children.Keys() {
+		child, _ := children.Get(e)
+		if _, ok := newChildren.Get(e); !ok {
+			child.closeLocked()
+		}
+	}
+	es.children.Store(newChildren)
+	if newChildren.Len() == 0 {
+		return balancer.ErrBadResolverState
+	}
+	return ret
+}
+
+// ResolverError forwards the resolver error to all of the endpointSharding's
+// children and sends a single synchronous update of the childStates at the end
+// of the ResolverError operation.
+func (es *endpointSharding) ResolverError(err error) {
+	es.childMu.Lock()
+	defer es.childMu.Unlock()
+	es.inhibitChildUpdates.Store(true)
+	defer func() {
+		es.inhibitChildUpdates.Store(false)
+		es.updateState()
+	}()
+	children := es.children.Load()
+	for _, child := range children.Values() {
+		child.resolverErrorLocked(err)
+	}
+}
+
+func (es *endpointSharding) UpdateSubConnState(balancer.SubConn, balancer.SubConnState) {
+	// UpdateSubConnState is deprecated.
+}
+
+func (es *endpointSharding) Close() {
+	es.childMu.Lock()
+	defer es.childMu.Unlock()
+	children := es.children.Load()
+	for _, child := range children.Values() {
+		child.closeLocked()
+	}
+}
+
+func (es *endpointSharding) ExitIdle() {
+	es.childMu.Lock()
+	defer es.childMu.Unlock()
+	for _, bw := range es.children.Load().Values() {
+		if !bw.isClosed {
+			bw.child.ExitIdle()
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// updateState updates this component's state. It sends the aggregated state,
+// and a picker with round robin behavior with all the child states present if
+// needed.
+func (es *endpointSharding) updateState() {
+	if es.inhibitChildUpdates.Load() {
+		return
+	}
+	var readyPickers, connectingPickers, idlePickers, transientFailurePickers []balancer.Picker
+
+	es.mu.Lock()
+	defer es.mu.Unlock()
+
+	children := es.children.Load()
+	childStates := make([]ChildState, 0, children.Len())
+
+	for _, child := range children.Values() {
+		childState := child.childState
+		childStates = append(childStates, childState)
+		childPicker := childState.State.Picker
+		switch childState.State.ConnectivityState {
+		case connectivity.Ready:
+			readyPickers = append(readyPickers, childPicker)
+		case connectivity.Connecting:
+			connectingPickers = append(connectingPickers, childPicker)
+		case connectivity.Idle:
+			idlePickers = append(idlePickers, childPicker)
+		case connectivity.TransientFailure:
+			transientFailurePickers = append(transientFailurePickers, childPicker)
+			// connectivity.Shutdown shouldn't appear.
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Construct the round robin picker based off the aggregated state. Whatever
+	// the aggregated state, use the pickers present that are currently in that
+	// state only.
+	var aggState connectivity.State
+	var pickers []balancer.Picker
+	if len(readyPickers) >= 1 {
+		aggState = connectivity.Ready
+		pickers = readyPickers
+	} else if len(connectingPickers) >= 1 {
+		aggState = connectivity.Connecting
+		pickers = connectingPickers
+	} else if len(idlePickers) >= 1 {
+		aggState = connectivity.Idle
+		pickers = idlePickers
+	} else if len(transientFailurePickers) >= 1 {
+		aggState = connectivity.TransientFailure
+		pickers = transientFailurePickers
+	} else {
+		aggState = connectivity.TransientFailure
+		pickers = []balancer.Picker{base.NewErrPicker(errors.New("no children to pick from"))}
+	} // No children (resolver error before valid update).
+	p := &pickerWithChildStates{
+		pickers:     pickers,
+		childStates: childStates,
+		next:        uint32(randIntN(len(pickers))),
+	}
+	es.cc.UpdateState(balancer.State{
+		ConnectivityState: aggState,
+		Picker:            p,
+	})
+}
+
+// pickerWithChildStates delegates to the pickers it holds in a round robin
+// fashion. It also contains the childStates of all the endpointSharding's
+// children.
+type pickerWithChildStates struct {
+	pickers     []balancer.Picker
+	childStates []ChildState
+	next        uint32
+}
+
+func (p *pickerWithChildStates) Pick(info balancer.PickInfo) (balancer.PickResult, error) {
+	nextIndex := atomic.AddUint32(&p.next, 1)
+	picker := p.pickers[nextIndex%uint32(len(p.pickers))]
+	return picker.Pick(info)
+}
+
+// ChildStatesFromPicker returns the state of all the children managed by the
+// endpoint sharding balancer that created this picker.
+func ChildStatesFromPicker(picker balancer.Picker) []ChildState {
+	p, ok := picker.(*pickerWithChildStates)
+	if !ok {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return p.childStates
+}
+
+// balancerWrapper is a wrapper of a balancer. It ID's a child balancer by
+// endpoint, and persists recent child balancer state.
+type balancerWrapper struct {
+	// The following fields are initialized at build time and read-only after
+	// that and therefore do not need to be guarded by a mutex.
+
+	// child contains the wrapped balancer. Access its methods only through
+	// methods on balancerWrapper to ensure proper synchronization
+	child               balancer.Balancer
+	balancer.ClientConn // embed to intercept UpdateState, doesn't deal with SubConns
+
+	es *endpointSharding
+
+	// Access to the following fields is guarded by es.mu.
+
+	childState ChildState
+	isClosed   bool
+}
+
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) UpdateState(state balancer.State) {
+	bw.es.mu.Lock()
+	bw.childState.State = state
+	bw.es.mu.Unlock()
+	if state.ConnectivityState == connectivity.Idle && !bw.es.esOpts.DisableAutoReconnect {
+		bw.ExitIdle()
+	}
+	bw.es.updateState()
+}
+
+// ExitIdle pings an IDLE child balancer to exit idle in a new goroutine to
+// avoid deadlocks due to synchronous balancer state updates.
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) ExitIdle() {
+	go func() {
+		bw.es.childMu.Lock()
+		if !bw.isClosed {
+			bw.child.ExitIdle()
+		}
+		bw.es.childMu.Unlock()
+	}()
+}
+
+// updateClientConnStateLocked delivers the ClientConnState to the child
+// balancer. Callers must hold the child mutex of the parent endpointsharding
+// balancer.
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) updateClientConnStateLocked(ccs balancer.ClientConnState) error {
+	return bw.child.UpdateClientConnState(ccs)
+}
+
+// closeLocked closes the child balancer. Callers must hold the child mutext of
+// the parent endpointsharding balancer.
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) closeLocked() {
+	bw.child.Close()
+	bw.isClosed = true
+}
+
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) resolverErrorLocked(err error) {
+	bw.child.ResolverError(err)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/grpclb/state/state.go

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2020 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package state declares grpclb types to be set by resolvers wishing to pass
+// information to grpclb via resolver.State Attributes.
+package state
+
+import (
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
+)
+
+// keyType is the key to use for storing State in Attributes.
+type keyType string
+
+const key = keyType("grpc.grpclb.state")
+
+// State contains gRPCLB-relevant data passed from the name resolver.
+type State struct {
+	// BalancerAddresses contains the remote load balancer address(es).  If
+	// set, overrides any resolver-provided addresses with Type of GRPCLB.
+	BalancerAddresses []resolver.Address
+}
+
+// Set returns a copy of the provided state with attributes containing s.  s's
+// data should not be mutated after calling Set.
+func Set(state resolver.State, s *State) resolver.State {
+	state.Attributes = state.Attributes.WithValue(key, s)
+	return state
+}
+
+// Get returns the grpclb State in the resolver.State, or nil if not present.
+// The returned data should not be mutated.
+func Get(state resolver.State) *State {
+	s, _ := state.Attributes.Value(key).(*State)
+	return s
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/pickfirst/internal/internal.go

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package internal contains code internal to the pickfirst package.
+package internal
+
+import (
+	rand "math/rand/v2"
+	"time"
+)
+
+var (
+	// RandShuffle pseudo-randomizes the order of addresses.
+	RandShuffle = rand.Shuffle
+	// TimeAfterFunc allows mocking the timer for testing connection delay
+	// related functionality.
+	TimeAfterFunc = func(d time.Duration, f func()) func() {
+		timer := time.AfterFunc(d, f)
+		return func() { timer.Stop() }
+	}
+)

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/pickfirst/pickfirst.go

@@ -0,0 +1,908 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package pickfirst contains the pick_first load balancing policy which
+// is the universal leaf policy.
+package pickfirst
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"net/netip"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/pickfirst/internal"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity"
+	expstats "google.golang.org/grpc/experimental/stats"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog"
+	internalgrpclog "google.golang.org/grpc/internal/grpclog"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal/pretty"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/serviceconfig"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	balancer.Register(pickfirstBuilder{})
+}
+
+// Name is the name of the pick_first balancer.
+const Name = "pick_first"
+
+// enableHealthListenerKeyType is a unique key type used in resolver
+// attributes to indicate whether the health listener usage is enabled.
+type enableHealthListenerKeyType struct{}
+
+var (
+	logger               = grpclog.Component("pick-first-leaf-lb")
+	disconnectionsMetric = expstats.RegisterInt64Count(expstats.MetricDescriptor{
+		Name:        "grpc.lb.pick_first.disconnections",
+		Description: "EXPERIMENTAL. Number of times the selected subchannel becomes disconnected.",
+		Unit:        "{disconnection}",
+		Labels:      []string{"grpc.target"},
+		Default:     false,
+	})
+	connectionAttemptsSucceededMetric = expstats.RegisterInt64Count(expstats.MetricDescriptor{
+		Name:        "grpc.lb.pick_first.connection_attempts_succeeded",
+		Description: "EXPERIMENTAL. Number of successful connection attempts.",
+		Unit:        "{attempt}",
+		Labels:      []string{"grpc.target"},
+		Default:     false,
+	})
+	connectionAttemptsFailedMetric = expstats.RegisterInt64Count(expstats.MetricDescriptor{
+		Name:        "grpc.lb.pick_first.connection_attempts_failed",
+		Description: "EXPERIMENTAL. Number of failed connection attempts.",
+		Unit:        "{attempt}",
+		Labels:      []string{"grpc.target"},
+		Default:     false,
+	})
+)
+
+const (
+	// TODO: change to pick-first when this becomes the default pick_first policy.
+	logPrefix = "[pick-first-leaf-lb %p] "
+	// connectionDelayInterval is the time to wait for during the happy eyeballs
+	// pass before starting the next connection attempt.
+	connectionDelayInterval = 250 * time.Millisecond
+)
+
+type ipAddrFamily int
+
+const (
+	// ipAddrFamilyUnknown represents strings that can't be parsed as an IP
+	// address.
+	ipAddrFamilyUnknown ipAddrFamily = iota
+	ipAddrFamilyV4
+	ipAddrFamilyV6
+)
+
+type pickfirstBuilder struct{}
+
+func (pickfirstBuilder) Build(cc balancer.ClientConn, bo balancer.BuildOptions) balancer.Balancer {
+	b := &pickfirstBalancer{
+		cc:              cc,
+		target:          bo.Target.String(),
+		metricsRecorder: cc.MetricsRecorder(),
+
+		subConns:              resolver.NewAddressMapV2[*scData](),
+		state:                 connectivity.Connecting,
+		cancelConnectionTimer: func() {},
+	}
+	b.logger = internalgrpclog.NewPrefixLogger(logger, fmt.Sprintf(logPrefix, b))
+	return b
+}
+
+func (b pickfirstBuilder) Name() string {
+	return Name
+}
+
+func (pickfirstBuilder) ParseConfig(js json.RawMessage) (serviceconfig.LoadBalancingConfig, error) {
+	var cfg pfConfig
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(js, &cfg); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("pickfirst: unable to unmarshal LB policy config: %s, error: %v", string(js), err)
+	}
+	return cfg, nil
+}
+
+// EnableHealthListener updates the state to configure pickfirst for using a
+// generic health listener.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a later
+// release.
+func EnableHealthListener(state resolver.State) resolver.State {
+	state.Attributes = state.Attributes.WithValue(enableHealthListenerKeyType{}, true)
+	return state
+}
+
+type pfConfig struct {
+	serviceconfig.LoadBalancingConfig `json:"-"`
+
+	// If set to true, instructs the LB policy to shuffle the order of the list
+	// of endpoints received from the name resolver before attempting to
+	// connect to them.
+	ShuffleAddressList bool `json:"shuffleAddressList"`
+}
+
+// scData keeps track of the current state of the subConn.
+// It is not safe for concurrent access.
+type scData struct {
+	// The following fields are initialized at build time and read-only after
+	// that.
+	subConn balancer.SubConn
+	addr    resolver.Address
+
+	rawConnectivityState connectivity.State
+	// The effective connectivity state based on raw connectivity, health state
+	// and after following sticky TransientFailure behaviour defined in A62.
+	effectiveState              connectivity.State
+	lastErr                     error
+	connectionFailedInFirstPass bool
+}
+
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) newSCData(addr resolver.Address) (*scData, error) {
+	sd := &scData{
+		rawConnectivityState: connectivity.Idle,
+		effectiveState:       connectivity.Idle,
+		addr:                 addr,
+	}
+	sc, err := b.cc.NewSubConn([]resolver.Address{addr}, balancer.NewSubConnOptions{
+		StateListener: func(state balancer.SubConnState) {
+			b.updateSubConnState(sd, state)
+		},
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	sd.subConn = sc
+	return sd, nil
+}
+
+type pickfirstBalancer struct {
+	// The following fields are initialized at build time and read-only after
+	// that and therefore do not need to be guarded by a mutex.
+	logger          *internalgrpclog.PrefixLogger
+	cc              balancer.ClientConn
+	target          string
+	metricsRecorder expstats.MetricsRecorder // guaranteed to be non nil
+
+	// The mutex is used to ensure synchronization of updates triggered
+	// from the idle picker and the already serialized resolver,
+	// SubConn state updates.
+	mu sync.Mutex
+	// State reported to the channel based on SubConn states and resolver
+	// updates.
+	state connectivity.State
+	// scData for active subonns mapped by address.
+	subConns              *resolver.AddressMapV2[*scData]
+	addressList           addressList
+	firstPass             bool
+	numTF                 int
+	cancelConnectionTimer func()
+	healthCheckingEnabled bool
+}
+
+// ResolverError is called by the ClientConn when the name resolver produces
+// an error or when pickfirst determined the resolver update to be invalid.
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) ResolverError(err error) {
+	b.mu.Lock()
+	defer b.mu.Unlock()
+	b.resolverErrorLocked(err)
+}
+
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) resolverErrorLocked(err error) {
+	if b.logger.V(2) {
+		b.logger.Infof("Received error from the name resolver: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	// The picker will not change since the balancer does not currently
+	// report an error. If the balancer hasn't received a single good resolver
+	// update yet, transition to TRANSIENT_FAILURE.
+	if b.state != connectivity.TransientFailure && b.addressList.size() > 0 {
+		if b.logger.V(2) {
+			b.logger.Infof("Ignoring resolver error because balancer is using a previous good update.")
+		}
+		return
+	}
+
+	b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+		ConnectivityState: connectivity.TransientFailure,
+		Picker:            &picker{err: fmt.Errorf("name resolver error: %v", err)},
+	})
+}
+
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) UpdateClientConnState(state balancer.ClientConnState) error {
+	b.mu.Lock()
+	defer b.mu.Unlock()
+	b.cancelConnectionTimer()
+	if len(state.ResolverState.Addresses) == 0 && len(state.ResolverState.Endpoints) == 0 {
+		// Cleanup state pertaining to the previous resolver state.
+		// Treat an empty address list like an error by calling b.ResolverError.
+		b.closeSubConnsLocked()
+		b.addressList.updateAddrs(nil)
+		b.resolverErrorLocked(errors.New("produced zero addresses"))
+		return balancer.ErrBadResolverState
+	}
+	b.healthCheckingEnabled = state.ResolverState.Attributes.Value(enableHealthListenerKeyType{}) != nil
+	cfg, ok := state.BalancerConfig.(pfConfig)
+	if state.BalancerConfig != nil && !ok {
+		return fmt.Errorf("pickfirst: received illegal BalancerConfig (type %T): %v: %w", state.BalancerConfig, state.BalancerConfig, balancer.ErrBadResolverState)
+	}
+
+	if b.logger.V(2) {
+		b.logger.Infof("Received new config %s, resolver state %s", pretty.ToJSON(cfg), pretty.ToJSON(state.ResolverState))
+	}
+
+	var newAddrs []resolver.Address
+	if endpoints := state.ResolverState.Endpoints; len(endpoints) != 0 {
+		// Perform the optional shuffling described in gRFC A62. The shuffling
+		// will change the order of endpoints but not touch the order of the
+		// addresses within each endpoint. - A61
+		if cfg.ShuffleAddressList {
+			endpoints = append([]resolver.Endpoint{}, endpoints...)
+			internal.RandShuffle(len(endpoints), func(i, j int) { endpoints[i], endpoints[j] = endpoints[j], endpoints[i] })
+		}
+
+		// "Flatten the list by concatenating the ordered list of addresses for
+		// each of the endpoints, in order." - A61
+		for _, endpoint := range endpoints {
+			newAddrs = append(newAddrs, endpoint.Addresses...)
+		}
+	} else {
+		// Endpoints not set, process addresses until we migrate resolver
+		// emissions fully to Endpoints. The top channel does wrap emitted
+		// addresses with endpoints, however some balancers such as weighted
+		// target do not forward the corresponding correct endpoints down/split
+		// endpoints properly. Once all balancers correctly forward endpoints
+		// down, can delete this else conditional.
+		newAddrs = state.ResolverState.Addresses
+		if cfg.ShuffleAddressList {
+			newAddrs = append([]resolver.Address{}, newAddrs...)
+			internal.RandShuffle(len(newAddrs), func(i, j int) { newAddrs[i], newAddrs[j] = newAddrs[j], newAddrs[i] })
+		}
+	}
+
+	// If an address appears in multiple endpoints or in the same endpoint
+	// multiple times, we keep it only once. We will create only one SubConn
+	// for the address because an AddressMap is used to store SubConns.
+	// Not de-duplicating would result in attempting to connect to the same
+	// SubConn multiple times in the same pass. We don't want this.
+	newAddrs = deDupAddresses(newAddrs)
+	newAddrs = interleaveAddresses(newAddrs)
+
+	prevAddr := b.addressList.currentAddress()
+	prevSCData, found := b.subConns.Get(prevAddr)
+	prevAddrsCount := b.addressList.size()
+	isPrevRawConnectivityStateReady := found && prevSCData.rawConnectivityState == connectivity.Ready
+	b.addressList.updateAddrs(newAddrs)
+
+	// If the previous ready SubConn exists in new address list,
+	// keep this connection and don't create new SubConns.
+	if isPrevRawConnectivityStateReady && b.addressList.seekTo(prevAddr) {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	b.reconcileSubConnsLocked(newAddrs)
+	// If it's the first resolver update or the balancer was already READY
+	// (but the new address list does not contain the ready SubConn) or
+	// CONNECTING, enter CONNECTING.
+	// We may be in TRANSIENT_FAILURE due to a previous empty address list,
+	// we should still enter CONNECTING because the sticky TF behaviour
+	//  mentioned in A62 applies only when the TRANSIENT_FAILURE is reported
+	// due to connectivity failures.
+	if isPrevRawConnectivityStateReady || b.state == connectivity.Connecting || prevAddrsCount == 0 {
+		// Start connection attempt at first address.
+		b.forceUpdateConcludedStateLocked(balancer.State{
+			ConnectivityState: connectivity.Connecting,
+			Picker:            &picker{err: balancer.ErrNoSubConnAvailable},
+		})
+		b.startFirstPassLocked()
+	} else if b.state == connectivity.TransientFailure {
+		// If we're in TRANSIENT_FAILURE, we stay in TRANSIENT_FAILURE until
+		// we're READY. See A62.
+		b.startFirstPassLocked()
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// UpdateSubConnState is unused as a StateListener is always registered when
+// creating SubConns.
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) UpdateSubConnState(subConn balancer.SubConn, state balancer.SubConnState) {
+	b.logger.Errorf("UpdateSubConnState(%v, %+v) called unexpectedly", subConn, state)
+}
+
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) Close() {
+	b.mu.Lock()
+	defer b.mu.Unlock()
+	b.closeSubConnsLocked()
+	b.cancelConnectionTimer()
+	b.state = connectivity.Shutdown
+}
+
+// ExitIdle moves the balancer out of idle state. It can be called concurrently
+// by the idlePicker and clientConn so access to variables should be
+// synchronized.
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) ExitIdle() {
+	b.mu.Lock()
+	defer b.mu.Unlock()
+	if b.state == connectivity.Idle {
+		// Move the balancer into CONNECTING state immediately. This is done to
+		// avoid staying in IDLE if a resolver update arrives before the first
+		// SubConn reports CONNECTING.
+		b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+			ConnectivityState: connectivity.Connecting,
+			Picker:            &picker{err: balancer.ErrNoSubConnAvailable},
+		})
+		b.startFirstPassLocked()
+	}
+}
+
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) startFirstPassLocked() {
+	b.firstPass = true
+	b.numTF = 0
+	// Reset the connection attempt record for existing SubConns.
+	for _, sd := range b.subConns.Values() {
+		sd.connectionFailedInFirstPass = false
+	}
+	b.requestConnectionLocked()
+}
+
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) closeSubConnsLocked() {
+	for _, sd := range b.subConns.Values() {
+		sd.subConn.Shutdown()
+	}
+	b.subConns = resolver.NewAddressMapV2[*scData]()
+}
+
+// deDupAddresses ensures that each address appears only once in the slice.
+func deDupAddresses(addrs []resolver.Address) []resolver.Address {
+	seenAddrs := resolver.NewAddressMapV2[bool]()
+	retAddrs := []resolver.Address{}
+
+	for _, addr := range addrs {
+		if _, ok := seenAddrs.Get(addr); ok {
+			continue
+		}
+		seenAddrs.Set(addr, true)
+		retAddrs = append(retAddrs, addr)
+	}
+	return retAddrs
+}
+
+// interleaveAddresses interleaves addresses of both families (IPv4 and IPv6)
+// as per RFC-8305 section 4.
+// Whichever address family is first in the list is followed by an address of
+// the other address family; that is, if the first address in the list is IPv6,
+// then the first IPv4 address should be moved up in the list to be second in
+// the list. It doesn't support configuring "First Address Family Count", i.e.
+// there will always be a single member of the first address family at the
+// beginning of the interleaved list.
+// Addresses that are neither IPv4 nor IPv6 are treated as part of a third
+// "unknown" family for interleaving.
+// See: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8305#autoid-6
+func interleaveAddresses(addrs []resolver.Address) []resolver.Address {
+	familyAddrsMap := map[ipAddrFamily][]resolver.Address{}
+	interleavingOrder := []ipAddrFamily{}
+	for _, addr := range addrs {
+		family := addressFamily(addr.Addr)
+		if _, found := familyAddrsMap[family]; !found {
+			interleavingOrder = append(interleavingOrder, family)
+		}
+		familyAddrsMap[family] = append(familyAddrsMap[family], addr)
+	}
+
+	interleavedAddrs := make([]resolver.Address, 0, len(addrs))
+
+	for curFamilyIdx := 0; len(interleavedAddrs) < len(addrs); curFamilyIdx = (curFamilyIdx + 1) % len(interleavingOrder) {
+		// Some IP types may have fewer addresses than others, so we look for
+		// the next type that has a remaining member to add to the interleaved
+		// list.
+		family := interleavingOrder[curFamilyIdx]
+		remainingMembers := familyAddrsMap[family]
+		if len(remainingMembers) > 0 {
+			interleavedAddrs = append(interleavedAddrs, remainingMembers[0])
+			familyAddrsMap[family] = remainingMembers[1:]
+		}
+	}
+
+	return interleavedAddrs
+}
+
+// addressFamily returns the ipAddrFamily after parsing the address string.
+// If the address isn't of the format "ip-address:port", it returns
+// ipAddrFamilyUnknown. The address may be valid even if it's not an IP when
+// using a resolver like passthrough where the address may be a hostname in
+// some format that the dialer can resolve.
+func addressFamily(address string) ipAddrFamily {
+	// Parse the IP after removing the port.
+	host, _, err := net.SplitHostPort(address)
+	if err != nil {
+		return ipAddrFamilyUnknown
+	}
+	ip, err := netip.ParseAddr(host)
+	if err != nil {
+		return ipAddrFamilyUnknown
+	}
+	switch {
+	case ip.Is4() || ip.Is4In6():
+		return ipAddrFamilyV4
+	case ip.Is6():
+		return ipAddrFamilyV6
+	default:
+		return ipAddrFamilyUnknown
+	}
+}
+
+// reconcileSubConnsLocked updates the active subchannels based on a new address
+// list from the resolver. It does this by:
+//   - closing subchannels: any existing subchannels associated with addresses
+//     that are no longer in the updated list are shut down.
+//   - removing subchannels: entries for these closed subchannels are removed
+//     from the subchannel map.
+//
+// This ensures that the subchannel map accurately reflects the current set of
+// addresses received from the name resolver.
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) reconcileSubConnsLocked(newAddrs []resolver.Address) {
+	newAddrsMap := resolver.NewAddressMapV2[bool]()
+	for _, addr := range newAddrs {
+		newAddrsMap.Set(addr, true)
+	}
+
+	for _, oldAddr := range b.subConns.Keys() {
+		if _, ok := newAddrsMap.Get(oldAddr); ok {
+			continue
+		}
+		val, _ := b.subConns.Get(oldAddr)
+		val.subConn.Shutdown()
+		b.subConns.Delete(oldAddr)
+	}
+}
+
+// shutdownRemainingLocked shuts down remaining subConns. Called when a subConn
+// becomes ready, which means that all other subConn must be shutdown.
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) shutdownRemainingLocked(selected *scData) {
+	b.cancelConnectionTimer()
+	for _, sd := range b.subConns.Values() {
+		if sd.subConn != selected.subConn {
+			sd.subConn.Shutdown()
+		}
+	}
+	b.subConns = resolver.NewAddressMapV2[*scData]()
+	b.subConns.Set(selected.addr, selected)
+}
+
+// requestConnectionLocked starts connecting on the subchannel corresponding to
+// the current address. If no subchannel exists, one is created. If the current
+// subchannel is in TransientFailure, a connection to the next address is
+// attempted until a subchannel is found.
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) requestConnectionLocked() {
+	if !b.addressList.isValid() {
+		return
+	}
+	var lastErr error
+	for valid := true; valid; valid = b.addressList.increment() {
+		curAddr := b.addressList.currentAddress()
+		sd, ok := b.subConns.Get(curAddr)
+		if !ok {
+			var err error
+			// We want to assign the new scData to sd from the outer scope,
+			// hence we can't use := below.
+			sd, err = b.newSCData(curAddr)
+			if err != nil {
+				// This should never happen, unless the clientConn is being shut
+				// down.
+				if b.logger.V(2) {
+					b.logger.Infof("Failed to create a subConn for address %v: %v", curAddr.String(), err)
+				}
+				// Do nothing, the LB policy will be closed soon.
+				return
+			}
+			b.subConns.Set(curAddr, sd)
+		}
+
+		switch sd.rawConnectivityState {
+		case connectivity.Idle:
+			sd.subConn.Connect()
+			b.scheduleNextConnectionLocked()
+			return
+		case connectivity.TransientFailure:
+			// The SubConn is being re-used and failed during a previous pass
+			// over the addressList. It has not completed backoff yet.
+			// Mark it as having failed and try the next address.
+			sd.connectionFailedInFirstPass = true
+			lastErr = sd.lastErr
+			continue
+		case connectivity.Connecting:
+			// Wait for the connection attempt to complete or the timer to fire
+			// before attempting the next address.
+			b.scheduleNextConnectionLocked()
+			return
+		default:
+			b.logger.Errorf("SubConn with unexpected state %v present in SubConns map.", sd.rawConnectivityState)
+			return
+
+		}
+	}
+
+	// All the remaining addresses in the list are in TRANSIENT_FAILURE, end the
+	// first pass if possible.
+	b.endFirstPassIfPossibleLocked(lastErr)
+}
+
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) scheduleNextConnectionLocked() {
+	b.cancelConnectionTimer()
+	if !b.addressList.hasNext() {
+		return
+	}
+	curAddr := b.addressList.currentAddress()
+	cancelled := false // Access to this is protected by the balancer's mutex.
+	closeFn := internal.TimeAfterFunc(connectionDelayInterval, func() {
+		b.mu.Lock()
+		defer b.mu.Unlock()
+		// If the scheduled task is cancelled while acquiring the mutex, return.
+		if cancelled {
+			return
+		}
+		if b.logger.V(2) {
+			b.logger.Infof("Happy Eyeballs timer expired while waiting for connection to %q.", curAddr.Addr)
+		}
+		if b.addressList.increment() {
+			b.requestConnectionLocked()
+		}
+	})
+	// Access to the cancellation callback held by the balancer is guarded by
+	// the balancer's mutex, so it's safe to set the boolean from the callback.
+	b.cancelConnectionTimer = sync.OnceFunc(func() {
+		cancelled = true
+		closeFn()
+	})
+}
+
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) updateSubConnState(sd *scData, newState balancer.SubConnState) {
+	b.mu.Lock()
+	defer b.mu.Unlock()
+	oldState := sd.rawConnectivityState
+	sd.rawConnectivityState = newState.ConnectivityState
+	// Previously relevant SubConns can still callback with state updates.
+	// To prevent pickers from returning these obsolete SubConns, this logic
+	// is included to check if the current list of active SubConns includes this
+	// SubConn.
+	if !b.isActiveSCData(sd) {
+		return
+	}
+	if newState.ConnectivityState == connectivity.Shutdown {
+		sd.effectiveState = connectivity.Shutdown
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Record a connection attempt when exiting CONNECTING.
+	if newState.ConnectivityState == connectivity.TransientFailure {
+		sd.connectionFailedInFirstPass = true
+		connectionAttemptsFailedMetric.Record(b.metricsRecorder, 1, b.target)
+	}
+
+	if newState.ConnectivityState == connectivity.Ready {
+		connectionAttemptsSucceededMetric.Record(b.metricsRecorder, 1, b.target)
+		b.shutdownRemainingLocked(sd)
+		if !b.addressList.seekTo(sd.addr) {
+			// This should not fail as we should have only one SubConn after
+			// entering READY. The SubConn should be present in the addressList.
+			b.logger.Errorf("Address %q not found address list in %v", sd.addr, b.addressList.addresses)
+			return
+		}
+		if !b.healthCheckingEnabled {
+			if b.logger.V(2) {
+				b.logger.Infof("SubConn %p reported connectivity state READY and the health listener is disabled. Transitioning SubConn to READY.", sd.subConn)
+			}
+
+			sd.effectiveState = connectivity.Ready
+			b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+				ConnectivityState: connectivity.Ready,
+				Picker:            &picker{result: balancer.PickResult{SubConn: sd.subConn}},
+			})
+			return
+		}
+		if b.logger.V(2) {
+			b.logger.Infof("SubConn %p reported connectivity state READY. Registering health listener.", sd.subConn)
+		}
+		// Send a CONNECTING update to take the SubConn out of sticky-TF if
+		// required.
+		sd.effectiveState = connectivity.Connecting
+		b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+			ConnectivityState: connectivity.Connecting,
+			Picker:            &picker{err: balancer.ErrNoSubConnAvailable},
+		})
+		sd.subConn.RegisterHealthListener(func(scs balancer.SubConnState) {
+			b.updateSubConnHealthState(sd, scs)
+		})
+		return
+	}
+
+	// If the LB policy is READY, and it receives a subchannel state change,
+	// it means that the READY subchannel has failed.
+	// A SubConn can also transition from CONNECTING directly to IDLE when
+	// a transport is successfully created, but the connection fails
+	// before the SubConn can send the notification for READY. We treat
+	// this as a successful connection and transition to IDLE.
+	// TODO: https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/issues/7862 - Remove the second
+	// part of the if condition below once the issue is fixed.
+	if oldState == connectivity.Ready || (oldState == connectivity.Connecting && newState.ConnectivityState == connectivity.Idle) {
+		// Once a transport fails, the balancer enters IDLE and starts from
+		// the first address when the picker is used.
+		b.shutdownRemainingLocked(sd)
+		sd.effectiveState = newState.ConnectivityState
+		// READY SubConn interspliced in between CONNECTING and IDLE, need to
+		// account for that.
+		if oldState == connectivity.Connecting {
+			// A known issue (https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/issues/7862)
+			// causes a race that prevents the READY state change notification.
+			// This works around it.
+			connectionAttemptsSucceededMetric.Record(b.metricsRecorder, 1, b.target)
+		}
+		disconnectionsMetric.Record(b.metricsRecorder, 1, b.target)
+		b.addressList.reset()
+		b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+			ConnectivityState: connectivity.Idle,
+			Picker:            &idlePicker{exitIdle: sync.OnceFunc(b.ExitIdle)},
+		})
+		return
+	}
+
+	if b.firstPass {
+		switch newState.ConnectivityState {
+		case connectivity.Connecting:
+			// The effective state can be in either IDLE, CONNECTING or
+			// TRANSIENT_FAILURE. If it's  TRANSIENT_FAILURE, stay in
+			// TRANSIENT_FAILURE until it's READY. See A62.
+			if sd.effectiveState != connectivity.TransientFailure {
+				sd.effectiveState = connectivity.Connecting
+				b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+					ConnectivityState: connectivity.Connecting,
+					Picker:            &picker{err: balancer.ErrNoSubConnAvailable},
+				})
+			}
+		case connectivity.TransientFailure:
+			sd.lastErr = newState.ConnectionError
+			sd.effectiveState = connectivity.TransientFailure
+			// Since we're re-using common SubConns while handling resolver
+			// updates, we could receive an out of turn TRANSIENT_FAILURE from
+			// a pass over the previous address list. Happy Eyeballs will also
+			// cause out of order updates to arrive.
+
+			if curAddr := b.addressList.currentAddress(); equalAddressIgnoringBalAttributes(&curAddr, &sd.addr) {
+				b.cancelConnectionTimer()
+				if b.addressList.increment() {
+					b.requestConnectionLocked()
+					return
+				}
+			}
+
+			// End the first pass if we've seen a TRANSIENT_FAILURE from all
+			// SubConns once.
+			b.endFirstPassIfPossibleLocked(newState.ConnectionError)
+		}
+		return
+	}
+
+	// We have finished the first pass, keep re-connecting failing SubConns.
+	switch newState.ConnectivityState {
+	case connectivity.TransientFailure:
+		b.numTF = (b.numTF + 1) % b.subConns.Len()
+		sd.lastErr = newState.ConnectionError
+		if b.numTF%b.subConns.Len() == 0 {
+			b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+				ConnectivityState: connectivity.TransientFailure,
+				Picker:            &picker{err: newState.ConnectionError},
+			})
+		}
+		// We don't need to request re-resolution since the SubConn already
+		// does that before reporting TRANSIENT_FAILURE.
+		// TODO: #7534 - Move re-resolution requests from SubConn into
+		// pick_first.
+	case connectivity.Idle:
+		sd.subConn.Connect()
+	}
+}
+
+// endFirstPassIfPossibleLocked ends the first happy-eyeballs pass if all the
+// addresses are tried and their SubConns have reported a failure.
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) endFirstPassIfPossibleLocked(lastErr error) {
+	// An optimization to avoid iterating over the entire SubConn map.
+	if b.addressList.isValid() {
+		return
+	}
+	// Connect() has been called on all the SubConns. The first pass can be
+	// ended if all the SubConns have reported a failure.
+	for _, sd := range b.subConns.Values() {
+		if !sd.connectionFailedInFirstPass {
+			return
+		}
+	}
+	b.firstPass = false
+	b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+		ConnectivityState: connectivity.TransientFailure,
+		Picker:            &picker{err: lastErr},
+	})
+	// Start re-connecting all the SubConns that are already in IDLE.
+	for _, sd := range b.subConns.Values() {
+		if sd.rawConnectivityState == connectivity.Idle {
+			sd.subConn.Connect()
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) isActiveSCData(sd *scData) bool {
+	activeSD, found := b.subConns.Get(sd.addr)
+	return found && activeSD == sd
+}
+
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) updateSubConnHealthState(sd *scData, state balancer.SubConnState) {
+	b.mu.Lock()
+	defer b.mu.Unlock()
+	// Previously relevant SubConns can still callback with state updates.
+	// To prevent pickers from returning these obsolete SubConns, this logic
+	// is included to check if the current list of active SubConns includes
+	// this SubConn.
+	if !b.isActiveSCData(sd) {
+		return
+	}
+	sd.effectiveState = state.ConnectivityState
+	switch state.ConnectivityState {
+	case connectivity.Ready:
+		b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+			ConnectivityState: connectivity.Ready,
+			Picker:            &picker{result: balancer.PickResult{SubConn: sd.subConn}},
+		})
+	case connectivity.TransientFailure:
+		b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+			ConnectivityState: connectivity.TransientFailure,
+			Picker:            &picker{err: fmt.Errorf("pickfirst: health check failure: %v", state.ConnectionError)},
+		})
+	case connectivity.Connecting:
+		b.updateBalancerState(balancer.State{
+			ConnectivityState: connectivity.Connecting,
+			Picker:            &picker{err: balancer.ErrNoSubConnAvailable},
+		})
+	default:
+		b.logger.Errorf("Got unexpected health update for SubConn %p: %v", state)
+	}
+}
+
+// updateBalancerState stores the state reported to the channel and calls
+// ClientConn.UpdateState(). As an optimization, it avoids sending duplicate
+// updates to the channel.
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) updateBalancerState(newState balancer.State) {
+	// In case of TransientFailures allow the picker to be updated to update
+	// the connectivity error, in all other cases don't send duplicate state
+	// updates.
+	if newState.ConnectivityState == b.state && b.state != connectivity.TransientFailure {
+		return
+	}
+	b.forceUpdateConcludedStateLocked(newState)
+}
+
+// forceUpdateConcludedStateLocked stores the state reported to the channel and
+// calls ClientConn.UpdateState().
+// A separate function is defined to force update the ClientConn state since the
+// channel doesn't correctly assume that LB policies start in CONNECTING and
+// relies on LB policy to send an initial CONNECTING update.
+func (b *pickfirstBalancer) forceUpdateConcludedStateLocked(newState balancer.State) {
+	b.state = newState.ConnectivityState
+	b.cc.UpdateState(newState)
+}
+
+type picker struct {
+	result balancer.PickResult
+	err    error
+}
+
+func (p *picker) Pick(balancer.PickInfo) (balancer.PickResult, error) {
+	return p.result, p.err
+}
+
+// idlePicker is used when the SubConn is IDLE and kicks the SubConn into
+// CONNECTING when Pick is called.
+type idlePicker struct {
+	exitIdle func()
+}
+
+func (i *idlePicker) Pick(balancer.PickInfo) (balancer.PickResult, error) {
+	i.exitIdle()
+	return balancer.PickResult{}, balancer.ErrNoSubConnAvailable
+}
+
+// addressList manages sequentially iterating over addresses present in a list
+// of endpoints. It provides a 1 dimensional view of the addresses present in
+// the endpoints.
+// This type is not safe for concurrent access.
+type addressList struct {
+	addresses []resolver.Address
+	idx       int
+}
+
+func (al *addressList) isValid() bool {
+	return al.idx < len(al.addresses)
+}
+
+func (al *addressList) size() int {
+	return len(al.addresses)
+}
+
+// increment moves to the next index in the address list.
+// This method returns false if it went off the list, true otherwise.
+func (al *addressList) increment() bool {
+	if !al.isValid() {
+		return false
+	}
+	al.idx++
+	return al.idx < len(al.addresses)
+}
+
+// currentAddress returns the current address pointed to in the addressList.
+// If the list is in an invalid state, it returns an empty address instead.
+func (al *addressList) currentAddress() resolver.Address {
+	if !al.isValid() {
+		return resolver.Address{}
+	}
+	return al.addresses[al.idx]
+}
+
+func (al *addressList) reset() {
+	al.idx = 0
+}
+
+func (al *addressList) updateAddrs(addrs []resolver.Address) {
+	al.addresses = addrs
+	al.reset()
+}
+
+// seekTo returns false if the needle was not found and the current index was
+// left unchanged.
+func (al *addressList) seekTo(needle resolver.Address) bool {
+	for ai, addr := range al.addresses {
+		if !equalAddressIgnoringBalAttributes(&addr, &needle) {
+			continue
+		}
+		al.idx = ai
+		return true
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+// hasNext returns whether incrementing the addressList will result in moving
+// past the end of the list. If the list has already moved past the end, it
+// returns false.
+func (al *addressList) hasNext() bool {
+	if !al.isValid() {
+		return false
+	}
+	return al.idx+1 < len(al.addresses)
+}
+
+// equalAddressIgnoringBalAttributes returns true is a and b are considered
+// equal. This is different from the Equal method on the resolver.Address type
+// which considers all fields to determine equality. Here, we only consider
+// fields that are meaningful to the SubConn.
+func equalAddressIgnoringBalAttributes(a, b *resolver.Address) bool {
+	return a.Addr == b.Addr && a.ServerName == b.ServerName &&
+		a.Attributes.Equal(b.Attributes)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/roundrobin/roundrobin.go

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package roundrobin defines a roundrobin balancer. Roundrobin balancer is
+// installed as one of the default balancers in gRPC, users don't need to
+// explicitly install this balancer.
+package roundrobin
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/endpointsharding"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/pickfirst"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog"
+	internalgrpclog "google.golang.org/grpc/internal/grpclog"
+)
+
+// Name is the name of round_robin balancer.
+const Name = "round_robin"
+
+var logger = grpclog.Component("roundrobin")
+
+func init() {
+	balancer.Register(builder{})
+}
+
+type builder struct{}
+
+func (bb builder) Name() string {
+	return Name
+}
+
+func (bb builder) Build(cc balancer.ClientConn, opts balancer.BuildOptions) balancer.Balancer {
+	childBuilder := balancer.Get(pickfirst.Name).Build
+	bal := &rrBalancer{
+		cc:       cc,
+		Balancer: endpointsharding.NewBalancer(cc, opts, childBuilder, endpointsharding.Options{}),
+	}
+	bal.logger = internalgrpclog.NewPrefixLogger(logger, fmt.Sprintf("[%p] ", bal))
+	bal.logger.Infof("Created")
+	return bal
+}
+
+type rrBalancer struct {
+	balancer.Balancer
+	cc     balancer.ClientConn
+	logger *internalgrpclog.PrefixLogger
+}
+
+func (b *rrBalancer) UpdateClientConnState(ccs balancer.ClientConnState) error {
+	return b.Balancer.UpdateClientConnState(balancer.ClientConnState{
+		// Enable the health listener in pickfirst children for client side health
+		// checks and outlier detection, if configured.
+		ResolverState: pickfirst.EnableHealthListener(ccs.ResolverState),
+	})
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/subconn.go

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package balancer
+
+import (
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
+)
+
+// A SubConn represents a single connection to a gRPC backend service.
+//
+// All SubConns start in IDLE, and will not try to connect. To trigger a
+// connection attempt, Balancers must call Connect.
+//
+// If the connection attempt fails, the SubConn will transition to
+// TRANSIENT_FAILURE for a backoff period, and then return to IDLE.  If the
+// connection attempt succeeds, it will transition to READY.
+//
+// If a READY SubConn becomes disconnected, the SubConn will transition to IDLE.
+//
+// If a connection re-enters IDLE, Balancers must call Connect again to trigger
+// a new connection attempt.
+//
+// Each SubConn contains a list of addresses.  gRPC will try to connect to the
+// addresses in sequence, and stop trying the remainder once the first
+// connection is successful.  However, this behavior is deprecated.  SubConns
+// should only use a single address.
+//
+// NOTICE: This interface is intended to be implemented by gRPC, or intercepted
+// by custom load balancing polices.  Users should not need their own complete
+// implementation of this interface -- they should always delegate to a SubConn
+// returned by ClientConn.NewSubConn() by embedding it in their implementations.
+// An embedded SubConn must never be nil, or runtime panics will occur.
+type SubConn interface {
+	// UpdateAddresses updates the addresses used in this SubConn.
+	// gRPC checks if currently-connected address is still in the new list.
+	// If it's in the list, the connection will be kept.
+	// If it's not in the list, the connection will gracefully close, and
+	// a new connection will be created.
+	//
+	// This will trigger a state transition for the SubConn.
+	//
+	// Deprecated: this method will be removed.  Create new SubConns for new
+	// addresses instead.
+	UpdateAddresses([]resolver.Address)
+	// Connect starts the connecting for this SubConn.
+	Connect()
+	// GetOrBuildProducer returns a reference to the existing Producer for this
+	// ProducerBuilder in this SubConn, or, if one does not currently exist,
+	// creates a new one and returns it.  Returns a close function which may be
+	// called when the Producer is no longer needed.  Otherwise the producer
+	// will automatically be closed upon connection loss or subchannel close.
+	// Should only be called on a SubConn in state Ready.  Otherwise the
+	// producer will be unable to create streams.
+	GetOrBuildProducer(ProducerBuilder) (p Producer, close func())
+	// Shutdown shuts down the SubConn gracefully.  Any started RPCs will be
+	// allowed to complete.  No future calls should be made on the SubConn.
+	// One final state update will be delivered to the StateListener (or
+	// UpdateSubConnState; deprecated) with ConnectivityState of Shutdown to
+	// indicate the shutdown operation.  This may be delivered before
+	// in-progress RPCs are complete and the actual connection is closed.
+	Shutdown()
+	// RegisterHealthListener registers a health listener that receives health
+	// updates for a Ready SubConn. Only one health listener can be registered
+	// at a time. A health listener should be registered each time the SubConn's
+	// connectivity state changes to READY. Registering a health listener when
+	// the connectivity state is not READY may result in undefined behaviour.
+	// This method must not be called synchronously while handling an update
+	// from a previously registered health listener.
+	RegisterHealthListener(func(SubConnState))
+	// EnforceSubConnEmbedding is included to force implementers to embed
+	// another implementation of this interface, allowing gRPC to add methods
+	// without breaking users.
+	internal.EnforceSubConnEmbedding
+}
+
+// A ProducerBuilder is a simple constructor for a Producer.  It is used by the
+// SubConn to create producers when needed.
+type ProducerBuilder interface {
+	// Build creates a Producer.  The first parameter is always a
+	// grpc.ClientConnInterface (a type to allow creating RPCs/streams on the
+	// associated SubConn), but is declared as `any` to avoid a dependency
+	// cycle.  Build also returns a close function that will be called when all
+	// references to the Producer have been given up for a SubConn, or when a
+	// connectivity state change occurs on the SubConn.  The close function
+	// should always block until all asynchronous cleanup work is completed.
+	Build(grpcClientConnInterface any) (p Producer, close func())
+}
+
+// SubConnState describes the state of a SubConn.
+type SubConnState struct {
+	// ConnectivityState is the connectivity state of the SubConn.
+	ConnectivityState connectivity.State
+	// ConnectionError is set if the ConnectivityState is TransientFailure,
+	// describing the reason the SubConn failed.  Otherwise, it is nil.
+	ConnectionError error
+	// connectedAddr contains the connected address when ConnectivityState is
+	// Ready. Otherwise, it is indeterminate.
+	connectedAddress resolver.Address
+}
+
+// connectedAddress returns the connected address for a SubConnState. The
+// address is only valid if the state is READY.
+func connectedAddress(scs SubConnState) resolver.Address {
+	return scs.connectedAddress
+}
+
+// setConnectedAddress sets the connected address for a SubConnState.
+func setConnectedAddress(scs *SubConnState, addr resolver.Address) {
+	scs.connectedAddress = addr
+}
+
+// A Producer is a type shared among potentially many consumers.  It is
+// associated with a SubConn, and an implementation will typically contain
+// other methods to provide additional functionality, e.g. configuration or
+// subscription registration.
+type Producer any

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/balancer_wrapper.go

@@ -0,0 +1,521 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package grpc
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"fmt"
+	"sync"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/codes"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/experimental/stats"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal/balancer/gracefulswitch"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal/channelz"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal/grpcsync"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/status"
+)
+
+var (
+	setConnectedAddress = internal.SetConnectedAddress.(func(*balancer.SubConnState, resolver.Address))
+	// noOpRegisterHealthListenerFn is used when client side health checking is
+	// disabled. It sends a single READY update on the registered listener.
+	noOpRegisterHealthListenerFn = func(_ context.Context, listener func(balancer.SubConnState)) func() {
+		listener(balancer.SubConnState{ConnectivityState: connectivity.Ready})
+		return func() {}
+	}
+)
+
+// ccBalancerWrapper sits between the ClientConn and the Balancer.
+//
+// ccBalancerWrapper implements methods corresponding to the ones on the
+// balancer.Balancer interface. The ClientConn is free to call these methods
+// concurrently and the ccBalancerWrapper ensures that calls from the ClientConn
+// to the Balancer happen in order by performing them in the serializer, without
+// any mutexes held.
+//
+// ccBalancerWrapper also implements the balancer.ClientConn interface and is
+// passed to the Balancer implementations. It invokes unexported methods on the
+// ClientConn to handle these calls from the Balancer.
+//
+// It uses the gracefulswitch.Balancer internally to ensure that balancer
+// switches happen in a graceful manner.
+type ccBalancerWrapper struct {
+	internal.EnforceClientConnEmbedding
+	// The following fields are initialized when the wrapper is created and are
+	// read-only afterwards, and therefore can be accessed without a mutex.
+	cc               *ClientConn
+	opts             balancer.BuildOptions
+	serializer       *grpcsync.CallbackSerializer
+	serializerCancel context.CancelFunc
+
+	// The following fields are only accessed within the serializer or during
+	// initialization.
+	curBalancerName string
+	balancer        *gracefulswitch.Balancer
+
+	// The following field is protected by mu.  Caller must take cc.mu before
+	// taking mu.
+	mu     sync.Mutex
+	closed bool
+}
+
+// newCCBalancerWrapper creates a new balancer wrapper in idle state. The
+// underlying balancer is not created until the updateClientConnState() method
+// is invoked.
+func newCCBalancerWrapper(cc *ClientConn) *ccBalancerWrapper {
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(cc.ctx)
+	ccb := &ccBalancerWrapper{
+		cc: cc,
+		opts: balancer.BuildOptions{
+			DialCreds:       cc.dopts.copts.TransportCredentials,
+			CredsBundle:     cc.dopts.copts.CredsBundle,
+			Dialer:          cc.dopts.copts.Dialer,
+			Authority:       cc.authority,
+			CustomUserAgent: cc.dopts.copts.UserAgent,
+			ChannelzParent:  cc.channelz,
+			Target:          cc.parsedTarget,
+		},
+		serializer:       grpcsync.NewCallbackSerializer(ctx),
+		serializerCancel: cancel,
+	}
+	ccb.balancer = gracefulswitch.NewBalancer(ccb, ccb.opts)
+	return ccb
+}
+
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) MetricsRecorder() stats.MetricsRecorder {
+	return ccb.cc.metricsRecorderList
+}
+
+// updateClientConnState is invoked by grpc to push a ClientConnState update to
+// the underlying balancer.  This is always executed from the serializer, so
+// it is safe to call into the balancer here.
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) updateClientConnState(ccs *balancer.ClientConnState) error {
+	errCh := make(chan error)
+	uccs := func(ctx context.Context) {
+		defer close(errCh)
+		if ctx.Err() != nil || ccb.balancer == nil {
+			return
+		}
+		name := gracefulswitch.ChildName(ccs.BalancerConfig)
+		if ccb.curBalancerName != name {
+			ccb.curBalancerName = name
+			channelz.Infof(logger, ccb.cc.channelz, "Channel switches to new LB policy %q", name)
+		}
+		err := ccb.balancer.UpdateClientConnState(*ccs)
+		if logger.V(2) && err != nil {
+			logger.Infof("error from balancer.UpdateClientConnState: %v", err)
+		}
+		errCh <- err
+	}
+	onFailure := func() { close(errCh) }
+
+	// UpdateClientConnState can race with Close, and when the latter wins, the
+	// serializer is closed, and the attempt to schedule the callback will fail.
+	// It is acceptable to ignore this failure. But since we want to handle the
+	// state update in a blocking fashion (when we successfully schedule the
+	// callback), we have to use the ScheduleOr method and not the MaybeSchedule
+	// method on the serializer.
+	ccb.serializer.ScheduleOr(uccs, onFailure)
+	return <-errCh
+}
+
+// resolverError is invoked by grpc to push a resolver error to the underlying
+// balancer.  The call to the balancer is executed from the serializer.
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) resolverError(err error) {
+	ccb.serializer.TrySchedule(func(ctx context.Context) {
+		if ctx.Err() != nil || ccb.balancer == nil {
+			return
+		}
+		ccb.balancer.ResolverError(err)
+	})
+}
+
+// close initiates async shutdown of the wrapper.  cc.mu must be held when
+// calling this function.  To determine the wrapper has finished shutting down,
+// the channel should block on ccb.serializer.Done() without cc.mu held.
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) close() {
+	ccb.mu.Lock()
+	ccb.closed = true
+	ccb.mu.Unlock()
+	channelz.Info(logger, ccb.cc.channelz, "ccBalancerWrapper: closing")
+	ccb.serializer.TrySchedule(func(context.Context) {
+		if ccb.balancer == nil {
+			return
+		}
+		ccb.balancer.Close()
+		ccb.balancer = nil
+	})
+	ccb.serializerCancel()
+}
+
+// exitIdle invokes the balancer's exitIdle method in the serializer.
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) exitIdle() {
+	ccb.serializer.TrySchedule(func(ctx context.Context) {
+		if ctx.Err() != nil || ccb.balancer == nil {
+			return
+		}
+		ccb.balancer.ExitIdle()
+	})
+}
+
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) NewSubConn(addrs []resolver.Address, opts balancer.NewSubConnOptions) (balancer.SubConn, error) {
+	ccb.cc.mu.Lock()
+	defer ccb.cc.mu.Unlock()
+
+	ccb.mu.Lock()
+	if ccb.closed {
+		ccb.mu.Unlock()
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("balancer is being closed; no new SubConns allowed")
+	}
+	ccb.mu.Unlock()
+
+	if len(addrs) == 0 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("grpc: cannot create SubConn with empty address list")
+	}
+	ac, err := ccb.cc.newAddrConnLocked(addrs, opts)
+	if err != nil {
+		channelz.Warningf(logger, ccb.cc.channelz, "acBalancerWrapper: NewSubConn: failed to newAddrConn: %v", err)
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	acbw := &acBalancerWrapper{
+		ccb:           ccb,
+		ac:            ac,
+		producers:     make(map[balancer.ProducerBuilder]*refCountedProducer),
+		stateListener: opts.StateListener,
+		healthData:    newHealthData(connectivity.Idle),
+	}
+	ac.acbw = acbw
+	return acbw, nil
+}
+
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) RemoveSubConn(balancer.SubConn) {
+	// The graceful switch balancer will never call this.
+	logger.Errorf("ccb RemoveSubConn(%v) called unexpectedly, sc")
+}
+
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) UpdateAddresses(sc balancer.SubConn, addrs []resolver.Address) {
+	acbw, ok := sc.(*acBalancerWrapper)
+	if !ok {
+		return
+	}
+	acbw.UpdateAddresses(addrs)
+}
+
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) UpdateState(s balancer.State) {
+	ccb.cc.mu.Lock()
+	defer ccb.cc.mu.Unlock()
+	if ccb.cc.conns == nil {
+		// The CC has been closed; ignore this update.
+		return
+	}
+
+	ccb.mu.Lock()
+	if ccb.closed {
+		ccb.mu.Unlock()
+		return
+	}
+	ccb.mu.Unlock()
+	// Update picker before updating state.  Even though the ordering here does
+	// not matter, it can lead to multiple calls of Pick in the common start-up
+	// case where we wait for ready and then perform an RPC.  If the picker is
+	// updated later, we could call the "connecting" picker when the state is
+	// updated, and then call the "ready" picker after the picker gets updated.
+
+	// Note that there is no need to check if the balancer wrapper was closed,
+	// as we know the graceful switch LB policy will not call cc if it has been
+	// closed.
+	ccb.cc.pickerWrapper.updatePicker(s.Picker)
+	ccb.cc.csMgr.updateState(s.ConnectivityState)
+}
+
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) ResolveNow(o resolver.ResolveNowOptions) {
+	ccb.cc.mu.RLock()
+	defer ccb.cc.mu.RUnlock()
+
+	ccb.mu.Lock()
+	if ccb.closed {
+		ccb.mu.Unlock()
+		return
+	}
+	ccb.mu.Unlock()
+	ccb.cc.resolveNowLocked(o)
+}
+
+func (ccb *ccBalancerWrapper) Target() string {
+	return ccb.cc.target
+}
+
+// acBalancerWrapper is a wrapper on top of ac for balancers.
+// It implements balancer.SubConn interface.
+type acBalancerWrapper struct {
+	internal.EnforceSubConnEmbedding
+	ac            *addrConn          // read-only
+	ccb           *ccBalancerWrapper // read-only
+	stateListener func(balancer.SubConnState)
+
+	producersMu sync.Mutex
+	producers   map[balancer.ProducerBuilder]*refCountedProducer
+
+	// Access to healthData is protected by healthMu.
+	healthMu sync.Mutex
+	// healthData is stored as a pointer to detect when the health listener is
+	// dropped or updated. This is required as closures can't be compared for
+	// equality.
+	healthData *healthData
+}
+
+// healthData holds data related to health state reporting.
+type healthData struct {
+	// connectivityState stores the most recent connectivity state delivered
+	// to the LB policy. This is stored to avoid sending updates when the
+	// SubConn has already exited connectivity state READY.
+	connectivityState connectivity.State
+	// closeHealthProducer stores function to close the ref counted health
+	// producer. The health producer is automatically closed when the SubConn
+	// state changes.
+	closeHealthProducer func()
+}
+
+func newHealthData(s connectivity.State) *healthData {
+	return &healthData{
+		connectivityState:   s,
+		closeHealthProducer: func() {},
+	}
+}
+
+// updateState is invoked by grpc to push a subConn state update to the
+// underlying balancer.
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) updateState(s connectivity.State, curAddr resolver.Address, err error) {
+	acbw.ccb.serializer.TrySchedule(func(ctx context.Context) {
+		if ctx.Err() != nil || acbw.ccb.balancer == nil {
+			return
+		}
+		// Invalidate all producers on any state change.
+		acbw.closeProducers()
+
+		// Even though it is optional for balancers, gracefulswitch ensures
+		// opts.StateListener is set, so this cannot ever be nil.
+		// TODO: delete this comment when UpdateSubConnState is removed.
+		scs := balancer.SubConnState{ConnectivityState: s, ConnectionError: err}
+		if s == connectivity.Ready {
+			setConnectedAddress(&scs, curAddr)
+		}
+		// Invalidate the health listener by updating the healthData.
+		acbw.healthMu.Lock()
+		// A race may occur if a health listener is registered soon after the
+		// connectivity state is set but before the stateListener is called.
+		// Two cases may arise:
+		// 1. The new state is not READY: RegisterHealthListener has checks to
+		//    ensure no updates are sent when the connectivity state is not
+		//    READY.
+		// 2. The new state is READY: This means that the old state wasn't Ready.
+		//    The RegisterHealthListener API mentions that a health listener
+		//    must not be registered when a SubConn is not ready to avoid such
+		//    races. When this happens, the LB policy would get health updates
+		//    on the old listener. When the LB policy registers a new listener
+		//    on receiving the connectivity update, the health updates will be
+		//    sent to the new health listener.
+		acbw.healthData = newHealthData(scs.ConnectivityState)
+		acbw.healthMu.Unlock()
+
+		acbw.stateListener(scs)
+	})
+}
+
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) String() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("SubConn(id:%d)", acbw.ac.channelz.ID)
+}
+
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) UpdateAddresses(addrs []resolver.Address) {
+	acbw.ac.updateAddrs(addrs)
+}
+
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) Connect() {
+	go acbw.ac.connect()
+}
+
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) Shutdown() {
+	acbw.closeProducers()
+	acbw.ccb.cc.removeAddrConn(acbw.ac, errConnDrain)
+}
+
+// NewStream begins a streaming RPC on the addrConn.  If the addrConn is not
+// ready, blocks until it is or ctx expires.  Returns an error when the context
+// expires or the addrConn is shut down.
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) NewStream(ctx context.Context, desc *StreamDesc, method string, opts ...CallOption) (ClientStream, error) {
+	transport := acbw.ac.getReadyTransport()
+	if transport == nil {
+		return nil, status.Errorf(codes.Unavailable, "SubConn state is not Ready")
+
+	}
+	return newNonRetryClientStream(ctx, desc, method, transport, acbw.ac, opts...)
+}
+
+// Invoke performs a unary RPC.  If the addrConn is not ready, returns
+// errSubConnNotReady.
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) Invoke(ctx context.Context, method string, args any, reply any, opts ...CallOption) error {
+	cs, err := acbw.NewStream(ctx, unaryStreamDesc, method, opts...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := cs.SendMsg(args); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return cs.RecvMsg(reply)
+}
+
+type refCountedProducer struct {
+	producer balancer.Producer
+	refs     int    // number of current refs to the producer
+	close    func() // underlying producer's close function
+}
+
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) GetOrBuildProducer(pb balancer.ProducerBuilder) (balancer.Producer, func()) {
+	acbw.producersMu.Lock()
+	defer acbw.producersMu.Unlock()
+
+	// Look up existing producer from this builder.
+	pData := acbw.producers[pb]
+	if pData == nil {
+		// Not found; create a new one and add it to the producers map.
+		p, closeFn := pb.Build(acbw)
+		pData = &refCountedProducer{producer: p, close: closeFn}
+		acbw.producers[pb] = pData
+	}
+	// Account for this new reference.
+	pData.refs++
+
+	// Return a cleanup function wrapped in a OnceFunc to remove this reference
+	// and delete the refCountedProducer from the map if the total reference
+	// count goes to zero.
+	unref := func() {
+		acbw.producersMu.Lock()
+		// If closeProducers has already closed this producer instance, refs is
+		// set to 0, so the check after decrementing will never pass, and the
+		// producer will not be double-closed.
+		pData.refs--
+		if pData.refs == 0 {
+			defer pData.close() // Run outside the acbw mutex
+			delete(acbw.producers, pb)
+		}
+		acbw.producersMu.Unlock()
+	}
+	return pData.producer, sync.OnceFunc(unref)
+}
+
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) closeProducers() {
+	acbw.producersMu.Lock()
+	defer acbw.producersMu.Unlock()
+	for pb, pData := range acbw.producers {
+		pData.refs = 0
+		pData.close()
+		delete(acbw.producers, pb)
+	}
+}
+
+// healthProducerRegisterFn is a type alias for the health producer's function
+// for registering listeners.
+type healthProducerRegisterFn = func(context.Context, balancer.SubConn, string, func(balancer.SubConnState)) func()
+
+// healthListenerRegFn returns a function to register a listener for health
+// updates. If client side health checks are disabled, the registered listener
+// will get a single READY (raw connectivity state) update.
+//
+// Client side health checking is enabled when all the following
+// conditions are satisfied:
+// 1. Health checking is not disabled using the dial option.
+// 2. The health package is imported.
+// 3. The health check config is present in the service config.
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) healthListenerRegFn() func(context.Context, func(balancer.SubConnState)) func() {
+	if acbw.ccb.cc.dopts.disableHealthCheck {
+		return noOpRegisterHealthListenerFn
+	}
+	cfg := acbw.ac.cc.healthCheckConfig()
+	if cfg == nil {
+		return noOpRegisterHealthListenerFn
+	}
+	regHealthLisFn := internal.RegisterClientHealthCheckListener
+	if regHealthLisFn == nil {
+		// The health package is not imported.
+		channelz.Error(logger, acbw.ac.channelz, "Health check is requested but health package is not imported.")
+		return noOpRegisterHealthListenerFn
+	}
+	return func(ctx context.Context, listener func(balancer.SubConnState)) func() {
+		return regHealthLisFn.(healthProducerRegisterFn)(ctx, acbw, cfg.ServiceName, listener)
+	}
+}
+
+// RegisterHealthListener accepts a health listener from the LB policy. It sends
+// updates to the health listener as long as the SubConn's connectivity state
+// doesn't change and a new health listener is not registered. To invalidate
+// the currently registered health listener, acbw updates the healthData. If a
+// nil listener is registered, the active health listener is dropped.
+func (acbw *acBalancerWrapper) RegisterHealthListener(listener func(balancer.SubConnState)) {
+	acbw.healthMu.Lock()
+	defer acbw.healthMu.Unlock()
+	acbw.healthData.closeHealthProducer()
+	// listeners should not be registered when the connectivity state
+	// isn't Ready. This may happen when the balancer registers a listener
+	// after the connectivityState is updated, but before it is notified
+	// of the update.
+	if acbw.healthData.connectivityState != connectivity.Ready {
+		return
+	}
+	// Replace the health data to stop sending updates to any previously
+	// registered health listeners.
+	hd := newHealthData(connectivity.Ready)
+	acbw.healthData = hd
+	if listener == nil {
+		return
+	}
+
+	registerFn := acbw.healthListenerRegFn()
+	acbw.ccb.serializer.TrySchedule(func(ctx context.Context) {
+		if ctx.Err() != nil || acbw.ccb.balancer == nil {
+			return
+		}
+		// Don't send updates if a new listener is registered.
+		acbw.healthMu.Lock()
+		defer acbw.healthMu.Unlock()
+		if acbw.healthData != hd {
+			return
+		}
+		// Serialize the health updates from the health producer with
+		// other calls into the LB policy.
+		listenerWrapper := func(scs balancer.SubConnState) {
+			acbw.ccb.serializer.TrySchedule(func(ctx context.Context) {
+				if ctx.Err() != nil || acbw.ccb.balancer == nil {
+					return
+				}
+				acbw.healthMu.Lock()
+				defer acbw.healthMu.Unlock()
+				if acbw.healthData != hd {
+					return
+				}
+				listener(scs)
+			})
+		}
+
+		hd.closeHealthProducer = registerFn(ctx, listenerWrapper)
+	})
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/call.go

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2014 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package grpc
+
+import (
+	"context"
+)
+
+// Invoke sends the RPC request on the wire and returns after response is
+// received.  This is typically called by generated code.
+//
+// All errors returned by Invoke are compatible with the status package.
+func (cc *ClientConn) Invoke(ctx context.Context, method string, args, reply any, opts ...CallOption) error {
+	// allow interceptor to see all applicable call options, which means those
+	// configured as defaults from dial option as well as per-call options
+	opts = combine(cc.dopts.callOptions, opts)
+
+	if cc.dopts.unaryInt != nil {
+		return cc.dopts.unaryInt(ctx, method, args, reply, cc, invoke, opts...)
+	}
+	return invoke(ctx, method, args, reply, cc, opts...)
+}
+
+func combine(o1 []CallOption, o2 []CallOption) []CallOption {
+	// we don't use append because o1 could have extra capacity whose
+	// elements would be overwritten, which could cause inadvertent
+	// sharing (and race conditions) between concurrent calls
+	if len(o1) == 0 {
+		return o2
+	} else if len(o2) == 0 {
+		return o1
+	}
+	ret := make([]CallOption, len(o1)+len(o2))
+	copy(ret, o1)
+	copy(ret[len(o1):], o2)
+	return ret
+}
+
+// Invoke sends the RPC request on the wire and returns after response is
+// received.  This is typically called by generated code.
+//
+// DEPRECATED: Use ClientConn.Invoke instead.
+func Invoke(ctx context.Context, method string, args, reply any, cc *ClientConn, opts ...CallOption) error {
+	return cc.Invoke(ctx, method, args, reply, opts...)
+}
+
+var unaryStreamDesc = &StreamDesc{ServerStreams: false, ClientStreams: false}
+
+func invoke(ctx context.Context, method string, req, reply any, cc *ClientConn, opts ...CallOption) error {
+	cs, err := newClientStream(ctx, unaryStreamDesc, cc, method, opts...)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if err := cs.SendMsg(req); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return cs.RecvMsg(reply)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/channelz/channelz.go

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2020 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package channelz exports internals of the channelz implementation as required
+// by other gRPC packages.
+//
+// The implementation of the channelz spec as defined in
+// https://github.com/grpc/proposal/blob/master/A14-channelz.md, is provided by
+// the `internal/channelz` package.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: All APIs in this package are experimental and may be removed in a
+// later release.
+package channelz
+
+import "google.golang.org/grpc/internal/channelz"
+
+// Identifier is an opaque identifier which uniquely identifies an entity in the
+// channelz database.
+type Identifier = channelz.Identifier

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/codec.go

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2014 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package grpc
+
+import (
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/encoding"
+	_ "google.golang.org/grpc/encoding/proto" // to register the Codec for "proto"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/mem"
+)
+
+// baseCodec captures the new encoding.CodecV2 interface without the Name
+// function, allowing it to be implemented by older Codec and encoding.Codec
+// implementations. The omitted Name function is only needed for the register in
+// the encoding package and is not part of the core functionality.
+type baseCodec interface {
+	Marshal(v any) (mem.BufferSlice, error)
+	Unmarshal(data mem.BufferSlice, v any) error
+}
+
+// getCodec returns an encoding.CodecV2 for the codec of the given name (if
+// registered). Initially checks the V2 registry with encoding.GetCodecV2 and
+// returns the V2 codec if it is registered. Otherwise, it checks the V1 registry
+// with encoding.GetCodec and if it is registered wraps it with newCodecV1Bridge
+// to turn it into an encoding.CodecV2. Returns nil otherwise.
+func getCodec(name string) encoding.CodecV2 {
+	if codecV1 := encoding.GetCodec(name); codecV1 != nil {
+		return newCodecV1Bridge(codecV1)
+	}
+
+	return encoding.GetCodecV2(name)
+}
+
+func newCodecV0Bridge(c Codec) baseCodec {
+	return codecV0Bridge{codec: c}
+}
+
+func newCodecV1Bridge(c encoding.Codec) encoding.CodecV2 {
+	return codecV1Bridge{
+		codecV0Bridge: codecV0Bridge{codec: c},
+		name:          c.Name(),
+	}
+}
+
+var _ baseCodec = codecV0Bridge{}
+
+type codecV0Bridge struct {
+	codec interface {
+		Marshal(v any) ([]byte, error)
+		Unmarshal(data []byte, v any) error
+	}
+}
+
+func (c codecV0Bridge) Marshal(v any) (mem.BufferSlice, error) {
+	data, err := c.codec.Marshal(v)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return mem.BufferSlice{mem.SliceBuffer(data)}, nil
+}
+
+func (c codecV0Bridge) Unmarshal(data mem.BufferSlice, v any) (err error) {
+	return c.codec.Unmarshal(data.Materialize(), v)
+}
+
+var _ encoding.CodecV2 = codecV1Bridge{}
+
+type codecV1Bridge struct {
+	codecV0Bridge
+	name string
+}
+
+func (c codecV1Bridge) Name() string {
+	return c.name
+}
+
+// Codec defines the interface gRPC uses to encode and decode messages.
+// Note that implementations of this interface must be thread safe;
+// a Codec's methods can be called from concurrent goroutines.
+//
+// Deprecated: use encoding.Codec instead.
+type Codec interface {
+	// Marshal returns the wire format of v.
+	Marshal(v any) ([]byte, error)
+	// Unmarshal parses the wire format into v.
+	Unmarshal(data []byte, v any) error
+	// String returns the name of the Codec implementation.  This is unused by
+	// gRPC.
+	String() string
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/codes/code_string.go

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package codes
+
+import (
+	"strconv"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	internal.CanonicalString = canonicalString
+}
+
+func (c Code) String() string {
+	switch c {
+	case OK:
+		return "OK"
+	case Canceled:
+		return "Canceled"
+	case Unknown:
+		return "Unknown"
+	case InvalidArgument:
+		return "InvalidArgument"
+	case DeadlineExceeded:
+		return "DeadlineExceeded"
+	case NotFound:
+		return "NotFound"
+	case AlreadyExists:
+		return "AlreadyExists"
+	case PermissionDenied:
+		return "PermissionDenied"
+	case ResourceExhausted:
+		return "ResourceExhausted"
+	case FailedPrecondition:
+		return "FailedPrecondition"
+	case Aborted:
+		return "Aborted"
+	case OutOfRange:
+		return "OutOfRange"
+	case Unimplemented:
+		return "Unimplemented"
+	case Internal:
+		return "Internal"
+	case Unavailable:
+		return "Unavailable"
+	case DataLoss:
+		return "DataLoss"
+	case Unauthenticated:
+		return "Unauthenticated"
+	default:
+		return "Code(" + strconv.FormatInt(int64(c), 10) + ")"
+	}
+}
+
+func canonicalString(c Code) string {
+	switch c {
+	case OK:
+		return "OK"
+	case Canceled:
+		return "CANCELLED"
+	case Unknown:
+		return "UNKNOWN"
+	case InvalidArgument:
+		return "INVALID_ARGUMENT"
+	case DeadlineExceeded:
+		return "DEADLINE_EXCEEDED"
+	case NotFound:
+		return "NOT_FOUND"
+	case AlreadyExists:
+		return "ALREADY_EXISTS"
+	case PermissionDenied:
+		return "PERMISSION_DENIED"
+	case ResourceExhausted:
+		return "RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED"
+	case FailedPrecondition:
+		return "FAILED_PRECONDITION"
+	case Aborted:
+		return "ABORTED"
+	case OutOfRange:
+		return "OUT_OF_RANGE"
+	case Unimplemented:
+		return "UNIMPLEMENTED"
+	case Internal:
+		return "INTERNAL"
+	case Unavailable:
+		return "UNAVAILABLE"
+	case DataLoss:
+		return "DATA_LOSS"
+	case Unauthenticated:
+		return "UNAUTHENTICATED"
+	default:
+		return "CODE(" + strconv.FormatInt(int64(c), 10) + ")"
+	}
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/codes/codes.go

@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2014 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package codes defines the canonical error codes used by gRPC. It is
+// consistent across various languages.
+package codes // import "google.golang.org/grpc/codes"
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strconv"
+)
+
+// A Code is a status code defined according to the [gRPC documentation].
+//
+// Only the codes defined as consts in this package are valid codes. Do not use
+// other code values.  Behavior of other codes is implementation-specific and
+// interoperability between implementations is not guaranteed.
+//
+// [gRPC documentation]: https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/statuscodes.md
+type Code uint32
+
+const (
+	// OK is returned on success.
+	OK Code = 0
+
+	// Canceled indicates the operation was canceled (typically by the caller).
+	//
+	// The gRPC framework will generate this error code when cancellation
+	// is requested.
+	Canceled Code = 1
+
+	// Unknown error. An example of where this error may be returned is
+	// if a Status value received from another address space belongs to
+	// an error-space that is not known in this address space. Also
+	// errors raised by APIs that do not return enough error information
+	// may be converted to this error.
+	//
+	// The gRPC framework will generate this error code in the above two
+	// mentioned cases.
+	Unknown Code = 2
+
+	// InvalidArgument indicates client specified an invalid argument.
+	// Note that this differs from FailedPrecondition. It indicates arguments
+	// that are problematic regardless of the state of the system
+	// (e.g., a malformed file name).
+	//
+	// This error code will not be generated by the gRPC framework.
+	InvalidArgument Code = 3
+
+	// DeadlineExceeded means operation expired before completion.
+	// For operations that change the state of the system, this error may be
+	// returned even if the operation has completed successfully. For
+	// example, a successful response from a server could have been delayed
+	// long enough for the deadline to expire.
+	//
+	// The gRPC framework will generate this error code when the deadline is
+	// exceeded.
+	DeadlineExceeded Code = 4
+
+	// NotFound means some requested entity (e.g., file or directory) was
+	// not found.
+	//
+	// This error code will not be generated by the gRPC framework.
+	NotFound Code = 5
+
+	// AlreadyExists means an attempt to create an entity failed because one
+	// already exists.
+	//
+	// This error code will not be generated by the gRPC framework.
+	AlreadyExists Code = 6
+
+	// PermissionDenied indicates the caller does not have permission to
+	// execute the specified operation. It must not be used for rejections
+	// caused by exhausting some resource (use ResourceExhausted
+	// instead for those errors). It must not be
+	// used if the caller cannot be identified (use Unauthenticated
+	// instead for those errors).
+	//
+	// This error code will not be generated by the gRPC core framework,
+	// but expect authentication middleware to use it.
+	PermissionDenied Code = 7
+
+	// ResourceExhausted indicates some resource has been exhausted, perhaps
+	// a per-user quota, or perhaps the entire file system is out of space.
+	//
+	// This error code will be generated by the gRPC framework in
+	// out-of-memory and server overload situations, or when a message is
+	// larger than the configured maximum size.
+	ResourceExhausted Code = 8
+
+	// FailedPrecondition indicates operation was rejected because the
+	// system is not in a state required for the operation's execution.
+	// For example, directory to be deleted may be non-empty, an rmdir
+	// operation is applied to a non-directory, etc.
+	//
+	// A litmus test that may help a service implementor in deciding
+	// between FailedPrecondition, Aborted, and Unavailable:
+	//  (a) Use Unavailable if the client can retry just the failing call.
+	//  (b) Use Aborted if the client should retry at a higher-level
+	//      (e.g., restarting a read-modify-write sequence).
+	//  (c) Use FailedPrecondition if the client should not retry until
+	//      the system state has been explicitly fixed. E.g., if an "rmdir"
+	//      fails because the directory is non-empty, FailedPrecondition
+	//      should be returned since the client should not retry unless
+	//      they have first fixed up the directory by deleting files from it.
+	//  (d) Use FailedPrecondition if the client performs conditional
+	//      REST Get/Update/Delete on a resource and the resource on the
+	//      server does not match the condition. E.g., conflicting
+	//      read-modify-write on the same resource.
+	//
+	// This error code will not be generated by the gRPC framework.
+	FailedPrecondition Code = 9
+
+	// Aborted indicates the operation was aborted, typically due to a
+	// concurrency issue like sequencer check failures, transaction aborts,
+	// etc.
+	//
+	// See litmus test above for deciding between FailedPrecondition,
+	// Aborted, and Unavailable.
+	//
+	// This error code will not be generated by the gRPC framework.
+	Aborted Code = 10
+
+	// OutOfRange means operation was attempted past the valid range.
+	// E.g., seeking or reading past end of file.
+	//
+	// Unlike InvalidArgument, this error indicates a problem that may
+	// be fixed if the system state changes. For example, a 32-bit file
+	// system will generate InvalidArgument if asked to read at an
+	// offset that is not in the range [0,2^32-1], but it will generate
+	// OutOfRange if asked to read from an offset past the current
+	// file size.
+	//
+	// There is a fair bit of overlap between FailedPrecondition and
+	// OutOfRange. We recommend using OutOfRange (the more specific
+	// error) when it applies so that callers who are iterating through
+	// a space can easily look for an OutOfRange error to detect when
+	// they are done.
+	//
+	// This error code will not be generated by the gRPC framework.
+	OutOfRange Code = 11
+
+	// Unimplemented indicates operation is not implemented or not
+	// supported/enabled in this service.
+	//
+	// This error code will be generated by the gRPC framework. Most
+	// commonly, you will see this error code when a method implementation
+	// is missing on the server. It can also be generated for unknown
+	// compression algorithms or a disagreement as to whether an RPC should
+	// be streaming.
+	Unimplemented Code = 12
+
+	// Internal errors. Means some invariants expected by underlying
+	// system has been broken. If you see one of these errors,
+	// something is very broken.
+	//
+	// This error code will be generated by the gRPC framework in several
+	// internal error conditions.
+	Internal Code = 13
+
+	// Unavailable indicates the service is currently unavailable.
+	// This is a most likely a transient condition and may be corrected
+	// by retrying with a backoff. Note that it is not always safe to retry
+	// non-idempotent operations.
+	//
+	// See litmus test above for deciding between FailedPrecondition,
+	// Aborted, and Unavailable.
+	//
+	// This error code will be generated by the gRPC framework during
+	// abrupt shutdown of a server process or network connection.
+	Unavailable Code = 14
+
+	// DataLoss indicates unrecoverable data loss or corruption.
+	//
+	// This error code will not be generated by the gRPC framework.
+	DataLoss Code = 15
+
+	// Unauthenticated indicates the request does not have valid
+	// authentication credentials for the operation.
+	//
+	// The gRPC framework will generate this error code when the
+	// authentication metadata is invalid or a Credentials callback fails,
+	// but also expect authentication middleware to generate it.
+	Unauthenticated Code = 16
+
+	_maxCode = 17
+)
+
+var strToCode = map[string]Code{
+	`"OK"`: OK,
+	`"CANCELLED"`:/* [sic] */ Canceled,
+	`"UNKNOWN"`:             Unknown,
+	`"INVALID_ARGUMENT"`:    InvalidArgument,
+	`"DEADLINE_EXCEEDED"`:   DeadlineExceeded,
+	`"NOT_FOUND"`:           NotFound,
+	`"ALREADY_EXISTS"`:      AlreadyExists,
+	`"PERMISSION_DENIED"`:   PermissionDenied,
+	`"RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED"`:  ResourceExhausted,
+	`"FAILED_PRECONDITION"`: FailedPrecondition,
+	`"ABORTED"`:             Aborted,
+	`"OUT_OF_RANGE"`:        OutOfRange,
+	`"UNIMPLEMENTED"`:       Unimplemented,
+	`"INTERNAL"`:            Internal,
+	`"UNAVAILABLE"`:         Unavailable,
+	`"DATA_LOSS"`:           DataLoss,
+	`"UNAUTHENTICATED"`:     Unauthenticated,
+}
+
+// UnmarshalJSON unmarshals b into the Code.
+func (c *Code) UnmarshalJSON(b []byte) error {
+	// From json.Unmarshaler: By convention, to approximate the behavior of
+	// Unmarshal itself, Unmarshalers implement UnmarshalJSON([]byte("null")) as
+	// a no-op.
+	if string(b) == "null" {
+		return nil
+	}
+	if c == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("nil receiver passed to UnmarshalJSON")
+	}
+
+	if ci, err := strconv.ParseUint(string(b), 10, 32); err == nil {
+		if ci >= _maxCode {
+			return fmt.Errorf("invalid code: %d", ci)
+		}
+
+		*c = Code(ci)
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	if jc, ok := strToCode[string(b)]; ok {
+		*c = jc
+		return nil
+	}
+	return fmt.Errorf("invalid code: %q", string(b))
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity/connectivity.go

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package connectivity defines connectivity semantics.
+// For details, see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/connectivity-semantics-and-api.md.
+package connectivity
+
+import (
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog"
+)
+
+var logger = grpclog.Component("core")
+
+// State indicates the state of connectivity.
+// It can be the state of a ClientConn or SubConn.
+type State int
+
+func (s State) String() string {
+	switch s {
+	case Idle:
+		return "IDLE"
+	case Connecting:
+		return "CONNECTING"
+	case Ready:
+		return "READY"
+	case TransientFailure:
+		return "TRANSIENT_FAILURE"
+	case Shutdown:
+		return "SHUTDOWN"
+	default:
+		logger.Errorf("unknown connectivity state: %d", s)
+		return "INVALID_STATE"
+	}
+}
+
+const (
+	// Idle indicates the ClientConn is idle.
+	Idle State = iota
+	// Connecting indicates the ClientConn is connecting.
+	Connecting
+	// Ready indicates the ClientConn is ready for work.
+	Ready
+	// TransientFailure indicates the ClientConn has seen a failure but expects to recover.
+	TransientFailure
+	// Shutdown indicates the ClientConn has started shutting down.
+	Shutdown
+)
+
+// ServingMode indicates the current mode of operation of the server.
+//
+// Only xDS enabled gRPC servers currently report their serving mode.
+type ServingMode int
+
+const (
+	// ServingModeStarting indicates that the server is starting up.
+	ServingModeStarting ServingMode = iota
+	// ServingModeServing indicates that the server contains all required
+	// configuration and is serving RPCs.
+	ServingModeServing
+	// ServingModeNotServing indicates that the server is not accepting new
+	// connections. Existing connections will be closed gracefully, allowing
+	// in-progress RPCs to complete. A server enters this mode when it does not
+	// contain the required configuration to serve RPCs.
+	ServingModeNotServing
+)
+
+func (s ServingMode) String() string {
+	switch s {
+	case ServingModeStarting:
+		return "STARTING"
+	case ServingModeServing:
+		return "SERVING"
+	case ServingModeNotServing:
+		return "NOT_SERVING"
+	default:
+		logger.Errorf("unknown serving mode: %d", s)
+		return "INVALID_MODE"
+	}
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/credentials/credentials.go

@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2014 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package credentials implements various credentials supported by gRPC library,
+// which encapsulate all the state needed by a client to authenticate with a
+// server and make various assertions, e.g., about the client's identity, role,
+// or whether it is authorized to make a particular call.
+package credentials // import "google.golang.org/grpc/credentials"
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/attributes"
+	icredentials "google.golang.org/grpc/internal/credentials"
+	"google.golang.org/protobuf/proto"
+)
+
+// PerRPCCredentials defines the common interface for the credentials which need to
+// attach security information to every RPC (e.g., oauth2).
+type PerRPCCredentials interface {
+	// GetRequestMetadata gets the current request metadata, refreshing tokens
+	// if required. This should be called by the transport layer on each
+	// request, and the data should be populated in headers or other
+	// context. If a status code is returned, it will be used as the status for
+	// the RPC (restricted to an allowable set of codes as defined by gRFC
+	// A54). uri is the URI of the entry point for the request.  When supported
+	// by the underlying implementation, ctx can be used for timeout and
+	// cancellation. Additionally, RequestInfo data will be available via ctx
+	// to this call.
+	GetRequestMetadata(ctx context.Context, uri ...string) (map[string]string, error)
+	// RequireTransportSecurity indicates whether the credentials requires
+	// transport security.
+	RequireTransportSecurity() bool
+}
+
+// SecurityLevel defines the protection level on an established connection.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+type SecurityLevel int
+
+const (
+	// InvalidSecurityLevel indicates an invalid security level.
+	// The zero SecurityLevel value is invalid for backward compatibility.
+	InvalidSecurityLevel SecurityLevel = iota
+	// NoSecurity indicates a connection is insecure.
+	NoSecurity
+	// IntegrityOnly indicates a connection only provides integrity protection.
+	IntegrityOnly
+	// PrivacyAndIntegrity indicates a connection provides both privacy and integrity protection.
+	PrivacyAndIntegrity
+)
+
+// String returns SecurityLevel in a string format.
+func (s SecurityLevel) String() string {
+	switch s {
+	case NoSecurity:
+		return "NoSecurity"
+	case IntegrityOnly:
+		return "IntegrityOnly"
+	case PrivacyAndIntegrity:
+		return "PrivacyAndIntegrity"
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("invalid SecurityLevel: %v", int(s))
+}
+
+// CommonAuthInfo contains authenticated information common to AuthInfo implementations.
+// It should be embedded in a struct implementing AuthInfo to provide additional information
+// about the credentials.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+type CommonAuthInfo struct {
+	SecurityLevel SecurityLevel
+}
+
+// GetCommonAuthInfo returns the pointer to CommonAuthInfo struct.
+func (c CommonAuthInfo) GetCommonAuthInfo() CommonAuthInfo {
+	return c
+}
+
+// ProtocolInfo provides static information regarding transport credentials.
+type ProtocolInfo struct {
+	// ProtocolVersion is the gRPC wire protocol version.
+	//
+	// Deprecated: this is unused by gRPC.
+	ProtocolVersion string
+	// SecurityProtocol is the security protocol in use.
+	SecurityProtocol string
+	// SecurityVersion is the security protocol version.  It is a static version string from the
+	// credentials, not a value that reflects per-connection protocol negotiation.  To retrieve
+	// details about the credentials used for a connection, use the Peer's AuthInfo field instead.
+	//
+	// Deprecated: please use Peer.AuthInfo.
+	SecurityVersion string
+	// ServerName is the user-configured server name.  If set, this overrides
+	// the default :authority header used for all RPCs on the channel using the
+	// containing credentials, unless grpc.WithAuthority is set on the channel,
+	// in which case that setting will take precedence.
+	//
+	// This must be a valid `:authority` header according to
+	// [RFC3986](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3986#section-3.2).
+	//
+	// Deprecated: Users should use grpc.WithAuthority to override the authority
+	// on a channel instead of configuring the credentials.
+	ServerName string
+}
+
+// AuthInfo defines the common interface for the auth information the users are interested in.
+// A struct that implements AuthInfo should embed CommonAuthInfo by including additional
+// information about the credentials in it.
+type AuthInfo interface {
+	AuthType() string
+}
+
+// AuthorityValidator validates the authority used to override the `:authority`
+// header. This is an optional interface that implementations of AuthInfo can
+// implement if they support per-RPC authority overrides. It is invoked when the
+// application attempts to override the HTTP/2 `:authority` header using the
+// CallAuthority call option.
+type AuthorityValidator interface {
+	// ValidateAuthority checks the authority value used to override the
+	// `:authority` header. The authority parameter is the override value
+	// provided by the application via the CallAuthority option. This value
+	// typically corresponds to the server hostname or endpoint the RPC is
+	// targeting. It returns non-nil error if the validation fails.
+	ValidateAuthority(authority string) error
+}
+
+// ErrConnDispatched indicates that rawConn has been dispatched out of gRPC
+// and the caller should not close rawConn.
+var ErrConnDispatched = errors.New("credentials: rawConn is dispatched out of gRPC")
+
+// TransportCredentials defines the common interface for all the live gRPC wire
+// protocols and supported transport security protocols (e.g., TLS, SSL).
+type TransportCredentials interface {
+	// ClientHandshake does the authentication handshake specified by the
+	// corresponding authentication protocol on rawConn for clients. It returns
+	// the authenticated connection and the corresponding auth information
+	// about the connection.  The auth information should embed CommonAuthInfo
+	// to return additional information about the credentials. Implementations
+	// must use the provided context to implement timely cancellation.  gRPC
+	// will try to reconnect if the error returned is a temporary error
+	// (io.EOF, context.DeadlineExceeded or err.Temporary() == true).  If the
+	// returned error is a wrapper error, implementations should make sure that
+	// the error implements Temporary() to have the correct retry behaviors.
+	// Additionally, ClientHandshakeInfo data will be available via the context
+	// passed to this call.
+	//
+	// The second argument to this method is the `:authority` header value used
+	// while creating new streams on this connection after authentication
+	// succeeds. Implementations must use this as the server name during the
+	// authentication handshake.
+	//
+	// If the returned net.Conn is closed, it MUST close the net.Conn provided.
+	ClientHandshake(context.Context, string, net.Conn) (net.Conn, AuthInfo, error)
+	// ServerHandshake does the authentication handshake for servers. It returns
+	// the authenticated connection and the corresponding auth information about
+	// the connection. The auth information should embed CommonAuthInfo to return additional information
+	// about the credentials.
+	//
+	// If the returned net.Conn is closed, it MUST close the net.Conn provided.
+	ServerHandshake(net.Conn) (net.Conn, AuthInfo, error)
+	// Info provides the ProtocolInfo of this TransportCredentials.
+	Info() ProtocolInfo
+	// Clone makes a copy of this TransportCredentials.
+	Clone() TransportCredentials
+	// OverrideServerName specifies the value used for the following:
+	//
+	// - verifying the hostname on the returned certificates
+	// - as SNI in the client's handshake to support virtual hosting
+	// - as the value for `:authority` header at stream creation time
+	//
+	// The provided string should be a valid `:authority` header according to
+	// [RFC3986](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3986#section-3.2).
+	//
+	// Deprecated: this method is unused by gRPC.  Users should use
+	// grpc.WithAuthority to override the authority on a channel instead of
+	// configuring the credentials.
+	OverrideServerName(string) error
+}
+
+// Bundle is a combination of TransportCredentials and PerRPCCredentials.
+//
+// It also contains a mode switching method, so it can be used as a combination
+// of different credential policies.
+//
+// Bundle cannot be used together with individual TransportCredentials.
+// PerRPCCredentials from Bundle will be appended to other PerRPCCredentials.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+type Bundle interface {
+	// TransportCredentials returns the transport credentials from the Bundle.
+	//
+	// Implementations must return non-nil transport credentials. If transport
+	// security is not needed by the Bundle, implementations may choose to
+	// return insecure.NewCredentials().
+	TransportCredentials() TransportCredentials
+
+	// PerRPCCredentials returns the per-RPC credentials from the Bundle.
+	//
+	// May be nil if per-RPC credentials are not needed.
+	PerRPCCredentials() PerRPCCredentials
+
+	// NewWithMode should make a copy of Bundle, and switch mode. Modifying the
+	// existing Bundle may cause races.
+	//
+	// NewWithMode returns nil if the requested mode is not supported.
+	NewWithMode(mode string) (Bundle, error)
+}
+
+// RequestInfo contains request data attached to the context passed to GetRequestMetadata calls.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+type RequestInfo struct {
+	// The method passed to Invoke or NewStream for this RPC. (For proto methods, this has the format "/some.Service/Method")
+	Method string
+	// AuthInfo contains the information from a security handshake (TransportCredentials.ClientHandshake, TransportCredentials.ServerHandshake)
+	AuthInfo AuthInfo
+}
+
+// requestInfoKey is a struct to be used as the key to store RequestInfo in a
+// context.
+type requestInfoKey struct{}
+
+// RequestInfoFromContext extracts the RequestInfo from the context if it exists.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+func RequestInfoFromContext(ctx context.Context) (ri RequestInfo, ok bool) {
+	ri, ok = ctx.Value(requestInfoKey{}).(RequestInfo)
+	return ri, ok
+}
+
+// NewContextWithRequestInfo creates a new context from ctx and attaches ri to it.
+//
+// This RequestInfo will be accessible via RequestInfoFromContext.
+//
+// Intended to be used from tests for PerRPCCredentials implementations (that
+// often need to check connection's SecurityLevel). Should not be used from
+// non-test code: the gRPC client already prepares a context with the correct
+// RequestInfo attached when calling PerRPCCredentials.GetRequestMetadata.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+func NewContextWithRequestInfo(ctx context.Context, ri RequestInfo) context.Context {
+	return context.WithValue(ctx, requestInfoKey{}, ri)
+}
+
+// ClientHandshakeInfo holds data to be passed to ClientHandshake. This makes
+// it possible to pass arbitrary data to the handshaker from gRPC, resolver,
+// balancer etc. Individual credential implementations control the actual
+// format of the data that they are willing to receive.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+type ClientHandshakeInfo struct {
+	// Attributes contains the attributes for the address. It could be provided
+	// by the gRPC, resolver, balancer etc.
+	Attributes *attributes.Attributes
+}
+
+// ClientHandshakeInfoFromContext returns the ClientHandshakeInfo struct stored
+// in ctx.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+func ClientHandshakeInfoFromContext(ctx context.Context) ClientHandshakeInfo {
+	chi, _ := icredentials.ClientHandshakeInfoFromContext(ctx).(ClientHandshakeInfo)
+	return chi
+}
+
+// CheckSecurityLevel checks if a connection's security level is greater than or equal to the specified one.
+// It returns success if 1) the condition is satisfied or 2) AuthInfo struct does not implement GetCommonAuthInfo() method
+// or 3) CommonAuthInfo.SecurityLevel has an invalid zero value. For 2) and 3), it is for the purpose of backward-compatibility.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+func CheckSecurityLevel(ai AuthInfo, level SecurityLevel) error {
+	type internalInfo interface {
+		GetCommonAuthInfo() CommonAuthInfo
+	}
+	if ai == nil {
+		return errors.New("AuthInfo is nil")
+	}
+	if ci, ok := ai.(internalInfo); ok {
+		// CommonAuthInfo.SecurityLevel has an invalid value.
+		if ci.GetCommonAuthInfo().SecurityLevel == InvalidSecurityLevel {
+			return nil
+		}
+		if ci.GetCommonAuthInfo().SecurityLevel < level {
+			return fmt.Errorf("requires SecurityLevel %v; connection has %v", level, ci.GetCommonAuthInfo().SecurityLevel)
+		}
+	}
+	// The condition is satisfied or AuthInfo struct does not implement GetCommonAuthInfo() method.
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ChannelzSecurityInfo defines the interface that security protocols should implement
+// in order to provide security info to channelz.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+type ChannelzSecurityInfo interface {
+	GetSecurityValue() ChannelzSecurityValue
+}
+
+// ChannelzSecurityValue defines the interface that GetSecurityValue() return value
+// should satisfy. This interface should only be satisfied by *TLSChannelzSecurityValue
+// and *OtherChannelzSecurityValue.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+type ChannelzSecurityValue interface {
+	isChannelzSecurityValue()
+}
+
+// OtherChannelzSecurityValue defines the struct that non-TLS protocol should return
+// from GetSecurityValue(), which contains protocol specific security info. Note
+// the Value field will be sent to users of channelz requesting channel info, and
+// thus sensitive info should better be avoided.
+//
+// This API is experimental.
+type OtherChannelzSecurityValue struct {
+	ChannelzSecurityValue
+	Name  string
+	Value proto.Message
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/credentials/insecure/insecure.go

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2020 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package insecure provides an implementation of the
+// credentials.TransportCredentials interface which disables transport security.
+package insecure
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"net"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/credentials"
+)
+
+// NewCredentials returns a credentials which disables transport security.
+//
+// Note that using this credentials with per-RPC credentials which require
+// transport security is incompatible and will cause RPCs to fail.
+func NewCredentials() credentials.TransportCredentials {
+	return insecureTC{}
+}
+
+// insecureTC implements the insecure transport credentials. The handshake
+// methods simply return the passed in net.Conn and set the security level to
+// NoSecurity.
+type insecureTC struct{}
+
+func (insecureTC) ClientHandshake(_ context.Context, _ string, conn net.Conn) (net.Conn, credentials.AuthInfo, error) {
+	return conn, info{credentials.CommonAuthInfo{SecurityLevel: credentials.NoSecurity}}, nil
+}
+
+func (insecureTC) ServerHandshake(conn net.Conn) (net.Conn, credentials.AuthInfo, error) {
+	return conn, info{credentials.CommonAuthInfo{SecurityLevel: credentials.NoSecurity}}, nil
+}
+
+func (insecureTC) Info() credentials.ProtocolInfo {
+	return credentials.ProtocolInfo{SecurityProtocol: "insecure"}
+}
+
+func (insecureTC) Clone() credentials.TransportCredentials {
+	return insecureTC{}
+}
+
+func (insecureTC) OverrideServerName(string) error {
+	return nil
+}
+
+// info contains the auth information for an insecure connection.
+// It implements the AuthInfo interface.
+type info struct {
+	credentials.CommonAuthInfo
+}
+
+// AuthType returns the type of info as a string.
+func (info) AuthType() string {
+	return "insecure"
+}
+
+// ValidateAuthority allows any value to be overridden for the :authority
+// header.
+func (info) ValidateAuthority(string) error {
+	return nil
+}
+
+// insecureBundle implements an insecure bundle.
+// An insecure bundle provides a thin wrapper around insecureTC to support
+// the credentials.Bundle interface.
+type insecureBundle struct{}
+
+// NewBundle returns a bundle with disabled transport security and no per rpc credential.
+func NewBundle() credentials.Bundle {
+	return insecureBundle{}
+}
+
+// NewWithMode returns a new insecure Bundle. The mode is ignored.
+func (insecureBundle) NewWithMode(string) (credentials.Bundle, error) {
+	return insecureBundle{}, nil
+}
+
+// PerRPCCredentials returns an nil implementation as insecure
+// bundle does not support a per rpc credential.
+func (insecureBundle) PerRPCCredentials() credentials.PerRPCCredentials {
+	return nil
+}
+
+// TransportCredentials returns the underlying insecure transport credential.
+func (insecureBundle) TransportCredentials() credentials.TransportCredentials {
+	return NewCredentials()
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/credentials/tls.go

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2014 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package credentials
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"crypto/x509"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"net/url"
+	"os"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog"
+	credinternal "google.golang.org/grpc/internal/credentials"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal/envconfig"
+)
+
+const alpnFailureHelpMessage = "If you upgraded from a grpc-go version earlier than 1.67, your TLS connections may have stopped working due to ALPN enforcement. For more details, see: https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/issues/434"
+
+var logger = grpclog.Component("credentials")
+
+// TLSInfo contains the auth information for a TLS authenticated connection.
+// It implements the AuthInfo interface.
+type TLSInfo struct {
+	State tls.ConnectionState
+	CommonAuthInfo
+	// This API is experimental.
+	SPIFFEID *url.URL
+}
+
+// AuthType returns the type of TLSInfo as a string.
+func (t TLSInfo) AuthType() string {
+	return "tls"
+}
+
+// ValidateAuthority validates the provided authority being used to override the
+// :authority header by verifying it against the peer certificates. It returns a
+// non-nil error if the validation fails.
+func (t TLSInfo) ValidateAuthority(authority string) error {
+	var errs []error
+	for _, cert := range t.State.PeerCertificates {
+		var err error
+		if err = cert.VerifyHostname(authority); err == nil {
+			return nil
+		}
+		errs = append(errs, err)
+	}
+	return fmt.Errorf("credentials: invalid authority %q: %v", authority, errors.Join(errs...))
+}
+
+// cipherSuiteLookup returns the string version of a TLS cipher suite ID.
+func cipherSuiteLookup(cipherSuiteID uint16) string {
+	for _, s := range tls.CipherSuites() {
+		if s.ID == cipherSuiteID {
+			return s.Name
+		}
+	}
+	for _, s := range tls.InsecureCipherSuites() {
+		if s.ID == cipherSuiteID {
+			return s.Name
+		}
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("unknown ID: %v", cipherSuiteID)
+}
+
+// GetSecurityValue returns security info requested by channelz.
+func (t TLSInfo) GetSecurityValue() ChannelzSecurityValue {
+	v := &TLSChannelzSecurityValue{
+		StandardName: cipherSuiteLookup(t.State.CipherSuite),
+	}
+	// Currently there's no way to get LocalCertificate info from tls package.
+	if len(t.State.PeerCertificates) > 0 {
+		v.RemoteCertificate = t.State.PeerCertificates[0].Raw
+	}
+	return v
+}
+
+// tlsCreds is the credentials required for authenticating a connection using TLS.
+type tlsCreds struct {
+	// TLS configuration
+	config *tls.Config
+}
+
+func (c tlsCreds) Info() ProtocolInfo {
+	return ProtocolInfo{
+		SecurityProtocol: "tls",
+		SecurityVersion:  "1.2",
+		ServerName:       c.config.ServerName,
+	}
+}
+
+func (c *tlsCreds) ClientHandshake(ctx context.Context, authority string, rawConn net.Conn) (_ net.Conn, _ AuthInfo, err error) {
+	// use local cfg to avoid clobbering ServerName if using multiple endpoints
+	cfg := credinternal.CloneTLSConfig(c.config)
+
+	serverName, _, err := net.SplitHostPort(authority)
+	if err != nil {
+		// If the authority had no host port or if the authority cannot be parsed, use it as-is.
+		serverName = authority
+	}
+	cfg.ServerName = serverName
+
+	conn := tls.Client(rawConn, cfg)
+	errChannel := make(chan error, 1)
+	go func() {
+		errChannel <- conn.Handshake()
+		close(errChannel)
+	}()
+	select {
+	case err := <-errChannel:
+		if err != nil {
+			conn.Close()
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+	case <-ctx.Done():
+		conn.Close()
+		return nil, nil, ctx.Err()
+	}
+
+	// The negotiated protocol can be either of the following:
+	// 1. h2: When the server supports ALPN. Only HTTP/2 can be negotiated since
+	//    it is the only protocol advertised by the client during the handshake.
+	//    The tls library ensures that the server chooses a protocol advertised
+	//    by the client.
+	// 2. "" (empty string): If the server doesn't support ALPN. ALPN is a requirement
+	//    for using HTTP/2 over TLS. We can terminate the connection immediately.
+	np := conn.ConnectionState().NegotiatedProtocol
+	if np == "" {
+		if envconfig.EnforceALPNEnabled {
+			conn.Close()
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("credentials: cannot check peer: missing selected ALPN property. %s", alpnFailureHelpMessage)
+		}
+		logger.Warningf("Allowing TLS connection to server %q with ALPN disabled. TLS connections to servers with ALPN disabled will be disallowed in future grpc-go releases", cfg.ServerName)
+	}
+	tlsInfo := TLSInfo{
+		State: conn.ConnectionState(),
+		CommonAuthInfo: CommonAuthInfo{
+			SecurityLevel: PrivacyAndIntegrity,
+		},
+	}
+	id := credinternal.SPIFFEIDFromState(conn.ConnectionState())
+	if id != nil {
+		tlsInfo.SPIFFEID = id
+	}
+	return credinternal.WrapSyscallConn(rawConn, conn), tlsInfo, nil
+}
+
+func (c *tlsCreds) ServerHandshake(rawConn net.Conn) (net.Conn, AuthInfo, error) {
+	conn := tls.Server(rawConn, c.config)
+	if err := conn.Handshake(); err != nil {
+		conn.Close()
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	cs := conn.ConnectionState()
+	// The negotiated application protocol can be empty only if the client doesn't
+	// support ALPN. In such cases, we can close the connection since ALPN is required
+	// for using HTTP/2 over TLS.
+	if cs.NegotiatedProtocol == "" {
+		if envconfig.EnforceALPNEnabled {
+			conn.Close()
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("credentials: cannot check peer: missing selected ALPN property. %s", alpnFailureHelpMessage)
+		} else if logger.V(2) {
+			logger.Info("Allowing TLS connection from client with ALPN disabled. TLS connections with ALPN disabled will be disallowed in future grpc-go releases")
+		}
+	}
+	tlsInfo := TLSInfo{
+		State: cs,
+		CommonAuthInfo: CommonAuthInfo{
+			SecurityLevel: PrivacyAndIntegrity,
+		},
+	}
+	id := credinternal.SPIFFEIDFromState(conn.ConnectionState())
+	if id != nil {
+		tlsInfo.SPIFFEID = id
+	}
+	return credinternal.WrapSyscallConn(rawConn, conn), tlsInfo, nil
+}
+
+func (c *tlsCreds) Clone() TransportCredentials {
+	return NewTLS(c.config)
+}
+
+func (c *tlsCreds) OverrideServerName(serverNameOverride string) error {
+	c.config.ServerName = serverNameOverride
+	return nil
+}
+
+// The following cipher suites are forbidden for use with HTTP/2 by
+// https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7540#appendix-A
+var tls12ForbiddenCipherSuites = map[uint16]struct{}{
+	tls.TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA:         {},
+	tls.TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA:         {},
+	tls.TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256:      {},
+	tls.TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384:      {},
+	tls.TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA: {},
+	tls.TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA: {},
+	tls.TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA:   {},
+	tls.TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA:   {},
+}
+
+// NewTLS uses c to construct a TransportCredentials based on TLS.
+func NewTLS(c *tls.Config) TransportCredentials {
+	config := applyDefaults(c)
+	if config.GetConfigForClient != nil {
+		oldFn := config.GetConfigForClient
+		config.GetConfigForClient = func(hello *tls.ClientHelloInfo) (*tls.Config, error) {
+			cfgForClient, err := oldFn(hello)
+			if err != nil || cfgForClient == nil {
+				return cfgForClient, err
+			}
+			return applyDefaults(cfgForClient), nil
+		}
+	}
+	return &tlsCreds{config: config}
+}
+
+func applyDefaults(c *tls.Config) *tls.Config {
+	config := credinternal.CloneTLSConfig(c)
+	config.NextProtos = credinternal.AppendH2ToNextProtos(config.NextProtos)
+	// If the user did not configure a MinVersion and did not configure a
+	// MaxVersion < 1.2, use MinVersion=1.2, which is required by
+	// https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7540#section-9.2
+	if config.MinVersion == 0 && (config.MaxVersion == 0 || config.MaxVersion >= tls.VersionTLS12) {
+		config.MinVersion = tls.VersionTLS12
+	}
+	// If the user did not configure CipherSuites, use all "secure" cipher
+	// suites reported by the TLS package, but remove some explicitly forbidden
+	// by https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7540#appendix-A
+	if config.CipherSuites == nil {
+		for _, cs := range tls.CipherSuites() {
+			if _, ok := tls12ForbiddenCipherSuites[cs.ID]; !ok {
+				config.CipherSuites = append(config.CipherSuites, cs.ID)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return config
+}
+
+// NewClientTLSFromCert constructs TLS credentials from the provided root
+// certificate authority certificate(s) to validate server connections. If
+// certificates to establish the identity of the client need to be included in
+// the credentials (eg: for mTLS), use NewTLS instead, where a complete
+// tls.Config can be specified.
+//
+// serverNameOverride is for testing only. If set to a non empty string, it will
+// override the virtual host name of authority (e.g. :authority header field) in
+// requests.  Users should use grpc.WithAuthority passed to grpc.NewClient to
+// override the authority of the client instead.
+func NewClientTLSFromCert(cp *x509.CertPool, serverNameOverride string) TransportCredentials {
+	return NewTLS(&tls.Config{ServerName: serverNameOverride, RootCAs: cp})
+}
+
+// NewClientTLSFromFile constructs TLS credentials from the provided root
+// certificate authority certificate file(s) to validate server connections. If
+// certificates to establish the identity of the client need to be included in
+// the credentials (eg: for mTLS), use NewTLS instead, where a complete
+// tls.Config can be specified.
+//
+// serverNameOverride is for testing only. If set to a non empty string, it will
+// override the virtual host name of authority (e.g. :authority header field) in
+// requests.  Users should use grpc.WithAuthority passed to grpc.NewClient to
+// override the authority of the client instead.
+func NewClientTLSFromFile(certFile, serverNameOverride string) (TransportCredentials, error) {
+	b, err := os.ReadFile(certFile)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	cp := x509.NewCertPool()
+	if !cp.AppendCertsFromPEM(b) {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("credentials: failed to append certificates")
+	}
+	return NewTLS(&tls.Config{ServerName: serverNameOverride, RootCAs: cp}), nil
+}
+
+// NewServerTLSFromCert constructs TLS credentials from the input certificate for server.
+func NewServerTLSFromCert(cert *tls.Certificate) TransportCredentials {
+	return NewTLS(&tls.Config{Certificates: []tls.Certificate{*cert}})
+}
+
+// NewServerTLSFromFile constructs TLS credentials from the input certificate file and key
+// file for server.
+func NewServerTLSFromFile(certFile, keyFile string) (TransportCredentials, error) {
+	cert, err := tls.LoadX509KeyPair(certFile, keyFile)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return NewTLS(&tls.Config{Certificates: []tls.Certificate{cert}}), nil
+}
+
+// TLSChannelzSecurityValue defines the struct that TLS protocol should return
+// from GetSecurityValue(), containing security info like cipher and certificate used.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This type is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+type TLSChannelzSecurityValue struct {
+	ChannelzSecurityValue
+	StandardName      string
+	LocalCertificate  []byte
+	RemoteCertificate []byte
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/dialoptions.go

@@ -0,0 +1,797 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2018 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package grpc
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"net"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/backoff"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/channelz"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/credentials"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/credentials/insecure"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal"
+	internalbackoff "google.golang.org/grpc/internal/backoff"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal/binarylog"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal/transport"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/keepalive"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/mem"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/stats"
+)
+
+const (
+	// https://github.com/grpc/proposal/blob/master/A6-client-retries.md#limits-on-retries-and-hedges
+	defaultMaxCallAttempts = 5
+)
+
+func init() {
+	internal.AddGlobalDialOptions = func(opt ...DialOption) {
+		globalDialOptions = append(globalDialOptions, opt...)
+	}
+	internal.ClearGlobalDialOptions = func() {
+		globalDialOptions = nil
+	}
+	internal.AddGlobalPerTargetDialOptions = func(opt any) {
+		if ptdo, ok := opt.(perTargetDialOption); ok {
+			globalPerTargetDialOptions = append(globalPerTargetDialOptions, ptdo)
+		}
+	}
+	internal.ClearGlobalPerTargetDialOptions = func() {
+		globalPerTargetDialOptions = nil
+	}
+	internal.WithBinaryLogger = withBinaryLogger
+	internal.JoinDialOptions = newJoinDialOption
+	internal.DisableGlobalDialOptions = newDisableGlobalDialOptions
+	internal.WithBufferPool = withBufferPool
+}
+
+// dialOptions configure a Dial call. dialOptions are set by the DialOption
+// values passed to Dial.
+type dialOptions struct {
+	unaryInt  UnaryClientInterceptor
+	streamInt StreamClientInterceptor
+
+	chainUnaryInts  []UnaryClientInterceptor
+	chainStreamInts []StreamClientInterceptor
+
+	compressorV0                Compressor
+	dc                          Decompressor
+	bs                          internalbackoff.Strategy
+	block                       bool
+	returnLastError             bool
+	timeout                     time.Duration
+	authority                   string
+	binaryLogger                binarylog.Logger
+	copts                       transport.ConnectOptions
+	callOptions                 []CallOption
+	channelzParent              channelz.Identifier
+	disableServiceConfig        bool
+	disableRetry                bool
+	disableHealthCheck          bool
+	minConnectTimeout           func() time.Duration
+	defaultServiceConfig        *ServiceConfig // defaultServiceConfig is parsed from defaultServiceConfigRawJSON.
+	defaultServiceConfigRawJSON *string
+	resolvers                   []resolver.Builder
+	idleTimeout                 time.Duration
+	defaultScheme               string
+	maxCallAttempts             int
+	enableLocalDNSResolution    bool // Specifies if target hostnames should be resolved when proxying is enabled.
+	useProxy                    bool // Specifies if a server should be connected via proxy.
+}
+
+// DialOption configures how we set up the connection.
+type DialOption interface {
+	apply(*dialOptions)
+}
+
+var globalDialOptions []DialOption
+
+// perTargetDialOption takes a parsed target and returns a dial option to apply.
+//
+// This gets called after NewClient() parses the target, and allows per target
+// configuration set through a returned DialOption. The DialOption will not take
+// effect if specifies a resolver builder, as that Dial Option is factored in
+// while parsing target.
+type perTargetDialOption interface {
+	// DialOption returns a Dial Option to apply.
+	DialOptionForTarget(parsedTarget url.URL) DialOption
+}
+
+var globalPerTargetDialOptions []perTargetDialOption
+
+// EmptyDialOption does not alter the dial configuration. It can be embedded in
+// another structure to build custom dial options.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This type is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+type EmptyDialOption struct{}
+
+func (EmptyDialOption) apply(*dialOptions) {}
+
+type disableGlobalDialOptions struct{}
+
+func (disableGlobalDialOptions) apply(*dialOptions) {}
+
+// newDisableGlobalDialOptions returns a DialOption that prevents the ClientConn
+// from applying the global DialOptions (set via AddGlobalDialOptions).
+func newDisableGlobalDialOptions() DialOption {
+	return &disableGlobalDialOptions{}
+}
+
+// funcDialOption wraps a function that modifies dialOptions into an
+// implementation of the DialOption interface.
+type funcDialOption struct {
+	f func(*dialOptions)
+}
+
+func (fdo *funcDialOption) apply(do *dialOptions) {
+	fdo.f(do)
+}
+
+func newFuncDialOption(f func(*dialOptions)) *funcDialOption {
+	return &funcDialOption{
+		f: f,
+	}
+}
+
+type joinDialOption struct {
+	opts []DialOption
+}
+
+func (jdo *joinDialOption) apply(do *dialOptions) {
+	for _, opt := range jdo.opts {
+		opt.apply(do)
+	}
+}
+
+func newJoinDialOption(opts ...DialOption) DialOption {
+	return &joinDialOption{opts: opts}
+}
+
+// WithSharedWriteBuffer allows reusing per-connection transport write buffer.
+// If this option is set to true every connection will release the buffer after
+// flushing the data on the wire.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func WithSharedWriteBuffer(val bool) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.SharedWriteBuffer = val
+	})
+}
+
+// WithWriteBufferSize determines how much data can be batched before doing a
+// write on the wire. The default value for this buffer is 32KB.
+//
+// Zero or negative values will disable the write buffer such that each write
+// will be on underlying connection. Note: A Send call may not directly
+// translate to a write.
+func WithWriteBufferSize(s int) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.WriteBufferSize = s
+	})
+}
+
+// WithReadBufferSize lets you set the size of read buffer, this determines how
+// much data can be read at most for each read syscall.
+//
+// The default value for this buffer is 32KB. Zero or negative values will
+// disable read buffer for a connection so data framer can access the
+// underlying conn directly.
+func WithReadBufferSize(s int) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.ReadBufferSize = s
+	})
+}
+
+// WithInitialWindowSize returns a DialOption which sets the value for initial
+// window size on a stream. The lower bound for window size is 64K and any value
+// smaller than that will be ignored.
+func WithInitialWindowSize(s int32) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.InitialWindowSize = s
+		o.copts.StaticWindowSize = true
+	})
+}
+
+// WithInitialConnWindowSize returns a DialOption which sets the value for
+// initial window size on a connection. The lower bound for window size is 64K
+// and any value smaller than that will be ignored.
+func WithInitialConnWindowSize(s int32) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.InitialConnWindowSize = s
+		o.copts.StaticWindowSize = true
+	})
+}
+
+// WithStaticStreamWindowSize returns a DialOption which sets the initial
+// stream window size to the value provided and disables dynamic flow control.
+func WithStaticStreamWindowSize(s int32) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.InitialWindowSize = s
+		o.copts.StaticWindowSize = true
+	})
+}
+
+// WithStaticConnWindowSize returns a DialOption which sets the initial
+// connection window size to the value provided and disables dynamic flow
+// control.
+func WithStaticConnWindowSize(s int32) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.InitialConnWindowSize = s
+		o.copts.StaticWindowSize = true
+	})
+}
+
+// WithMaxMsgSize returns a DialOption which sets the maximum message size the
+// client can receive.
+//
+// Deprecated: use WithDefaultCallOptions(MaxCallRecvMsgSize(s)) instead.  Will
+// be supported throughout 1.x.
+func WithMaxMsgSize(s int) DialOption {
+	return WithDefaultCallOptions(MaxCallRecvMsgSize(s))
+}
+
+// WithDefaultCallOptions returns a DialOption which sets the default
+// CallOptions for calls over the connection.
+func WithDefaultCallOptions(cos ...CallOption) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.callOptions = append(o.callOptions, cos...)
+	})
+}
+
+// WithCodec returns a DialOption which sets a codec for message marshaling and
+// unmarshaling.
+//
+// Deprecated: use WithDefaultCallOptions(ForceCodec(_)) instead.  Will be
+// supported throughout 1.x.
+func WithCodec(c Codec) DialOption {
+	return WithDefaultCallOptions(CallCustomCodec(c))
+}
+
+// WithCompressor returns a DialOption which sets a Compressor to use for
+// message compression. It has lower priority than the compressor set by the
+// UseCompressor CallOption.
+//
+// Deprecated: use UseCompressor instead.  Will be supported throughout 1.x.
+func WithCompressor(cp Compressor) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.compressorV0 = cp
+	})
+}
+
+// WithDecompressor returns a DialOption which sets a Decompressor to use for
+// incoming message decompression.  If incoming response messages are encoded
+// using the decompressor's Type(), it will be used.  Otherwise, the message
+// encoding will be used to look up the compressor registered via
+// encoding.RegisterCompressor, which will then be used to decompress the
+// message.  If no compressor is registered for the encoding, an Unimplemented
+// status error will be returned.
+//
+// Deprecated: use encoding.RegisterCompressor instead.  Will be supported
+// throughout 1.x.
+func WithDecompressor(dc Decompressor) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.dc = dc
+	})
+}
+
+// WithConnectParams configures the ClientConn to use the provided ConnectParams
+// for creating and maintaining connections to servers.
+//
+// The backoff configuration specified as part of the ConnectParams overrides
+// all defaults specified in
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/connection-backoff.md. Consider
+// using the backoff.DefaultConfig as a base, in cases where you want to
+// override only a subset of the backoff configuration.
+func WithConnectParams(p ConnectParams) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.bs = internalbackoff.Exponential{Config: p.Backoff}
+		o.minConnectTimeout = func() time.Duration {
+			return p.MinConnectTimeout
+		}
+	})
+}
+
+// WithBackoffMaxDelay configures the dialer to use the provided maximum delay
+// when backing off after failed connection attempts.
+//
+// Deprecated: use WithConnectParams instead. Will be supported throughout 1.x.
+func WithBackoffMaxDelay(md time.Duration) DialOption {
+	return WithBackoffConfig(BackoffConfig{MaxDelay: md})
+}
+
+// WithBackoffConfig configures the dialer to use the provided backoff
+// parameters after connection failures.
+//
+// Deprecated: use WithConnectParams instead. Will be supported throughout 1.x.
+func WithBackoffConfig(b BackoffConfig) DialOption {
+	bc := backoff.DefaultConfig
+	bc.MaxDelay = b.MaxDelay
+	return withBackoff(internalbackoff.Exponential{Config: bc})
+}
+
+// withBackoff sets the backoff strategy used for connectRetryNum after a failed
+// connection attempt.
+//
+// This can be exported if arbitrary backoff strategies are allowed by gRPC.
+func withBackoff(bs internalbackoff.Strategy) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.bs = bs
+	})
+}
+
+// WithBlock returns a DialOption which makes callers of Dial block until the
+// underlying connection is up. Without this, Dial returns immediately and
+// connecting the server happens in background.
+//
+// Use of this feature is not recommended.  For more information, please see:
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/blob/master/Documentation/anti-patterns.md
+//
+// Deprecated: this DialOption is not supported by NewClient.
+// Will be supported throughout 1.x.
+func WithBlock() DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.block = true
+	})
+}
+
+// WithReturnConnectionError returns a DialOption which makes the client connection
+// return a string containing both the last connection error that occurred and
+// the context.DeadlineExceeded error.
+// Implies WithBlock()
+//
+// Use of this feature is not recommended.  For more information, please see:
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/blob/master/Documentation/anti-patterns.md
+//
+// Deprecated: this DialOption is not supported by NewClient.
+// Will be supported throughout 1.x.
+func WithReturnConnectionError() DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.block = true
+		o.returnLastError = true
+	})
+}
+
+// WithInsecure returns a DialOption which disables transport security for this
+// ClientConn. Under the hood, it uses insecure.NewCredentials().
+//
+// Note that using this DialOption with per-RPC credentials (through
+// WithCredentialsBundle or WithPerRPCCredentials) which require transport
+// security is incompatible and will cause RPCs to fail.
+//
+// Deprecated: use WithTransportCredentials and insecure.NewCredentials()
+// instead. Will be supported throughout 1.x.
+func WithInsecure() DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.TransportCredentials = insecure.NewCredentials()
+	})
+}
+
+// WithNoProxy returns a DialOption which disables the use of proxies for this
+// ClientConn. This is ignored if WithDialer or WithContextDialer are used.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func WithNoProxy() DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.useProxy = false
+	})
+}
+
+// WithLocalDNSResolution forces local DNS name resolution even when a proxy is
+// specified in the environment.  By default, the server name is provided
+// directly to the proxy as part of the CONNECT handshake. This is ignored if
+// WithNoProxy is used.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func WithLocalDNSResolution() DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.enableLocalDNSResolution = true
+	})
+}
+
+// WithTransportCredentials returns a DialOption which configures a connection
+// level security credentials (e.g., TLS/SSL). This should not be used together
+// with WithCredentialsBundle.
+func WithTransportCredentials(creds credentials.TransportCredentials) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.TransportCredentials = creds
+	})
+}
+
+// WithPerRPCCredentials returns a DialOption which sets credentials and places
+// auth state on each outbound RPC.
+func WithPerRPCCredentials(creds credentials.PerRPCCredentials) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.PerRPCCredentials = append(o.copts.PerRPCCredentials, creds)
+	})
+}
+
+// WithCredentialsBundle returns a DialOption to set a credentials bundle for
+// the ClientConn.WithCreds. This should not be used together with
+// WithTransportCredentials.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func WithCredentialsBundle(b credentials.Bundle) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.CredsBundle = b
+	})
+}
+
+// WithTimeout returns a DialOption that configures a timeout for dialing a
+// ClientConn initially. This is valid if and only if WithBlock() is present.
+//
+// Deprecated: this DialOption is not supported by NewClient.
+// Will be supported throughout 1.x.
+func WithTimeout(d time.Duration) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.timeout = d
+	})
+}
+
+// WithContextDialer returns a DialOption that sets a dialer to create
+// connections. If FailOnNonTempDialError() is set to true, and an error is
+// returned by f, gRPC checks the error's Temporary() method to decide if it
+// should try to reconnect to the network address.
+//
+// Note that gRPC by default performs name resolution on the target passed to
+// NewClient. To bypass name resolution and cause the target string to be
+// passed directly to the dialer here instead, use the "passthrough" resolver
+// by specifying it in the target string, e.g. "passthrough:target".
+//
+// Note: All supported releases of Go (as of December 2023) override the OS
+// defaults for TCP keepalive time and interval to 15s. To enable TCP keepalive
+// with OS defaults for keepalive time and interval, use a net.Dialer that sets
+// the KeepAlive field to a negative value, and sets the SO_KEEPALIVE socket
+// option to true from the Control field. For a concrete example of how to do
+// this, see internal.NetDialerWithTCPKeepalive().
+//
+// For more information, please see [issue 23459] in the Go GitHub repo.
+//
+// [issue 23459]: https://github.com/golang/go/issues/23459
+func WithContextDialer(f func(context.Context, string) (net.Conn, error)) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.Dialer = f
+	})
+}
+
+// WithDialer returns a DialOption that specifies a function to use for dialing
+// network addresses. If FailOnNonTempDialError() is set to true, and an error
+// is returned by f, gRPC checks the error's Temporary() method to decide if it
+// should try to reconnect to the network address.
+//
+// Deprecated: use WithContextDialer instead.  Will be supported throughout
+// 1.x.
+func WithDialer(f func(string, time.Duration) (net.Conn, error)) DialOption {
+	return WithContextDialer(
+		func(ctx context.Context, addr string) (net.Conn, error) {
+			if deadline, ok := ctx.Deadline(); ok {
+				return f(addr, time.Until(deadline))
+			}
+			return f(addr, 0)
+		})
+}
+
+// WithStatsHandler returns a DialOption that specifies the stats handler for
+// all the RPCs and underlying network connections in this ClientConn.
+func WithStatsHandler(h stats.Handler) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		if h == nil {
+			logger.Error("ignoring nil parameter in grpc.WithStatsHandler ClientOption")
+			// Do not allow a nil stats handler, which would otherwise cause
+			// panics.
+			return
+		}
+		o.copts.StatsHandlers = append(o.copts.StatsHandlers, h)
+	})
+}
+
+// withBinaryLogger returns a DialOption that specifies the binary logger for
+// this ClientConn.
+func withBinaryLogger(bl binarylog.Logger) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.binaryLogger = bl
+	})
+}
+
+// FailOnNonTempDialError returns a DialOption that specifies if gRPC fails on
+// non-temporary dial errors. If f is true, and dialer returns a non-temporary
+// error, gRPC will fail the connection to the network address and won't try to
+// reconnect. The default value of FailOnNonTempDialError is false.
+//
+// FailOnNonTempDialError only affects the initial dial, and does not do
+// anything useful unless you are also using WithBlock().
+//
+// Use of this feature is not recommended.  For more information, please see:
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc-go/blob/master/Documentation/anti-patterns.md
+//
+// Deprecated: this DialOption is not supported by NewClient.
+// This API may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func FailOnNonTempDialError(f bool) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.FailOnNonTempDialError = f
+	})
+}
+
+// WithUserAgent returns a DialOption that specifies a user agent string for all
+// the RPCs.
+func WithUserAgent(s string) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.UserAgent = s + " " + grpcUA
+	})
+}
+
+// WithKeepaliveParams returns a DialOption that specifies keepalive parameters
+// for the client transport.
+//
+// Keepalive is disabled by default.
+func WithKeepaliveParams(kp keepalive.ClientParameters) DialOption {
+	if kp.Time < internal.KeepaliveMinPingTime {
+		logger.Warningf("Adjusting keepalive ping interval to minimum period of %v", internal.KeepaliveMinPingTime)
+		kp.Time = internal.KeepaliveMinPingTime
+	}
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.KeepaliveParams = kp
+	})
+}
+
+// WithUnaryInterceptor returns a DialOption that specifies the interceptor for
+// unary RPCs.
+func WithUnaryInterceptor(f UnaryClientInterceptor) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.unaryInt = f
+	})
+}
+
+// WithChainUnaryInterceptor returns a DialOption that specifies the chained
+// interceptor for unary RPCs. The first interceptor will be the outer most,
+// while the last interceptor will be the inner most wrapper around the real call.
+// All interceptors added by this method will be chained, and the interceptor
+// defined by WithUnaryInterceptor will always be prepended to the chain.
+func WithChainUnaryInterceptor(interceptors ...UnaryClientInterceptor) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.chainUnaryInts = append(o.chainUnaryInts, interceptors...)
+	})
+}
+
+// WithStreamInterceptor returns a DialOption that specifies the interceptor for
+// streaming RPCs.
+func WithStreamInterceptor(f StreamClientInterceptor) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.streamInt = f
+	})
+}
+
+// WithChainStreamInterceptor returns a DialOption that specifies the chained
+// interceptor for streaming RPCs. The first interceptor will be the outer most,
+// while the last interceptor will be the inner most wrapper around the real call.
+// All interceptors added by this method will be chained, and the interceptor
+// defined by WithStreamInterceptor will always be prepended to the chain.
+func WithChainStreamInterceptor(interceptors ...StreamClientInterceptor) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.chainStreamInts = append(o.chainStreamInts, interceptors...)
+	})
+}
+
+// WithAuthority returns a DialOption that specifies the value to be used as the
+// :authority pseudo-header and as the server name in authentication handshake.
+// This overrides all other ways of setting authority on the channel, but can be
+// overridden per-call by using grpc.CallAuthority.
+func WithAuthority(a string) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.authority = a
+	})
+}
+
+// WithChannelzParentID returns a DialOption that specifies the channelz ID of
+// current ClientConn's parent. This function is used in nested channel creation
+// (e.g. grpclb dial).
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func WithChannelzParentID(c channelz.Identifier) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.channelzParent = c
+	})
+}
+
+// WithDisableServiceConfig returns a DialOption that causes gRPC to ignore any
+// service config provided by the resolver and provides a hint to the resolver
+// to not fetch service configs.
+//
+// Note that this dial option only disables service config from resolver. If
+// default service config is provided, gRPC will use the default service config.
+func WithDisableServiceConfig() DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.disableServiceConfig = true
+	})
+}
+
+// WithDefaultServiceConfig returns a DialOption that configures the default
+// service config, which will be used in cases where:
+//
+// 1. WithDisableServiceConfig is also used, or
+//
+// 2. The name resolver does not provide a service config or provides an
+// invalid service config.
+//
+// The parameter s is the JSON representation of the default service config.
+// For more information about service configs, see:
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/service_config.md
+// For a simple example of usage, see:
+// examples/features/load_balancing/client/main.go
+func WithDefaultServiceConfig(s string) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.defaultServiceConfigRawJSON = &s
+	})
+}
+
+// WithDisableRetry returns a DialOption that disables retries, even if the
+// service config enables them.  This does not impact transparent retries, which
+// will happen automatically if no data is written to the wire or if the RPC is
+// unprocessed by the remote server.
+func WithDisableRetry() DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.disableRetry = true
+	})
+}
+
+// MaxHeaderListSizeDialOption is a DialOption that specifies the maximum
+// (uncompressed) size of header list that the client is prepared to accept.
+type MaxHeaderListSizeDialOption struct {
+	MaxHeaderListSize uint32
+}
+
+func (o MaxHeaderListSizeDialOption) apply(do *dialOptions) {
+	do.copts.MaxHeaderListSize = &o.MaxHeaderListSize
+}
+
+// WithMaxHeaderListSize returns a DialOption that specifies the maximum
+// (uncompressed) size of header list that the client is prepared to accept.
+func WithMaxHeaderListSize(s uint32) DialOption {
+	return MaxHeaderListSizeDialOption{
+		MaxHeaderListSize: s,
+	}
+}
+
+// WithDisableHealthCheck disables the LB channel health checking for all
+// SubConns of this ClientConn.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func WithDisableHealthCheck() DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.disableHealthCheck = true
+	})
+}
+
+func defaultDialOptions() dialOptions {
+	return dialOptions{
+		copts: transport.ConnectOptions{
+			ReadBufferSize:  defaultReadBufSize,
+			WriteBufferSize: defaultWriteBufSize,
+			UserAgent:       grpcUA,
+			BufferPool:      mem.DefaultBufferPool(),
+		},
+		bs:                       internalbackoff.DefaultExponential,
+		idleTimeout:              30 * time.Minute,
+		defaultScheme:            "dns",
+		maxCallAttempts:          defaultMaxCallAttempts,
+		useProxy:                 true,
+		enableLocalDNSResolution: false,
+	}
+}
+
+// withMinConnectDeadline specifies the function that clientconn uses to
+// get minConnectDeadline. This can be used to make connection attempts happen
+// faster/slower.
+//
+// For testing purpose only.
+func withMinConnectDeadline(f func() time.Duration) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.minConnectTimeout = f
+	})
+}
+
+// withDefaultScheme is used to allow Dial to use "passthrough" as the default
+// name resolver, while NewClient uses "dns" otherwise.
+func withDefaultScheme(s string) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.defaultScheme = s
+	})
+}
+
+// WithResolvers allows a list of resolver implementations to be registered
+// locally with the ClientConn without needing to be globally registered via
+// resolver.Register.  They will be matched against the scheme used for the
+// current Dial only, and will take precedence over the global registry.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func WithResolvers(rs ...resolver.Builder) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.resolvers = append(o.resolvers, rs...)
+	})
+}
+
+// WithIdleTimeout returns a DialOption that configures an idle timeout for the
+// channel. If the channel is idle for the configured timeout, i.e there are no
+// ongoing RPCs and no new RPCs are initiated, the channel will enter idle mode
+// and as a result the name resolver and load balancer will be shut down. The
+// channel will exit idle mode when the Connect() method is called or when an
+// RPC is initiated.
+//
+// A default timeout of 30 minutes will be used if this dial option is not set
+// at dial time and idleness can be disabled by passing a timeout of zero.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func WithIdleTimeout(d time.Duration) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.idleTimeout = d
+	})
+}
+
+// WithMaxCallAttempts returns a DialOption that configures the maximum number
+// of attempts per call (including retries and hedging) using the channel.
+// Service owners may specify a higher value for these parameters, but higher
+// values will be treated as equal to the maximum value by the client
+// implementation. This mitigates security concerns related to the service
+// config being transferred to the client via DNS.
+//
+// A value of 5 will be used if this dial option is not set or n < 2.
+func WithMaxCallAttempts(n int) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		if n < 2 {
+			n = defaultMaxCallAttempts
+		}
+		o.maxCallAttempts = n
+	})
+}
+
+func withBufferPool(bufferPool mem.BufferPool) DialOption {
+	return newFuncDialOption(func(o *dialOptions) {
+		o.copts.BufferPool = bufferPool
+	})
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2015 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+//go:generate ./scripts/regenerate.sh
+
+/*
+Package grpc implements an RPC system called gRPC.
+
+See grpc.io for more information about gRPC.
+*/
+package grpc // import "google.golang.org/grpc"

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/encoding/encoding.go

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package encoding defines the interface for the compressor and codec, and
+// functions to register and retrieve compressors and codecs.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This package is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+package encoding
+
+import (
+	"io"
+	"slices"
+	"strings"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/encoding/internal"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal/grpcutil"
+)
+
+// Identity specifies the optional encoding for uncompressed streams.
+// It is intended for grpc internal use only.
+const Identity = "identity"
+
+func init() {
+	internal.RegisterCompressorForTesting = func(c Compressor) func() {
+		name := c.Name()
+		curCompressor, found := registeredCompressor[name]
+		RegisterCompressor(c)
+		return func() {
+			if found {
+				registeredCompressor[name] = curCompressor
+				return
+			}
+			delete(registeredCompressor, name)
+			grpcutil.RegisteredCompressorNames = slices.DeleteFunc(grpcutil.RegisteredCompressorNames, func(s string) bool {
+				return s == name
+			})
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// Compressor is used for compressing and decompressing when sending or
+// receiving messages.
+//
+// If a Compressor implements `DecompressedSize(compressedBytes []byte) int`,
+// gRPC will invoke it to determine the size of the buffer allocated for the
+// result of decompression.  A return value of -1 indicates unknown size.
+type Compressor interface {
+	// Compress writes the data written to wc to w after compressing it.  If an
+	// error occurs while initializing the compressor, that error is returned
+	// instead.
+	Compress(w io.Writer) (io.WriteCloser, error)
+	// Decompress reads data from r, decompresses it, and provides the
+	// uncompressed data via the returned io.Reader.  If an error occurs while
+	// initializing the decompressor, that error is returned instead.
+	Decompress(r io.Reader) (io.Reader, error)
+	// Name is the name of the compression codec and is used to set the content
+	// coding header.  The result must be static; the result cannot change
+	// between calls.
+	Name() string
+}
+
+var registeredCompressor = make(map[string]Compressor)
+
+// RegisterCompressor registers the compressor with gRPC by its name.  It can
+// be activated when sending an RPC via grpc.UseCompressor().  It will be
+// automatically accessed when receiving a message based on the content coding
+// header.  Servers also use it to send a response with the same encoding as
+// the request.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe.  If multiple Compressors are
+// registered with the same name, the one registered last will take effect.
+func RegisterCompressor(c Compressor) {
+	registeredCompressor[c.Name()] = c
+	if !grpcutil.IsCompressorNameRegistered(c.Name()) {
+		grpcutil.RegisteredCompressorNames = append(grpcutil.RegisteredCompressorNames, c.Name())
+	}
+}
+
+// GetCompressor returns Compressor for the given compressor name.
+func GetCompressor(name string) Compressor {
+	return registeredCompressor[name]
+}
+
+// Codec defines the interface gRPC uses to encode and decode messages.  Note
+// that implementations of this interface must be thread safe; a Codec's
+// methods can be called from concurrent goroutines.
+type Codec interface {
+	// Marshal returns the wire format of v.
+	Marshal(v any) ([]byte, error)
+	// Unmarshal parses the wire format into v.
+	Unmarshal(data []byte, v any) error
+	// Name returns the name of the Codec implementation. The returned string
+	// will be used as part of content type in transmission.  The result must be
+	// static; the result cannot change between calls.
+	Name() string
+}
+
+var registeredCodecs = make(map[string]any)
+
+// RegisterCodec registers the provided Codec for use with all gRPC clients and
+// servers.
+//
+// The Codec will be stored and looked up by result of its Name() method, which
+// should match the content-subtype of the encoding handled by the Codec.  This
+// is case-insensitive, and is stored and looked up as lowercase.  If the
+// result of calling Name() is an empty string, RegisterCodec will panic. See
+// Content-Type on
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/PROTOCOL-HTTP2.md#requests for
+// more details.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe.  If multiple Codecs are
+// registered with the same name, the one registered last will take effect.
+func RegisterCodec(codec Codec) {
+	if codec == nil {
+		panic("cannot register a nil Codec")
+	}
+	if codec.Name() == "" {
+		panic("cannot register Codec with empty string result for Name()")
+	}
+	contentSubtype := strings.ToLower(codec.Name())
+	registeredCodecs[contentSubtype] = codec
+}
+
+// GetCodec gets a registered Codec by content-subtype, or nil if no Codec is
+// registered for the content-subtype.
+//
+// The content-subtype is expected to be lowercase.
+func GetCodec(contentSubtype string) Codec {
+	c, _ := registeredCodecs[contentSubtype].(Codec)
+	return c
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/encoding/encoding_v2.go

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package encoding
+
+import (
+	"strings"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/mem"
+)
+
+// CodecV2 defines the interface gRPC uses to encode and decode messages. Note
+// that implementations of this interface must be thread safe; a CodecV2's
+// methods can be called from concurrent goroutines.
+type CodecV2 interface {
+	// Marshal returns the wire format of v. The buffers in the returned
+	// [mem.BufferSlice] must have at least one reference each, which will be freed
+	// by gRPC when they are no longer needed.
+	Marshal(v any) (out mem.BufferSlice, err error)
+	// Unmarshal parses the wire format into v. Note that data will be freed as soon
+	// as this function returns. If the codec wishes to guarantee access to the data
+	// after this function, it must take its own reference that it frees when it is
+	// no longer needed.
+	Unmarshal(data mem.BufferSlice, v any) error
+	// Name returns the name of the Codec implementation. The returned string
+	// will be used as part of content type in transmission.  The result must be
+	// static; the result cannot change between calls.
+	Name() string
+}
+
+// RegisterCodecV2 registers the provided CodecV2 for use with all gRPC clients and
+// servers.
+//
+// The CodecV2 will be stored and looked up by result of its Name() method, which
+// should match the content-subtype of the encoding handled by the CodecV2.  This
+// is case-insensitive, and is stored and looked up as lowercase.  If the
+// result of calling Name() is an empty string, RegisterCodecV2 will panic. See
+// Content-Type on
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/PROTOCOL-HTTP2.md#requests for
+// more details.
+//
+// If both a Codec and CodecV2 are registered with the same name, the CodecV2
+// will be used.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe.  If multiple Codecs are
+// registered with the same name, the one registered last will take effect.
+func RegisterCodecV2(codec CodecV2) {
+	if codec == nil {
+		panic("cannot register a nil CodecV2")
+	}
+	if codec.Name() == "" {
+		panic("cannot register CodecV2 with empty string result for Name()")
+	}
+	contentSubtype := strings.ToLower(codec.Name())
+	registeredCodecs[contentSubtype] = codec
+}
+
+// GetCodecV2 gets a registered CodecV2 by content-subtype, or nil if no CodecV2 is
+// registered for the content-subtype.
+//
+// The content-subtype is expected to be lowercase.
+func GetCodecV2(contentSubtype string) CodecV2 {
+	c, _ := registeredCodecs[contentSubtype].(CodecV2)
+	return c
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/encoding/internal/internal.go

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2025 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package internal contains code internal to the encoding package.
+package internal
+
+// RegisterCompressorForTesting registers a compressor in the global compressor
+// registry. It returns a cleanup function that should be called at the end
+// of the test to unregister the compressor.
+//
+// This prevents compressors registered in one test from appearing in the
+// encoding headers of subsequent tests.
+var RegisterCompressorForTesting any // func RegisterCompressor(c Compressor) func()

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/encoding/proto/proto.go

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package proto defines the protobuf codec. Importing this package will
+// register the codec.
+package proto
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/encoding"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/mem"
+	"google.golang.org/protobuf/proto"
+	"google.golang.org/protobuf/protoadapt"
+)
+
+// Name is the name registered for the proto compressor.
+const Name = "proto"
+
+func init() {
+	encoding.RegisterCodecV2(&codecV2{})
+}
+
+// codec is a CodecV2 implementation with protobuf. It is the default codec for
+// gRPC.
+type codecV2 struct{}
+
+func (c *codecV2) Marshal(v any) (data mem.BufferSlice, err error) {
+	vv := messageV2Of(v)
+	if vv == nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("proto: failed to marshal, message is %T, want proto.Message", v)
+	}
+
+	// Important: if we remove this Size call then we cannot use
+	// UseCachedSize in MarshalOptions below.
+	size := proto.Size(vv)
+
+	// MarshalOptions with UseCachedSize allows reusing the result from the
+	// previous Size call. This is safe here because:
+	//
+	// 1. We just computed the size.
+	// 2. We assume the message is not being mutated concurrently.
+	//
+	// Important: If the proto.Size call above is removed, using UseCachedSize
+	// becomes unsafe and may lead to incorrect marshaling.
+	//
+	// For more details, see the doc of UseCachedSize:
+	// https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/protobuf/proto#MarshalOptions
+	marshalOptions := proto.MarshalOptions{UseCachedSize: true}
+
+	if mem.IsBelowBufferPoolingThreshold(size) {
+		buf, err := marshalOptions.Marshal(vv)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		data = append(data, mem.SliceBuffer(buf))
+	} else {
+		pool := mem.DefaultBufferPool()
+		buf := pool.Get(size)
+		if _, err := marshalOptions.MarshalAppend((*buf)[:0], vv); err != nil {
+			pool.Put(buf)
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		data = append(data, mem.NewBuffer(buf, pool))
+	}
+
+	return data, nil
+}
+
+func (c *codecV2) Unmarshal(data mem.BufferSlice, v any) (err error) {
+	vv := messageV2Of(v)
+	if vv == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to unmarshal, message is %T, want proto.Message", v)
+	}
+
+	buf := data.MaterializeToBuffer(mem.DefaultBufferPool())
+	defer buf.Free()
+	// TODO: Upgrade proto.Unmarshal to support mem.BufferSlice. Right now, it's not
+	//  really possible without a major overhaul of the proto package, but the
+	//  vtprotobuf library may be able to support this.
+	return proto.Unmarshal(buf.ReadOnlyData(), vv)
+}
+
+func messageV2Of(v any) proto.Message {
+	switch v := v.(type) {
+	case protoadapt.MessageV1:
+		return protoadapt.MessageV2Of(v)
+	case protoadapt.MessageV2:
+		return v
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (c *codecV2) Name() string {
+	return Name
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/experimental/stats/metricregistry.go

@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package stats
+
+import (
+	"maps"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/stats"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	internal.SnapshotMetricRegistryForTesting = snapshotMetricsRegistryForTesting
+}
+
+var logger = grpclog.Component("metrics-registry")
+
+// DefaultMetrics are the default metrics registered through global metrics
+// registry. This is written to at initialization time only, and is read only
+// after initialization.
+var DefaultMetrics = stats.NewMetricSet()
+
+// MetricDescriptor is the data for a registered metric.
+type MetricDescriptor struct {
+	// The name of this metric. This name must be unique across the whole binary
+	// (including any per call metrics). See
+	// https://github.com/grpc/proposal/blob/master/A79-non-per-call-metrics-architecture.md#metric-instrument-naming-conventions
+	// for metric naming conventions.
+	Name string
+	// The description of this metric.
+	Description string
+	// The unit (e.g. entries, seconds) of this metric.
+	Unit string
+	// The required label keys for this metric. These are intended to
+	// metrics emitted from a stats handler.
+	Labels []string
+	// The optional label keys for this metric. These are intended to attached
+	// to metrics emitted from a stats handler if configured.
+	OptionalLabels []string
+	// Whether this metric is on by default.
+	Default bool
+	// The type of metric. This is set by the metric registry, and not intended
+	// to be set by a component registering a metric.
+	Type MetricType
+	// Bounds are the bounds of this metric. This only applies to histogram
+	// metrics. If unset or set with length 0, stats handlers will fall back to
+	// default bounds.
+	Bounds []float64
+}
+
+// MetricType is the type of metric.
+type MetricType int
+
+// Type of metric supported by this instrument registry.
+const (
+	MetricTypeIntCount MetricType = iota
+	MetricTypeFloatCount
+	MetricTypeIntHisto
+	MetricTypeFloatHisto
+	MetricTypeIntGauge
+	MetricTypeIntUpDownCount
+	MetricTypeIntAsyncGauge
+)
+
+// Int64CountHandle is a typed handle for a int count metric. This handle
+// is passed at the recording point in order to know which metric to record
+// on.
+type Int64CountHandle MetricDescriptor
+
+// Descriptor returns the int64 count handle typecast to a pointer to a
+// MetricDescriptor.
+func (h *Int64CountHandle) Descriptor() *MetricDescriptor {
+	return (*MetricDescriptor)(h)
+}
+
+// Record records the int64 count value on the metrics recorder provided.
+func (h *Int64CountHandle) Record(recorder MetricsRecorder, incr int64, labels ...string) {
+	recorder.RecordInt64Count(h, incr, labels...)
+}
+
+// Int64UpDownCountHandle is a typed handle for an int up-down counter metric.
+// This handle is passed at the recording point in order to know which metric
+// to record on.
+type Int64UpDownCountHandle MetricDescriptor
+
+// Descriptor returns the int64 up-down counter handle typecast to a pointer to a
+// MetricDescriptor.
+func (h *Int64UpDownCountHandle) Descriptor() *MetricDescriptor {
+	return (*MetricDescriptor)(h)
+}
+
+// Record records the int64 up-down counter value on the metrics recorder provided.
+// The value 'v' can be positive to increment or negative to decrement.
+func (h *Int64UpDownCountHandle) Record(recorder MetricsRecorder, v int64, labels ...string) {
+	recorder.RecordInt64UpDownCount(h, v, labels...)
+}
+
+// Float64CountHandle is a typed handle for a float count metric. This handle is
+// passed at the recording point in order to know which metric to record on.
+type Float64CountHandle MetricDescriptor
+
+// Descriptor returns the float64 count handle typecast to a pointer to a
+// MetricDescriptor.
+func (h *Float64CountHandle) Descriptor() *MetricDescriptor {
+	return (*MetricDescriptor)(h)
+}
+
+// Record records the float64 count value on the metrics recorder provided.
+func (h *Float64CountHandle) Record(recorder MetricsRecorder, incr float64, labels ...string) {
+	recorder.RecordFloat64Count(h, incr, labels...)
+}
+
+// Int64HistoHandle is a typed handle for an int histogram metric. This handle
+// is passed at the recording point in order to know which metric to record on.
+type Int64HistoHandle MetricDescriptor
+
+// Descriptor returns the int64 histo handle typecast to a pointer to a
+// MetricDescriptor.
+func (h *Int64HistoHandle) Descriptor() *MetricDescriptor {
+	return (*MetricDescriptor)(h)
+}
+
+// Record records the int64 histo value on the metrics recorder provided.
+func (h *Int64HistoHandle) Record(recorder MetricsRecorder, incr int64, labels ...string) {
+	recorder.RecordInt64Histo(h, incr, labels...)
+}
+
+// Float64HistoHandle is a typed handle for a float histogram metric. This
+// handle is passed at the recording point in order to know which metric to
+// record on.
+type Float64HistoHandle MetricDescriptor
+
+// Descriptor returns the float64 histo handle typecast to a pointer to a
+// MetricDescriptor.
+func (h *Float64HistoHandle) Descriptor() *MetricDescriptor {
+	return (*MetricDescriptor)(h)
+}
+
+// Record records the float64 histo value on the metrics recorder provided.
+func (h *Float64HistoHandle) Record(recorder MetricsRecorder, incr float64, labels ...string) {
+	recorder.RecordFloat64Histo(h, incr, labels...)
+}
+
+// Int64GaugeHandle is a typed handle for an int gauge metric. This handle is
+// passed at the recording point in order to know which metric to record on.
+type Int64GaugeHandle MetricDescriptor
+
+// Descriptor returns the int64 gauge handle typecast to a pointer to a
+// MetricDescriptor.
+func (h *Int64GaugeHandle) Descriptor() *MetricDescriptor {
+	return (*MetricDescriptor)(h)
+}
+
+// Record records the int64 histo value on the metrics recorder provided.
+func (h *Int64GaugeHandle) Record(recorder MetricsRecorder, incr int64, labels ...string) {
+	recorder.RecordInt64Gauge(h, incr, labels...)
+}
+
+// AsyncMetric is a marker interface for asynchronous metric types.
+type AsyncMetric interface {
+	isAsync()
+	Descriptor() *MetricDescriptor
+}
+
+// Int64AsyncGaugeHandle is a typed handle for an int gauge metric. This handle is
+// passed at the recording point in order to know which metric to record on.
+type Int64AsyncGaugeHandle MetricDescriptor
+
+// isAsync implements the AsyncMetric interface.
+func (h *Int64AsyncGaugeHandle) isAsync() {}
+
+// Descriptor returns the int64 gauge handle typecast to a pointer to a
+// MetricDescriptor.
+func (h *Int64AsyncGaugeHandle) Descriptor() *MetricDescriptor {
+	return (*MetricDescriptor)(h)
+}
+
+// Record records the int64 gauge value on the metrics recorder provided.
+func (h *Int64AsyncGaugeHandle) Record(recorder AsyncMetricsRecorder, value int64, labels ...string) {
+	recorder.RecordInt64AsyncGauge(h, value, labels...)
+}
+
+// registeredMetrics are the registered metric descriptor names.
+var registeredMetrics = make(map[string]bool)
+
+// metricsRegistry contains all of the registered metrics.
+//
+// This is written to only at init time, and read only after that.
+var metricsRegistry = make(map[string]*MetricDescriptor)
+
+// DescriptorForMetric returns the MetricDescriptor from the global registry.
+//
+// Returns nil if MetricDescriptor not present.
+func DescriptorForMetric(metricName string) *MetricDescriptor {
+	return metricsRegistry[metricName]
+}
+
+func registerMetric(metricName string, def bool) {
+	if registeredMetrics[metricName] {
+		logger.Fatalf("metric %v already registered", metricName)
+	}
+	registeredMetrics[metricName] = true
+	if def {
+		DefaultMetrics = DefaultMetrics.Add(metricName)
+	}
+}
+
+// RegisterInt64Count registers the metric description onto the global registry.
+// It returns a typed handle to use to recording data.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe. If multiple metrics are
+// registered with the same name, this function will panic.
+func RegisterInt64Count(descriptor MetricDescriptor) *Int64CountHandle {
+	registerMetric(descriptor.Name, descriptor.Default)
+	descriptor.Type = MetricTypeIntCount
+	descPtr := &descriptor
+	metricsRegistry[descriptor.Name] = descPtr
+	return (*Int64CountHandle)(descPtr)
+}
+
+// RegisterFloat64Count registers the metric description onto the global
+// registry. It returns a typed handle to use to recording data.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe. If multiple metrics are
+// registered with the same name, this function will panic.
+func RegisterFloat64Count(descriptor MetricDescriptor) *Float64CountHandle {
+	registerMetric(descriptor.Name, descriptor.Default)
+	descriptor.Type = MetricTypeFloatCount
+	descPtr := &descriptor
+	metricsRegistry[descriptor.Name] = descPtr
+	return (*Float64CountHandle)(descPtr)
+}
+
+// RegisterInt64Histo registers the metric description onto the global registry.
+// It returns a typed handle to use to recording data.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe. If multiple metrics are
+// registered with the same name, this function will panic.
+func RegisterInt64Histo(descriptor MetricDescriptor) *Int64HistoHandle {
+	registerMetric(descriptor.Name, descriptor.Default)
+	descriptor.Type = MetricTypeIntHisto
+	descPtr := &descriptor
+	metricsRegistry[descriptor.Name] = descPtr
+	return (*Int64HistoHandle)(descPtr)
+}
+
+// RegisterFloat64Histo registers the metric description onto the global
+// registry. It returns a typed handle to use to recording data.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe. If multiple metrics are
+// registered with the same name, this function will panic.
+func RegisterFloat64Histo(descriptor MetricDescriptor) *Float64HistoHandle {
+	registerMetric(descriptor.Name, descriptor.Default)
+	descriptor.Type = MetricTypeFloatHisto
+	descPtr := &descriptor
+	metricsRegistry[descriptor.Name] = descPtr
+	return (*Float64HistoHandle)(descPtr)
+}
+
+// RegisterInt64Gauge registers the metric description onto the global registry.
+// It returns a typed handle to use to recording data.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe. If multiple metrics are
+// registered with the same name, this function will panic.
+func RegisterInt64Gauge(descriptor MetricDescriptor) *Int64GaugeHandle {
+	registerMetric(descriptor.Name, descriptor.Default)
+	descriptor.Type = MetricTypeIntGauge
+	descPtr := &descriptor
+	metricsRegistry[descriptor.Name] = descPtr
+	return (*Int64GaugeHandle)(descPtr)
+}
+
+// RegisterInt64UpDownCount registers the metric description onto the global registry.
+// It returns a typed handle to use for recording data.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe. If multiple metrics are
+// registered with the same name, this function will panic.
+func RegisterInt64UpDownCount(descriptor MetricDescriptor) *Int64UpDownCountHandle {
+	registerMetric(descriptor.Name, descriptor.Default)
+	// Set the specific metric type for the up-down counter
+	descriptor.Type = MetricTypeIntUpDownCount
+	descPtr := &descriptor
+	metricsRegistry[descriptor.Name] = descPtr
+	return (*Int64UpDownCountHandle)(descPtr)
+}
+
+// RegisterInt64AsyncGauge registers the metric description onto the global registry.
+// It returns a typed handle to use for recording data.
+//
+// NOTE: this function must only be called during initialization time (i.e. in
+// an init() function), and is not thread-safe. If multiple metrics are
+// registered with the same name, this function will panic.
+func RegisterInt64AsyncGauge(descriptor MetricDescriptor) *Int64AsyncGaugeHandle {
+	registerMetric(descriptor.Name, descriptor.Default)
+	descriptor.Type = MetricTypeIntAsyncGauge
+	descPtr := &descriptor
+	metricsRegistry[descriptor.Name] = descPtr
+	return (*Int64AsyncGaugeHandle)(descPtr)
+}
+
+// snapshotMetricsRegistryForTesting snapshots the global data of the metrics
+// registry. Returns a cleanup function that sets the metrics registry to its
+// original state.
+func snapshotMetricsRegistryForTesting() func() {
+	oldDefaultMetrics := DefaultMetrics
+	oldRegisteredMetrics := registeredMetrics
+	oldMetricsRegistry := metricsRegistry
+
+	registeredMetrics = make(map[string]bool)
+	metricsRegistry = make(map[string]*MetricDescriptor)
+	maps.Copy(registeredMetrics, registeredMetrics)
+	maps.Copy(metricsRegistry, metricsRegistry)
+
+	return func() {
+		DefaultMetrics = oldDefaultMetrics
+		registeredMetrics = oldRegisteredMetrics
+		metricsRegistry = oldMetricsRegistry
+	}
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/experimental/stats/metrics.go

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package stats contains experimental metrics/stats API's.
+package stats
+
+import "google.golang.org/grpc/stats"
+
+// MetricsRecorder records on metrics derived from metric registry.
+type MetricsRecorder interface {
+	// RecordInt64Count records the measurement alongside labels on the int
+	// count associated with the provided handle.
+	RecordInt64Count(handle *Int64CountHandle, incr int64, labels ...string)
+	// RecordFloat64Count records the measurement alongside labels on the float
+	// count associated with the provided handle.
+	RecordFloat64Count(handle *Float64CountHandle, incr float64, labels ...string)
+	// RecordInt64Histo records the measurement alongside labels on the int
+	// histo associated with the provided handle.
+	RecordInt64Histo(handle *Int64HistoHandle, incr int64, labels ...string)
+	// RecordFloat64Histo records the measurement alongside labels on the float
+	// histo associated with the provided handle.
+	RecordFloat64Histo(handle *Float64HistoHandle, incr float64, labels ...string)
+	// RecordInt64Gauge records the measurement alongside labels on the int
+	// gauge associated with the provided handle.
+	RecordInt64Gauge(handle *Int64GaugeHandle, incr int64, labels ...string)
+	// RecordInt64UpDownCounter records the measurement alongside labels on the int
+	// count associated with the provided handle.
+	RecordInt64UpDownCount(handle *Int64UpDownCountHandle, incr int64, labels ...string)
+}
+
+// AsyncMetricsRecorder records on asynchronous metrics derived from metric registry.
+type AsyncMetricsRecorder interface {
+	// RecordInt64AsyncGauge records the measurement alongside labels on the int
+	// count associated with the provided handle asynchronously
+	RecordInt64AsyncGauge(handle *Int64AsyncGaugeHandle, incr int64, labels ...string)
+}
+
+// Metrics is an experimental legacy alias of the now-stable stats.MetricSet.
+// Metrics will be deleted in a future release.
+type Metrics = stats.MetricSet
+
+// Metric was replaced by direct usage of strings.
+type Metric = string
+
+// NewMetrics is an experimental legacy alias of the now-stable
+// stats.NewMetricSet.  NewMetrics will be deleted in a future release.
+func NewMetrics(metrics ...Metric) *Metrics {
+	return stats.NewMetricSet(metrics...)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog/component.go

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2020 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package grpclog
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// componentData records the settings for a component.
+type componentData struct {
+	name string
+}
+
+var cache = map[string]*componentData{}
+
+func (c *componentData) InfoDepth(depth int, args ...any) {
+	args = append([]any{"[" + string(c.name) + "]"}, args...)
+	InfoDepth(depth+1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) WarningDepth(depth int, args ...any) {
+	args = append([]any{"[" + string(c.name) + "]"}, args...)
+	WarningDepth(depth+1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) ErrorDepth(depth int, args ...any) {
+	args = append([]any{"[" + string(c.name) + "]"}, args...)
+	ErrorDepth(depth+1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) FatalDepth(depth int, args ...any) {
+	args = append([]any{"[" + string(c.name) + "]"}, args...)
+	FatalDepth(depth+1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Info(args ...any) {
+	c.InfoDepth(1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Warning(args ...any) {
+	c.WarningDepth(1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Error(args ...any) {
+	c.ErrorDepth(1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Fatal(args ...any) {
+	c.FatalDepth(1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Infof(format string, args ...any) {
+	c.InfoDepth(1, fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Warningf(format string, args ...any) {
+	c.WarningDepth(1, fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Errorf(format string, args ...any) {
+	c.ErrorDepth(1, fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Fatalf(format string, args ...any) {
+	c.FatalDepth(1, fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Infoln(args ...any) {
+	c.InfoDepth(1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Warningln(args ...any) {
+	c.WarningDepth(1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Errorln(args ...any) {
+	c.ErrorDepth(1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) Fatalln(args ...any) {
+	c.FatalDepth(1, args...)
+}
+
+func (c *componentData) V(l int) bool {
+	return V(l)
+}
+
+// Component creates a new component and returns it for logging. If a component
+// with the name already exists, nothing will be created and it will be
+// returned. SetLoggerV2 will panic if it is called with a logger created by
+// Component.
+func Component(componentName string) DepthLoggerV2 {
+	if cData, ok := cache[componentName]; ok {
+		return cData
+	}
+	c := &componentData{componentName}
+	cache[componentName] = c
+	return c
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog/grpclog.go

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package grpclog defines logging for grpc.
+//
+// In the default logger, severity level can be set by environment variable
+// GRPC_GO_LOG_SEVERITY_LEVEL, verbosity level can be set by
+// GRPC_GO_LOG_VERBOSITY_LEVEL.
+package grpclog
+
+import (
+	"os"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog/internal"
+)
+
+func init() {
+	SetLoggerV2(newLoggerV2())
+}
+
+// V reports whether verbosity level l is at least the requested verbose level.
+func V(l int) bool {
+	return internal.LoggerV2Impl.V(l)
+}
+
+// Info logs to the INFO log.
+func Info(args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Info(args...)
+}
+
+// Infof logs to the INFO log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+func Infof(format string, args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Infof(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Infoln logs to the INFO log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+func Infoln(args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Infoln(args...)
+}
+
+// Warning logs to the WARNING log.
+func Warning(args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Warning(args...)
+}
+
+// Warningf logs to the WARNING log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+func Warningf(format string, args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Warningf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Warningln logs to the WARNING log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+func Warningln(args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Warningln(args...)
+}
+
+// Error logs to the ERROR log.
+func Error(args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Error(args...)
+}
+
+// Errorf logs to the ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+func Errorf(format string, args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Errorf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Errorln logs to the ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+func Errorln(args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Errorln(args...)
+}
+
+// Fatal logs to the FATAL log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Print.
+// It calls os.Exit() with exit code 1.
+func Fatal(args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Fatal(args...)
+	// Make sure fatal logs will exit.
+	os.Exit(1)
+}
+
+// Fatalf logs to the FATAL log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+// It calls os.Exit() with exit code 1.
+func Fatalf(format string, args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Fatalf(format, args...)
+	// Make sure fatal logs will exit.
+	os.Exit(1)
+}
+
+// Fatalln logs to the FATAL log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+// It calls os.Exit() with exit code 1.
+func Fatalln(args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Fatalln(args...)
+	// Make sure fatal logs will exit.
+	os.Exit(1)
+}
+
+// Print prints to the logger. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Print.
+//
+// Deprecated: use Info.
+func Print(args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Info(args...)
+}
+
+// Printf prints to the logger. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+//
+// Deprecated: use Infof.
+func Printf(format string, args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Infof(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Println prints to the logger. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+//
+// Deprecated: use Infoln.
+func Println(args ...any) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl.Infoln(args...)
+}
+
+// InfoDepth logs to the INFO log at the specified depth.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func InfoDepth(depth int, args ...any) {
+	if internal.DepthLoggerV2Impl != nil {
+		internal.DepthLoggerV2Impl.InfoDepth(depth, args...)
+	} else {
+		internal.LoggerV2Impl.Infoln(args...)
+	}
+}
+
+// WarningDepth logs to the WARNING log at the specified depth.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func WarningDepth(depth int, args ...any) {
+	if internal.DepthLoggerV2Impl != nil {
+		internal.DepthLoggerV2Impl.WarningDepth(depth, args...)
+	} else {
+		internal.LoggerV2Impl.Warningln(args...)
+	}
+}
+
+// ErrorDepth logs to the ERROR log at the specified depth.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func ErrorDepth(depth int, args ...any) {
+	if internal.DepthLoggerV2Impl != nil {
+		internal.DepthLoggerV2Impl.ErrorDepth(depth, args...)
+	} else {
+		internal.LoggerV2Impl.Errorln(args...)
+	}
+}
+
+// FatalDepth logs to the FATAL log at the specified depth.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This API is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+func FatalDepth(depth int, args ...any) {
+	if internal.DepthLoggerV2Impl != nil {
+		internal.DepthLoggerV2Impl.FatalDepth(depth, args...)
+	} else {
+		internal.LoggerV2Impl.Fatalln(args...)
+	}
+	os.Exit(1)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog/internal/grpclog.go

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package internal contains functionality internal to the grpclog package.
+package internal
+
+// LoggerV2Impl is the logger used for the non-depth log functions.
+var LoggerV2Impl LoggerV2
+
+// DepthLoggerV2Impl is the logger used for the depth log functions.
+var DepthLoggerV2Impl DepthLoggerV2

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog/internal/logger.go

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package internal
+
+// Logger mimics golang's standard Logger as an interface.
+//
+// Deprecated: use LoggerV2.
+type Logger interface {
+	Fatal(args ...any)
+	Fatalf(format string, args ...any)
+	Fatalln(args ...any)
+	Print(args ...any)
+	Printf(format string, args ...any)
+	Println(args ...any)
+}
+
+// LoggerWrapper wraps Logger into a LoggerV2.
+type LoggerWrapper struct {
+	Logger
+}
+
+// Info logs to INFO log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Print.
+func (l *LoggerWrapper) Info(args ...any) {
+	l.Logger.Print(args...)
+}
+
+// Infoln logs to INFO log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+func (l *LoggerWrapper) Infoln(args ...any) {
+	l.Logger.Println(args...)
+}
+
+// Infof logs to INFO log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+func (l *LoggerWrapper) Infof(format string, args ...any) {
+	l.Logger.Printf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Warning logs to WARNING log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Print.
+func (l *LoggerWrapper) Warning(args ...any) {
+	l.Logger.Print(args...)
+}
+
+// Warningln logs to WARNING log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+func (l *LoggerWrapper) Warningln(args ...any) {
+	l.Logger.Println(args...)
+}
+
+// Warningf logs to WARNING log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+func (l *LoggerWrapper) Warningf(format string, args ...any) {
+	l.Logger.Printf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Error logs to ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Print.
+func (l *LoggerWrapper) Error(args ...any) {
+	l.Logger.Print(args...)
+}
+
+// Errorln logs to ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+func (l *LoggerWrapper) Errorln(args ...any) {
+	l.Logger.Println(args...)
+}
+
+// Errorf logs to ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+func (l *LoggerWrapper) Errorf(format string, args ...any) {
+	l.Logger.Printf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// V reports whether verbosity level l is at least the requested verbose level.
+func (*LoggerWrapper) V(int) bool {
+	// Returns true for all verbose level.
+	return true
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog/internal/loggerv2.go

@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package internal
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"log"
+	"os"
+)
+
+// LoggerV2 does underlying logging work for grpclog.
+type LoggerV2 interface {
+	// Info logs to INFO log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Print.
+	Info(args ...any)
+	// Infoln logs to INFO log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+	Infoln(args ...any)
+	// Infof logs to INFO log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+	Infof(format string, args ...any)
+	// Warning logs to WARNING log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Print.
+	Warning(args ...any)
+	// Warningln logs to WARNING log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+	Warningln(args ...any)
+	// Warningf logs to WARNING log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+	Warningf(format string, args ...any)
+	// Error logs to ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Print.
+	Error(args ...any)
+	// Errorln logs to ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+	Errorln(args ...any)
+	// Errorf logs to ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+	Errorf(format string, args ...any)
+	// Fatal logs to ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Print.
+	// gRPC ensures that all Fatal logs will exit with os.Exit(1).
+	// Implementations may also call os.Exit() with a non-zero exit code.
+	Fatal(args ...any)
+	// Fatalln logs to ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+	// gRPC ensures that all Fatal logs will exit with os.Exit(1).
+	// Implementations may also call os.Exit() with a non-zero exit code.
+	Fatalln(args ...any)
+	// Fatalf logs to ERROR log. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Printf.
+	// gRPC ensures that all Fatal logs will exit with os.Exit(1).
+	// Implementations may also call os.Exit() with a non-zero exit code.
+	Fatalf(format string, args ...any)
+	// V reports whether verbosity level l is at least the requested verbose level.
+	V(l int) bool
+}
+
+// DepthLoggerV2 logs at a specified call frame. If a LoggerV2 also implements
+// DepthLoggerV2, the below functions will be called with the appropriate stack
+// depth set for trivial functions the logger may ignore.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This type is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+type DepthLoggerV2 interface {
+	LoggerV2
+	// InfoDepth logs to INFO log at the specified depth. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+	InfoDepth(depth int, args ...any)
+	// WarningDepth logs to WARNING log at the specified depth. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+	WarningDepth(depth int, args ...any)
+	// ErrorDepth logs to ERROR log at the specified depth. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+	ErrorDepth(depth int, args ...any)
+	// FatalDepth logs to FATAL log at the specified depth. Arguments are handled in the manner of fmt.Println.
+	FatalDepth(depth int, args ...any)
+}
+
+const (
+	// infoLog indicates Info severity.
+	infoLog int = iota
+	// warningLog indicates Warning severity.
+	warningLog
+	// errorLog indicates Error severity.
+	errorLog
+	// fatalLog indicates Fatal severity.
+	fatalLog
+)
+
+// severityName contains the string representation of each severity.
+var severityName = []string{
+	infoLog:    "INFO",
+	warningLog: "WARNING",
+	errorLog:   "ERROR",
+	fatalLog:   "FATAL",
+}
+
+// sprintf is fmt.Sprintf.
+// These vars exist to make it possible to test that expensive format calls aren't made unnecessarily.
+var sprintf = fmt.Sprintf
+
+// sprint is fmt.Sprint.
+// These vars exist to make it possible to test that expensive format calls aren't made unnecessarily.
+var sprint = fmt.Sprint
+
+// sprintln is fmt.Sprintln.
+// These vars exist to make it possible to test that expensive format calls aren't made unnecessarily.
+var sprintln = fmt.Sprintln
+
+// exit is os.Exit.
+// This var exists to make it possible to test functions calling os.Exit.
+var exit = os.Exit
+
+// loggerT is the default logger used by grpclog.
+type loggerT struct {
+	m          []*log.Logger
+	v          int
+	jsonFormat bool
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) output(severity int, s string) {
+	sevStr := severityName[severity]
+	if !g.jsonFormat {
+		g.m[severity].Output(2, sevStr+": "+s)
+		return
+	}
+	// TODO: we can also include the logging component, but that needs more
+	// (API) changes.
+	b, _ := json.Marshal(map[string]string{
+		"severity": sevStr,
+		"message":  s,
+	})
+	g.m[severity].Output(2, string(b))
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) printf(severity int, format string, args ...any) {
+	// Note the discard check is duplicated in each print func, rather than in
+	// output, to avoid the expensive Sprint calls.
+	// De-duplicating this by moving to output would be a significant performance regression!
+	if lg := g.m[severity]; lg.Writer() == io.Discard {
+		return
+	}
+	g.output(severity, sprintf(format, args...))
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) print(severity int, v ...any) {
+	if lg := g.m[severity]; lg.Writer() == io.Discard {
+		return
+	}
+	g.output(severity, sprint(v...))
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) println(severity int, v ...any) {
+	if lg := g.m[severity]; lg.Writer() == io.Discard {
+		return
+	}
+	g.output(severity, sprintln(v...))
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Info(args ...any) {
+	g.print(infoLog, args...)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Infoln(args ...any) {
+	g.println(infoLog, args...)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Infof(format string, args ...any) {
+	g.printf(infoLog, format, args...)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Warning(args ...any) {
+	g.print(warningLog, args...)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Warningln(args ...any) {
+	g.println(warningLog, args...)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Warningf(format string, args ...any) {
+	g.printf(warningLog, format, args...)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Error(args ...any) {
+	g.print(errorLog, args...)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Errorln(args ...any) {
+	g.println(errorLog, args...)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Errorf(format string, args ...any) {
+	g.printf(errorLog, format, args...)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Fatal(args ...any) {
+	g.print(fatalLog, args...)
+	exit(1)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Fatalln(args ...any) {
+	g.println(fatalLog, args...)
+	exit(1)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) Fatalf(format string, args ...any) {
+	g.printf(fatalLog, format, args...)
+	exit(1)
+}
+
+func (g *loggerT) V(l int) bool {
+	return l <= g.v
+}
+
+// LoggerV2Config configures the LoggerV2 implementation.
+type LoggerV2Config struct {
+	// Verbosity sets the verbosity level of the logger.
+	Verbosity int
+	// FormatJSON controls whether the logger should output logs in JSON format.
+	FormatJSON bool
+}
+
+// combineLoggers returns a combined logger for both higher & lower severity logs,
+// or only one if the other is io.Discard.
+//
+// This uses io.Discard instead of io.MultiWriter when all loggers
+// are set to io.Discard. Both this package and the standard log package have
+// significant optimizations for io.Discard, which io.MultiWriter lacks (as of
+// this writing).
+func combineLoggers(lower, higher io.Writer) io.Writer {
+	if lower == io.Discard {
+		return higher
+	}
+	if higher == io.Discard {
+		return lower
+	}
+	return io.MultiWriter(lower, higher)
+}
+
+// NewLoggerV2 creates a new LoggerV2 instance with the provided configuration.
+// The infoW, warningW, and errorW writers are used to write log messages of
+// different severity levels.
+func NewLoggerV2(infoW, warningW, errorW io.Writer, c LoggerV2Config) LoggerV2 {
+	flag := log.LstdFlags
+	if c.FormatJSON {
+		flag = 0
+	}
+
+	warningW = combineLoggers(infoW, warningW)
+	errorW = combineLoggers(errorW, warningW)
+
+	fatalW := errorW
+
+	m := []*log.Logger{
+		log.New(infoW, "", flag),
+		log.New(warningW, "", flag),
+		log.New(errorW, "", flag),
+		log.New(fatalW, "", flag),
+	}
+	return &loggerT{m: m, v: c.Verbosity, jsonFormat: c.FormatJSON}
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog/logger.go

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2015 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package grpclog
+
+import "google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog/internal"
+
+// Logger mimics golang's standard Logger as an interface.
+//
+// Deprecated: use LoggerV2.
+type Logger internal.Logger
+
+// SetLogger sets the logger that is used in grpc. Call only from
+// init() functions.
+//
+// Deprecated: use SetLoggerV2.
+func SetLogger(l Logger) {
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl = &internal.LoggerWrapper{Logger: l}
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog/loggerv2.go

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package grpclog
+
+import (
+	"io"
+	"os"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog/internal"
+)
+
+// LoggerV2 does underlying logging work for grpclog.
+type LoggerV2 internal.LoggerV2
+
+// SetLoggerV2 sets logger that is used in grpc to a V2 logger.
+// Not mutex-protected, should be called before any gRPC functions.
+func SetLoggerV2(l LoggerV2) {
+	if _, ok := l.(*componentData); ok {
+		panic("cannot use component logger as grpclog logger")
+	}
+	internal.LoggerV2Impl = l
+	internal.DepthLoggerV2Impl, _ = l.(internal.DepthLoggerV2)
+}
+
+// NewLoggerV2 creates a loggerV2 with the provided writers.
+// Fatal logs will be written to errorW, warningW, infoW, followed by exit(1).
+// Error logs will be written to errorW, warningW and infoW.
+// Warning logs will be written to warningW and infoW.
+// Info logs will be written to infoW.
+func NewLoggerV2(infoW, warningW, errorW io.Writer) LoggerV2 {
+	return internal.NewLoggerV2(infoW, warningW, errorW, internal.LoggerV2Config{})
+}
+
+// NewLoggerV2WithVerbosity creates a loggerV2 with the provided writers and
+// verbosity level.
+func NewLoggerV2WithVerbosity(infoW, warningW, errorW io.Writer, v int) LoggerV2 {
+	return internal.NewLoggerV2(infoW, warningW, errorW, internal.LoggerV2Config{Verbosity: v})
+}
+
+// newLoggerV2 creates a loggerV2 to be used as default logger.
+// All logs are written to stderr.
+func newLoggerV2() LoggerV2 {
+	errorW := io.Discard
+	warningW := io.Discard
+	infoW := io.Discard
+
+	logLevel := os.Getenv("GRPC_GO_LOG_SEVERITY_LEVEL")
+	switch logLevel {
+	case "", "ERROR", "error": // If env is unset, set level to ERROR.
+		errorW = os.Stderr
+	case "WARNING", "warning":
+		warningW = os.Stderr
+	case "INFO", "info":
+		infoW = os.Stderr
+	}
+
+	var v int
+	vLevel := os.Getenv("GRPC_GO_LOG_VERBOSITY_LEVEL")
+	if vl, err := strconv.Atoi(vLevel); err == nil {
+		v = vl
+	}
+
+	jsonFormat := strings.EqualFold(os.Getenv("GRPC_GO_LOG_FORMATTER"), "json")
+
+	return internal.NewLoggerV2(infoW, warningW, errorW, internal.LoggerV2Config{
+		Verbosity:  v,
+		FormatJSON: jsonFormat,
+	})
+}
+
+// DepthLoggerV2 logs at a specified call frame. If a LoggerV2 also implements
+// DepthLoggerV2, the below functions will be called with the appropriate stack
+// depth set for trivial functions the logger may ignore.
+//
+// # Experimental
+//
+// Notice: This type is EXPERIMENTAL and may be changed or removed in a
+// later release.
+type DepthLoggerV2 internal.DepthLoggerV2

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/interceptor.go

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2016 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package grpc
+
+import (
+	"context"
+)
+
+// UnaryInvoker is called by UnaryClientInterceptor to complete RPCs.
+type UnaryInvoker func(ctx context.Context, method string, req, reply any, cc *ClientConn, opts ...CallOption) error
+
+// UnaryClientInterceptor intercepts the execution of a unary RPC on the client.
+// Unary interceptors can be specified as a DialOption, using
+// WithUnaryInterceptor() or WithChainUnaryInterceptor(), when creating a
+// ClientConn. When a unary interceptor(s) is set on a ClientConn, gRPC
+// delegates all unary RPC invocations to the interceptor, and it is the
+// responsibility of the interceptor to call invoker to complete the processing
+// of the RPC.
+//
+// method is the RPC name. req and reply are the corresponding request and
+// response messages. cc is the ClientConn on which the RPC was invoked. invoker
+// is the handler to complete the RPC and it is the responsibility of the
+// interceptor to call it. opts contain all applicable call options, including
+// defaults from the ClientConn as well as per-call options.
+//
+// The returned error must be compatible with the status package.
+type UnaryClientInterceptor func(ctx context.Context, method string, req, reply any, cc *ClientConn, invoker UnaryInvoker, opts ...CallOption) error
+
+// Streamer is called by StreamClientInterceptor to create a ClientStream.
+type Streamer func(ctx context.Context, desc *StreamDesc, cc *ClientConn, method string, opts ...CallOption) (ClientStream, error)
+
+// StreamClientInterceptor intercepts the creation of a ClientStream. Stream
+// interceptors can be specified as a DialOption, using WithStreamInterceptor()
+// or WithChainStreamInterceptor(), when creating a ClientConn. When a stream
+// interceptor(s) is set on the ClientConn, gRPC delegates all stream creations
+// to the interceptor, and it is the responsibility of the interceptor to call
+// streamer.
+//
+// desc contains a description of the stream. cc is the ClientConn on which the
+// RPC was invoked. streamer is the handler to create a ClientStream and it is
+// the responsibility of the interceptor to call it. opts contain all applicable
+// call options, including defaults from the ClientConn as well as per-call
+// options.
+//
+// StreamClientInterceptor may return a custom ClientStream to intercept all I/O
+// operations. The returned error must be compatible with the status package.
+type StreamClientInterceptor func(ctx context.Context, desc *StreamDesc, cc *ClientConn, method string, streamer Streamer, opts ...CallOption) (ClientStream, error)
+
+// UnaryServerInfo consists of various information about a unary RPC on
+// server side. All per-rpc information may be mutated by the interceptor.
+type UnaryServerInfo struct {
+	// Server is the service implementation the user provides. This is read-only.
+	Server any
+	// FullMethod is the full RPC method string, i.e., /package.service/method.
+	FullMethod string
+}
+
+// UnaryHandler defines the handler invoked by UnaryServerInterceptor to complete the normal
+// execution of a unary RPC.
+//
+// If a UnaryHandler returns an error, it should either be produced by the
+// status package, or be one of the context errors. Otherwise, gRPC will use
+// codes.Unknown as the status code and err.Error() as the status message of the
+// RPC.
+type UnaryHandler func(ctx context.Context, req any) (any, error)
+
+// UnaryServerInterceptor provides a hook to intercept the execution of a unary RPC on the server. info
+// contains all the information of this RPC the interceptor can operate on. And handler is the wrapper
+// of the service method implementation. It is the responsibility of the interceptor to invoke handler
+// to complete the RPC.
+type UnaryServerInterceptor func(ctx context.Context, req any, info *UnaryServerInfo, handler UnaryHandler) (resp any, err error)
+
+// StreamServerInfo consists of various information about a streaming RPC on
+// server side. All per-rpc information may be mutated by the interceptor.
+type StreamServerInfo struct {
+	// FullMethod is the full RPC method string, i.e., /package.service/method.
+	FullMethod string
+	// IsClientStream indicates whether the RPC is a client streaming RPC.
+	IsClientStream bool
+	// IsServerStream indicates whether the RPC is a server streaming RPC.
+	IsServerStream bool
+}
+
+// StreamServerInterceptor provides a hook to intercept the execution of a streaming RPC on the server.
+// info contains all the information of this RPC the interceptor can operate on. And handler is the
+// service method implementation. It is the responsibility of the interceptor to invoke handler to
+// complete the RPC.
+type StreamServerInterceptor func(srv any, ss ServerStream, info *StreamServerInfo, handler StreamHandler) error

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/internal/backoff/backoff.go

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package backoff implement the backoff strategy for gRPC.
+//
+// This is kept in internal until the gRPC project decides whether or not to
+// allow alternative backoff strategies.
+package backoff
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"errors"
+	rand "math/rand/v2"
+	"time"
+
+	grpcbackoff "google.golang.org/grpc/backoff"
+)
+
+// Strategy defines the methodology for backing off after a grpc connection
+// failure.
+type Strategy interface {
+	// Backoff returns the amount of time to wait before the next retry given
+	// the number of consecutive failures.
+	Backoff(retries int) time.Duration
+}
+
+// DefaultExponential is an exponential backoff implementation using the
+// default values for all the configurable knobs defined in
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/connection-backoff.md.
+var DefaultExponential = Exponential{Config: grpcbackoff.DefaultConfig}
+
+// Exponential implements exponential backoff algorithm as defined in
+// https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/connection-backoff.md.
+type Exponential struct {
+	// Config contains all options to configure the backoff algorithm.
+	Config grpcbackoff.Config
+}
+
+// Backoff returns the amount of time to wait before the next retry given the
+// number of retries.
+func (bc Exponential) Backoff(retries int) time.Duration {
+	if retries == 0 {
+		return bc.Config.BaseDelay
+	}
+	backoff, max := float64(bc.Config.BaseDelay), float64(bc.Config.MaxDelay)
+	for backoff < max && retries > 0 {
+		backoff *= bc.Config.Multiplier
+		retries--
+	}
+	if backoff > max {
+		backoff = max
+	}
+	// Randomize backoff delays so that if a cluster of requests start at
+	// the same time, they won't operate in lockstep.
+	backoff *= 1 + bc.Config.Jitter*(rand.Float64()*2-1)
+	if backoff < 0 {
+		return 0
+	}
+	return time.Duration(backoff)
+}
+
+// ErrResetBackoff is the error to be returned by the function executed by RunF,
+// to instruct the latter to reset its backoff state.
+var ErrResetBackoff = errors.New("reset backoff state")
+
+// RunF provides a convenient way to run a function f repeatedly until the
+// context expires or f returns a non-nil error that is not ErrResetBackoff.
+// When f returns ErrResetBackoff, RunF continues to run f, but resets its
+// backoff state before doing so. backoff accepts an integer representing the
+// number of retries, and returns the amount of time to backoff.
+func RunF(ctx context.Context, f func() error, backoff func(int) time.Duration) {
+	attempt := 0
+	timer := time.NewTimer(0)
+	for ctx.Err() == nil {
+		select {
+		case <-timer.C:
+		case <-ctx.Done():
+			timer.Stop()
+			return
+		}
+
+		err := f()
+		if errors.Is(err, ErrResetBackoff) {
+			timer.Reset(0)
+			attempt = 0
+			continue
+		}
+		if err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+		timer.Reset(backoff(attempt))
+		attempt++
+	}
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/internal/balancer/gracefulswitch/config.go

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2024 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+package gracefulswitch
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/serviceconfig"
+)
+
+type lbConfig struct {
+	serviceconfig.LoadBalancingConfig
+
+	childBuilder balancer.Builder
+	childConfig  serviceconfig.LoadBalancingConfig
+}
+
+// ChildName returns the name of the child balancer of the gracefulswitch
+// Balancer.
+func ChildName(l serviceconfig.LoadBalancingConfig) string {
+	return l.(*lbConfig).childBuilder.Name()
+}
+
+// ParseConfig parses a child config list and returns a LB config for the
+// gracefulswitch Balancer.
+//
+// cfg is expected to be a json.RawMessage containing a JSON array of LB policy
+// names + configs as the format of the "loadBalancingConfig" field in
+// ServiceConfig.  It returns a type that should be passed to
+// UpdateClientConnState in the BalancerConfig field.
+func ParseConfig(cfg json.RawMessage) (serviceconfig.LoadBalancingConfig, error) {
+	var lbCfg []map[string]json.RawMessage
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(cfg, &lbCfg); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	for i, e := range lbCfg {
+		if len(e) != 1 {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("expected a JSON struct with one entry; received entry %v at index %d", e, i)
+		}
+
+		var name string
+		var jsonCfg json.RawMessage
+		for name, jsonCfg = range e {
+		}
+
+		builder := balancer.Get(name)
+		if builder == nil {
+			// Skip unregistered balancer names.
+			continue
+		}
+
+		parser, ok := builder.(balancer.ConfigParser)
+		if !ok {
+			// This is a valid child with no config.
+			return &lbConfig{childBuilder: builder}, nil
+		}
+
+		cfg, err := parser.ParseConfig(jsonCfg)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("error parsing config for policy %q: %v", name, err)
+		}
+		return &lbConfig{childBuilder: builder, childConfig: cfg}, nil
+	}
+
+	return nil, fmt.Errorf("no supported policies found in config: %v", string(cfg))
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/internal/balancer/gracefulswitch/gracefulswitch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2022 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package gracefulswitch implements a graceful switch load balancer.
+package gracefulswitch
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"sync"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/balancer/base"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/connectivity"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/resolver"
+)
+
+var errBalancerClosed = errors.New("gracefulSwitchBalancer is closed")
+var _ balancer.Balancer = (*Balancer)(nil)
+
+// NewBalancer returns a graceful switch Balancer.
+func NewBalancer(cc balancer.ClientConn, opts balancer.BuildOptions) *Balancer {
+	return &Balancer{
+		cc:    cc,
+		bOpts: opts,
+	}
+}
+
+// Balancer is a utility to gracefully switch from one balancer to
+// a new balancer. It implements the balancer.Balancer interface.
+type Balancer struct {
+	bOpts balancer.BuildOptions
+	cc    balancer.ClientConn
+
+	// mu protects the following fields and all fields within balancerCurrent
+	// and balancerPending. mu does not need to be held when calling into the
+	// child balancers, as all calls into these children happen only as a direct
+	// result of a call into the gracefulSwitchBalancer, which are also
+	// guaranteed to be synchronous. There is one exception: an UpdateState call
+	// from a child balancer when current and pending are populated can lead to
+	// calling Close() on the current. To prevent that racing with an
+	// UpdateSubConnState from the channel, we hold currentMu during Close and
+	// UpdateSubConnState calls.
+	mu              sync.Mutex
+	balancerCurrent *balancerWrapper
+	balancerPending *balancerWrapper
+	closed          bool // set to true when this balancer is closed
+
+	// currentMu must be locked before mu. This mutex guards against this
+	// sequence of events: UpdateSubConnState() called, finds the
+	// balancerCurrent, gives up lock, updateState comes in, causes Close() on
+	// balancerCurrent before the UpdateSubConnState is called on the
+	// balancerCurrent.
+	currentMu sync.Mutex
+
+	// activeGoroutines tracks all the goroutines that this balancer has started
+	// and that should be waited on when the balancer closes.
+	activeGoroutines sync.WaitGroup
+}
+
+// swap swaps out the current lb with the pending lb and updates the ClientConn.
+// The caller must hold gsb.mu.
+func (gsb *Balancer) swap() {
+	gsb.cc.UpdateState(gsb.balancerPending.lastState)
+	cur := gsb.balancerCurrent
+	gsb.balancerCurrent = gsb.balancerPending
+	gsb.balancerPending = nil
+	gsb.activeGoroutines.Add(1)
+	go func() {
+		defer gsb.activeGoroutines.Done()
+		gsb.currentMu.Lock()
+		defer gsb.currentMu.Unlock()
+		cur.Close()
+	}()
+}
+
+// Helper function that checks if the balancer passed in is current or pending.
+// The caller must hold gsb.mu.
+func (gsb *Balancer) balancerCurrentOrPending(bw *balancerWrapper) bool {
+	return bw == gsb.balancerCurrent || bw == gsb.balancerPending
+}
+
+// SwitchTo initializes the graceful switch process, which completes based on
+// connectivity state changes on the current/pending balancer. Thus, the switch
+// process is not complete when this method returns. This method must be called
+// synchronously alongside the rest of the balancer.Balancer methods this
+// Graceful Switch Balancer implements.
+//
+// Deprecated: use ParseConfig and pass a parsed config to UpdateClientConnState
+// to cause the Balancer to automatically change to the new child when necessary.
+func (gsb *Balancer) SwitchTo(builder balancer.Builder) error {
+	_, err := gsb.switchTo(builder)
+	return err
+}
+
+func (gsb *Balancer) switchTo(builder balancer.Builder) (*balancerWrapper, error) {
+	gsb.mu.Lock()
+	if gsb.closed {
+		gsb.mu.Unlock()
+		return nil, errBalancerClosed
+	}
+	bw := &balancerWrapper{
+		ClientConn: gsb.cc,
+		builder:    builder,
+		gsb:        gsb,
+		lastState: balancer.State{
+			ConnectivityState: connectivity.Connecting,
+			Picker:            base.NewErrPicker(balancer.ErrNoSubConnAvailable),
+		},
+		subconns: make(map[balancer.SubConn]bool),
+	}
+	balToClose := gsb.balancerPending // nil if there is no pending balancer
+	if gsb.balancerCurrent == nil {
+		gsb.balancerCurrent = bw
+	} else {
+		gsb.balancerPending = bw
+	}
+	gsb.mu.Unlock()
+	balToClose.Close()
+	// This function takes a builder instead of a balancer because builder.Build
+	// can call back inline, and this utility needs to handle the callbacks.
+	newBalancer := builder.Build(bw, gsb.bOpts)
+	if newBalancer == nil {
+		// This is illegal and should never happen; we clear the balancerWrapper
+		// we were constructing if it happens to avoid a potential panic.
+		gsb.mu.Lock()
+		if gsb.balancerPending != nil {
+			gsb.balancerPending = nil
+		} else {
+			gsb.balancerCurrent = nil
+		}
+		gsb.mu.Unlock()
+		return nil, balancer.ErrBadResolverState
+	}
+
+	// This write doesn't need to take gsb.mu because this field never gets read
+	// or written to on any calls from the current or pending. Calls from grpc
+	// to this balancer are guaranteed to be called synchronously, so this
+	// bw.Balancer field will never be forwarded to until this SwitchTo()
+	// function returns.
+	bw.Balancer = newBalancer
+	return bw, nil
+}
+
+// Returns nil if the graceful switch balancer is closed.
+func (gsb *Balancer) latestBalancer() *balancerWrapper {
+	gsb.mu.Lock()
+	defer gsb.mu.Unlock()
+	if gsb.balancerPending != nil {
+		return gsb.balancerPending
+	}
+	return gsb.balancerCurrent
+}
+
+// UpdateClientConnState forwards the update to the latest balancer created.
+//
+// If the state's BalancerConfig is the config returned by a call to
+// gracefulswitch.ParseConfig, then this function will automatically SwitchTo
+// the balancer indicated by the config before forwarding its config to it, if
+// necessary.
+func (gsb *Balancer) UpdateClientConnState(state balancer.ClientConnState) error {
+	// The resolver data is only relevant to the most recent LB Policy.
+	balToUpdate := gsb.latestBalancer()
+	gsbCfg, ok := state.BalancerConfig.(*lbConfig)
+	if ok {
+		// Switch to the child in the config unless it is already active.
+		if balToUpdate == nil || gsbCfg.childBuilder.Name() != balToUpdate.builder.Name() {
+			var err error
+			balToUpdate, err = gsb.switchTo(gsbCfg.childBuilder)
+			if err != nil {
+				return fmt.Errorf("could not switch to new child balancer: %w", err)
+			}
+		}
+		// Unwrap the child balancer's config.
+		state.BalancerConfig = gsbCfg.childConfig
+	}
+
+	if balToUpdate == nil {
+		return errBalancerClosed
+	}
+
+	// Perform this call without gsb.mu to prevent deadlocks if the child calls
+	// back into the channel. The latest balancer can never be closed during a
+	// call from the channel, even without gsb.mu held.
+	return balToUpdate.UpdateClientConnState(state)
+}
+
+// ResolverError forwards the error to the latest balancer created.
+func (gsb *Balancer) ResolverError(err error) {
+	// The resolver data is only relevant to the most recent LB Policy.
+	balToUpdate := gsb.latestBalancer()
+	if balToUpdate == nil {
+		gsb.cc.UpdateState(balancer.State{
+			ConnectivityState: connectivity.TransientFailure,
+			Picker:            base.NewErrPicker(err),
+		})
+		return
+	}
+	// Perform this call without gsb.mu to prevent deadlocks if the child calls
+	// back into the channel. The latest balancer can never be closed during a
+	// call from the channel, even without gsb.mu held.
+	balToUpdate.ResolverError(err)
+}
+
+// ExitIdle forwards the call to the latest balancer created.
+//
+// If the latest balancer does not support ExitIdle, the subConns are
+// re-connected to manually.
+func (gsb *Balancer) ExitIdle() {
+	balToUpdate := gsb.latestBalancer()
+	if balToUpdate == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	// There is no need to protect this read with a mutex, as the write to the
+	// Balancer field happens in SwitchTo, which completes before this can be
+	// called.
+	balToUpdate.ExitIdle()
+}
+
+// updateSubConnState forwards the update to the appropriate child.
+func (gsb *Balancer) updateSubConnState(sc balancer.SubConn, state balancer.SubConnState, cb func(balancer.SubConnState)) {
+	gsb.currentMu.Lock()
+	defer gsb.currentMu.Unlock()
+	gsb.mu.Lock()
+	// Forward update to the appropriate child.  Even if there is a pending
+	// balancer, the current balancer should continue to get SubConn updates to
+	// maintain the proper state while the pending is still connecting.
+	var balToUpdate *balancerWrapper
+	if gsb.balancerCurrent != nil && gsb.balancerCurrent.subconns[sc] {
+		balToUpdate = gsb.balancerCurrent
+	} else if gsb.balancerPending != nil && gsb.balancerPending.subconns[sc] {
+		balToUpdate = gsb.balancerPending
+	}
+	if balToUpdate == nil {
+		// SubConn belonged to a stale lb policy that has not yet fully closed,
+		// or the balancer was already closed.
+		gsb.mu.Unlock()
+		return
+	}
+	if state.ConnectivityState == connectivity.Shutdown {
+		delete(balToUpdate.subconns, sc)
+	}
+	gsb.mu.Unlock()
+	if cb != nil {
+		cb(state)
+	} else {
+		balToUpdate.UpdateSubConnState(sc, state)
+	}
+}
+
+// UpdateSubConnState forwards the update to the appropriate child.
+func (gsb *Balancer) UpdateSubConnState(sc balancer.SubConn, state balancer.SubConnState) {
+	gsb.updateSubConnState(sc, state, nil)
+}
+
+// Close closes any active child balancers.
+func (gsb *Balancer) Close() {
+	gsb.mu.Lock()
+	gsb.closed = true
+	currentBalancerToClose := gsb.balancerCurrent
+	gsb.balancerCurrent = nil
+	pendingBalancerToClose := gsb.balancerPending
+	gsb.balancerPending = nil
+	gsb.mu.Unlock()
+
+	currentBalancerToClose.Close()
+	pendingBalancerToClose.Close()
+	gsb.activeGoroutines.Wait()
+}
+
+// balancerWrapper wraps a balancer.Balancer, and overrides some Balancer
+// methods to help cleanup SubConns created by the wrapped balancer.
+//
+// It implements the balancer.ClientConn interface and is passed down in that
+// capacity to the wrapped balancer. It maintains a set of subConns created by
+// the wrapped balancer and calls from the latter to create/update/shutdown
+// SubConns update this set before being forwarded to the parent ClientConn.
+// State updates from the wrapped balancer can result in invocation of the
+// graceful switch logic.
+type balancerWrapper struct {
+	balancer.ClientConn
+	balancer.Balancer
+	gsb     *Balancer
+	builder balancer.Builder
+
+	lastState balancer.State
+	subconns  map[balancer.SubConn]bool // subconns created by this balancer
+}
+
+// Close closes the underlying LB policy and shuts down the subconns it
+// created. bw must not be referenced via balancerCurrent or balancerPending in
+// gsb when called. gsb.mu must not be held.  Does not panic with a nil
+// receiver.
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) Close() {
+	// before Close is called.
+	if bw == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	// There is no need to protect this read with a mutex, as Close() is
+	// impossible to be called concurrently with the write in SwitchTo(). The
+	// callsites of Close() for this balancer in Graceful Switch Balancer will
+	// never be called until SwitchTo() returns.
+	bw.Balancer.Close()
+	bw.gsb.mu.Lock()
+	for sc := range bw.subconns {
+		sc.Shutdown()
+	}
+	bw.gsb.mu.Unlock()
+}
+
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) UpdateState(state balancer.State) {
+	// Hold the mutex for this entire call to ensure it cannot occur
+	// concurrently with other updateState() calls. This causes updates to
+	// lastState and calls to cc.UpdateState to happen atomically.
+	bw.gsb.mu.Lock()
+	defer bw.gsb.mu.Unlock()
+	bw.lastState = state
+
+	// If Close() acquires the mutex before UpdateState(), the balancer
+	// will already have been removed from the current or pending state when
+	// reaching this point.
+	if !bw.gsb.balancerCurrentOrPending(bw) {
+		// Returning here ensures that (*Balancer).swap() is not invoked after
+		// (*Balancer).Close() and therefore prevents "use after close".
+		return
+	}
+
+	if bw == bw.gsb.balancerCurrent {
+		// In the case that the current balancer exits READY, and there is a pending
+		// balancer, you can forward the pending balancer's cached State up to
+		// ClientConn and swap the pending into the current. This is because there
+		// is no reason to gracefully switch from and keep using the old policy as
+		// the ClientConn is not connected to any backends.
+		if state.ConnectivityState != connectivity.Ready && bw.gsb.balancerPending != nil {
+			bw.gsb.swap()
+			return
+		}
+		// Even if there is a pending balancer waiting to be gracefully switched to,
+		// continue to forward current balancer updates to the Client Conn. Ignoring
+		// state + picker from the current would cause undefined behavior/cause the
+		// system to behave incorrectly from the current LB policies perspective.
+		// Also, the current LB is still being used by grpc to choose SubConns per
+		// RPC, and thus should use the most updated form of the current balancer.
+		bw.gsb.cc.UpdateState(state)
+		return
+	}
+	// This method is now dealing with a state update from the pending balancer.
+	// If the current balancer is currently in a state other than READY, the new
+	// policy can be swapped into place immediately. This is because there is no
+	// reason to gracefully switch from and keep using the old policy as the
+	// ClientConn is not connected to any backends.
+	if state.ConnectivityState != connectivity.Connecting || bw.gsb.balancerCurrent.lastState.ConnectivityState != connectivity.Ready {
+		bw.gsb.swap()
+	}
+}
+
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) NewSubConn(addrs []resolver.Address, opts balancer.NewSubConnOptions) (balancer.SubConn, error) {
+	bw.gsb.mu.Lock()
+	if !bw.gsb.balancerCurrentOrPending(bw) {
+		bw.gsb.mu.Unlock()
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("%T at address %p that called NewSubConn is deleted", bw, bw)
+	}
+	bw.gsb.mu.Unlock()
+
+	var sc balancer.SubConn
+	oldListener := opts.StateListener
+	opts.StateListener = func(state balancer.SubConnState) { bw.gsb.updateSubConnState(sc, state, oldListener) }
+	sc, err := bw.gsb.cc.NewSubConn(addrs, opts)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	bw.gsb.mu.Lock()
+	if !bw.gsb.balancerCurrentOrPending(bw) { // balancer was closed during this call
+		sc.Shutdown()
+		bw.gsb.mu.Unlock()
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("%T at address %p that called NewSubConn is deleted", bw, bw)
+	}
+	bw.subconns[sc] = true
+	bw.gsb.mu.Unlock()
+	return sc, nil
+}
+
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) ResolveNow(opts resolver.ResolveNowOptions) {
+	// Ignore ResolveNow requests from anything other than the most recent
+	// balancer, because older balancers were already removed from the config.
+	if bw != bw.gsb.latestBalancer() {
+		return
+	}
+	bw.gsb.cc.ResolveNow(opts)
+}
+
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) RemoveSubConn(sc balancer.SubConn) {
+	// Note: existing third party balancers may call this, so it must remain
+	// until RemoveSubConn is fully removed.
+	sc.Shutdown()
+}
+
+func (bw *balancerWrapper) UpdateAddresses(sc balancer.SubConn, addrs []resolver.Address) {
+	bw.gsb.mu.Lock()
+	if !bw.gsb.balancerCurrentOrPending(bw) {
+		bw.gsb.mu.Unlock()
+		return
+	}
+	bw.gsb.mu.Unlock()
+	bw.gsb.cc.UpdateAddresses(sc, addrs)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/internal/balancerload/load.go

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2019 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+// Package balancerload defines APIs to parse server loads in trailers. The
+// parsed loads are sent to balancers in DoneInfo.
+package balancerload
+
+import (
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/metadata"
+)
+
+// Parser converts loads from metadata into a concrete type.
+type Parser interface {
+	// Parse parses loads from metadata.
+	Parse(md metadata.MD) any
+}
+
+var parser Parser
+
+// SetParser sets the load parser.
+//
+// Not mutex-protected, should be called before any gRPC functions.
+func SetParser(lr Parser) {
+	parser = lr
+}
+
+// Parse calls parser.Read().
+func Parse(md metadata.MD) any {
+	if parser == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return parser.Parse(md)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/internal/binarylog/binarylog.go

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2018 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// Package binarylog implementation binary logging as defined in
+// https://github.com/grpc/proposal/blob/master/A16-binary-logging.md.
+package binarylog
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog"
+	"google.golang.org/grpc/internal/grpcutil"
+)
+
+var grpclogLogger = grpclog.Component("binarylog")
+
+// Logger specifies MethodLoggers for method names with a Log call that
+// takes a context.
+//
+// This is used in the 1.0 release of gcp/observability, and thus must not be
+// deleted or changed.
+type Logger interface {
+	GetMethodLogger(methodName string) MethodLogger
+}
+
+// binLogger is the global binary logger for the binary. One of this should be
+// built at init time from the configuration (environment variable or flags).
+//
+// It is used to get a MethodLogger for each individual method.
+var binLogger Logger
+
+// SetLogger sets the binary logger.
+//
+// Only call this at init time.
+func SetLogger(l Logger) {
+	binLogger = l
+}
+
+// GetLogger gets the binary logger.
+//
+// Only call this at init time.
+func GetLogger() Logger {
+	return binLogger
+}
+
+// GetMethodLogger returns the MethodLogger for the given methodName.
+//
+// methodName should be in the format of "/service/method".
+//
+// Each MethodLogger returned by this method is a new instance. This is to
+// generate sequence id within the call.
+func GetMethodLogger(methodName string) MethodLogger {
+	if binLogger == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return binLogger.GetMethodLogger(methodName)
+}
+
+func init() {
+	const envStr = "GRPC_BINARY_LOG_FILTER"
+	configStr := os.Getenv(envStr)
+	binLogger = NewLoggerFromConfigString(configStr)
+}
+
+// MethodLoggerConfig contains the setting for logging behavior of a method
+// logger. Currently, it contains the max length of header and message.
+type MethodLoggerConfig struct {
+	// Max length of header and message.
+	Header, Message uint64
+}
+
+// LoggerConfig contains the config for loggers to create method loggers.
+type LoggerConfig struct {
+	All      *MethodLoggerConfig
+	Services map[string]*MethodLoggerConfig
+	Methods  map[string]*MethodLoggerConfig
+
+	Blacklist map[string]struct{}
+}
+
+type logger struct {
+	config LoggerConfig
+}
+
+// NewLoggerFromConfig builds a logger with the given LoggerConfig.
+func NewLoggerFromConfig(config LoggerConfig) Logger {
+	return &logger{config: config}
+}
+
+// newEmptyLogger creates an empty logger. The map fields need to be filled in
+// using the set* functions.
+func newEmptyLogger() *logger {
+	return &logger{}
+}
+
+// Set method logger for "*".
+func (l *logger) setDefaultMethodLogger(ml *MethodLoggerConfig) error {
+	if l.config.All != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("conflicting global rules found")
+	}
+	l.config.All = ml
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Set method logger for "service/*".
+//
+// New MethodLogger with same service overrides the old one.
+func (l *logger) setServiceMethodLogger(service string, ml *MethodLoggerConfig) error {
+	if _, ok := l.config.Services[service]; ok {
+		return fmt.Errorf("conflicting service rules for service %v found", service)
+	}
+	if l.config.Services == nil {
+		l.config.Services = make(map[string]*MethodLoggerConfig)
+	}
+	l.config.Services[service] = ml
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Set method logger for "service/method".
+//
+// New MethodLogger with same method overrides the old one.
+func (l *logger) setMethodMethodLogger(method string, ml *MethodLoggerConfig) error {
+	if _, ok := l.config.Blacklist[method]; ok {
+		return fmt.Errorf("conflicting blacklist rules for method %v found", method)
+	}
+	if _, ok := l.config.Methods[method]; ok {
+		return fmt.Errorf("conflicting method rules for method %v found", method)
+	}
+	if l.config.Methods == nil {
+		l.config.Methods = make(map[string]*MethodLoggerConfig)
+	}
+	l.config.Methods[method] = ml
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Set blacklist method for "-service/method".
+func (l *logger) setBlacklist(method string) error {
+	if _, ok := l.config.Blacklist[method]; ok {
+		return fmt.Errorf("conflicting blacklist rules for method %v found", method)
+	}
+	if _, ok := l.config.Methods[method]; ok {
+		return fmt.Errorf("conflicting method rules for method %v found", method)
+	}
+	if l.config.Blacklist == nil {
+		l.config.Blacklist = make(map[string]struct{})
+	}
+	l.config.Blacklist[method] = struct{}{}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// getMethodLogger returns the MethodLogger for the given methodName.
+//
+// methodName should be in the format of "/service/method".
+//
+// Each MethodLogger returned by this method is a new instance. This is to
+// generate sequence id within the call.
+func (l *logger) GetMethodLogger(methodName string) MethodLogger {
+	s, m, err := grpcutil.ParseMethod(methodName)
+	if err != nil {
+		grpclogLogger.Infof("binarylogging: failed to parse %q: %v", methodName, err)
+		return nil
+	}
+	if ml, ok := l.config.Methods[s+"/"+m]; ok {
+		return NewTruncatingMethodLogger(ml.Header, ml.Message)
+	}
+	if _, ok := l.config.Blacklist[s+"/"+m]; ok {
+		return nil
+	}
+	if ml, ok := l.config.Services[s]; ok {
+		return NewTruncatingMethodLogger(ml.Header, ml.Message)
+	}
+	if l.config.All == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return NewTruncatingMethodLogger(l.config.All.Header, l.config.All.Message)
+}

vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/internal/binarylog/binarylog_testutil.go

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright 2018 gRPC authors.
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ */
+
+// This file contains exported variables/functions that are exported for testing
+// only.
+//
+// An ideal way for this would be to put those in a *_test.go but in binarylog
+// package. But this doesn't work with staticcheck with go module. Error was:
+// "MdToMetadataProto not declared by package binarylog". This could be caused
+// by the way staticcheck looks for files for a certain package, which doesn't
+// support *_test.go files.
+//
+// Move those to binary_test.go when staticcheck is fixed.
+
+package binarylog
+
+var (
+	// AllLogger is a logger that logs all headers/messages for all RPCs. It's
+	// for testing only.
+	AllLogger = NewLoggerFromConfigString("*")
+	// MdToMetadataProto converts metadata to a binary logging proto message.
+	// It's for testing only.
+	MdToMetadataProto = mdToMetadataProto
+	// AddrToProto converts an address to a binary logging proto message. It's
+	// for testing only.
+	AddrToProto = addrToProto
+)